Sample records for ii approximation methods

  1. Legendre-tau approximation for functional differential equations. II - The linear quadratic optimal control problem

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ito, Kazufumi; Teglas, Russell

    1987-01-01

    The numerical scheme based on the Legendre-tau approximation is proposed to approximate the feedback solution to the linear quadratic optimal control problem for hereditary differential systems. The convergence property is established using Trotter ideas. The method yields very good approximations at low orders and provides an approximation technique for computing closed-loop eigenvalues of the feedback system. A comparison with existing methods (based on averaging and spline approximations) is made.

  2. Improved Linear Algebra Methods for Redshift Computation from Limited Spectrum Data - II

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Foster, Leslie; Waagen, Alex; Aijaz, Nabella; Hurley, Michael; Luis, Apolo; Rinsky, Joel; Satyavolu, Chandrika; Gazis, Paul; Srivastava, Ashok; Way, Michael

    2008-01-01

    Given photometric broadband measurements of a galaxy, Gaussian processes may be used with a training set to solve the regression problem of approximating the redshift of this galaxy. However, in practice solving the traditional Gaussian processes equation is too slow and requires too much memory. We employed several methods to avoid this difficulty using algebraic manipulation and low-rank approximation, and were able to quickly approximate the redshifts in our testing data within 17 percent of the known true values using limited computational resources. The accuracy of one method, the V Formulation, is comparable to the accuracy of the best methods currently used for this problem.

  3. Physical foundation of the fluid particle dynamics method for colloid dynamics simulation.

    PubMed

    Furukawa, Akira; Tateno, Michio; Tanaka, Hajime

    2018-05-16

    Colloid dynamics is significantly influenced by many-body hydrodynamic interactions mediated by a suspending fluid. However, theoretical and numerical treatments of such interactions are extremely difficult. To overcome this situation, we developed a fluid particle dynamics (FPD) method [H. Tanaka and T. Araki, Phys. Rev. Lett., 2000, 35, 3523], which is based on two key approximations: (i) a colloidal particle is treated as a highly viscous particle and (ii) the viscosity profile is described by a smooth interfacial profile function. Approximation (i) makes our method free from the solid-fluid boundary condition, significantly simplifying the treatment of many-body hydrodynamic interactions while satisfying the incompressible condition without the Stokes approximation. Approximation (ii) allows us to incorporate an extra degree of freedom in a fluid, e.g., orientational order and concentration, as an additional field variable. Here, we consider two fundamental problems associated with these approximations. One is the introduction of thermal noise and the other is the incorporation of coupling of the colloid surface with an order parameter introduced into a fluid component, which is crucial when considering colloidal particles suspended in a complex fluid. Here, we show that our FPD method makes it possible to simulate colloid dynamics properly while including full hydrodynamic interactions, inertia effects, incompressibility, thermal noise, and additional degrees of freedom of a fluid, which may be relevant for wide applications in colloidal and soft matter science.

  4. Validation of quantitative light-induced fluorescence-digital (QLF-D) for the detection of approximal caries in vitro.

    PubMed

    Ko, Hae-Youn; Kang, Si-Mook; Kim, Hee Eun; Kwon, Ho-Keun; Kim, Baek-Il

    2015-05-01

    Detection of approximal caries lesions can be difficult due to their anatomical position. This study aimed to assess the ability of the quantitative light-induced fluorescence-digital (QLF-D) in detecting approximal caries, and to compare the performance with those of the International Caries Detection and Assessment System II (ICDAS II) and digital radiography (DR). Extracted permanent teeth (n=100) were selected and mounted in pairs. The simulation pairs were assessed by one calibrated dentist using each detection method. After all the examinations, the teeth (n=95) were sectioned and examined histologically as gold standard. The modalities were compared in terms of sensitivity, specificity, areas under receiver operating characteristic curves (AUROC) for enamel (D1) and dentine (D3) levels. The intra-examiner reliability was assessed for all modalities. At D1 threshold, the ICDAS II presented the highest sensitivity (0.80) while the DR showed the highest specificity (0.89); however, the methods with the greatest AUC values at D1 threshold were DR and QLF-D (0.80 and 0.80 respectively). At D3 threshold, the methods with the highest sensitivity were ICDAS II and QLF-D (0.64 and 0.64 respectively) while the method with the lowest sensitivity was DR (0.50). However, with regard to the AUC values at D3 threshold, the QLF-D presented the highest value (0.76). All modalities showed to have excellent intra-examiner reliability. The newly developed QLF-D was not only able to detect proximal caries, but also showed to have comparable performance to the visual inspection and radiography in detecting proximal caries. QLF-D has the potential to be a useful detection method for proximal caries. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  5. Amalgam Electrode-Based Electrochemical Detector for On-Site Direct Determination of Cadmium(II) and Lead(II) from Soils

    PubMed Central

    Nejdl, Lukas; Kynicky, Jindrich; Brtnicky, Martin; Vaculovicova, Marketa; Adam, Vojtech

    2017-01-01

    Toxic metal contamination of the environment is a global issue. In this paper, we present a low-cost and rapid production of amalgam electrodes used for determination of Cd(II) and Pb(II) in environmental samples (soils and wastewaters) by on-site analysis using difference pulse voltammetry. Changes in the electrochemical signals were recorded with a miniaturized potentiostat (width: 80 mm, depth: 54 mm, height: 23 mm) and a portable computer. The limit of detection (LOD) was calculated for the geometric surface of the working electrode 15 mm2 that can be varied as required for analysis. The LODs were 80 ng·mL−1 for Cd(II) and 50 ng·mL−1 for Pb(II), relative standard deviation, RSD ≤ 8% (n = 3). The area of interest (Dolni Rozinka, Czech Republic) was selected because there is a deposit of uranium ore and extreme anthropogenic activity. Environmental samples were taken directly on-site and immediately analysed. Duration of a single analysis was approximately two minutes. The average concentrations of Cd(II) and Pb(II) in this area were below the global average. The obtained values were verified (correlated) by standard electrochemical methods based on hanging drop electrodes and were in good agreement. The advantages of this method are its cost and time effectivity (approximately two minutes per one sample) with direct analysis of turbid samples (soil leach) in a 2 M HNO3 environment. This type of sample cannot be analyzed using the classical analytical methods without pretreatment. PMID:28792458

  6. Postperovskite phase equilibria in the MgSiO3-Al2O3 system.

    PubMed

    Tsuchiya, Jun; Tsuchiya, Taku

    2008-12-09

    We investigate high-P,T phase equilibria of the MgSiO(3)-Al(2)O(3) system by means of the density functional ab initio computation methods with multiconfiguration sampling. Being different from earlier studies based on the static substitution properties with no consideration of Rh(2)O(3)(II) phase, present calculations demonstrate that (i) dissolving Al(2)O(3) tends to decrease the postperovskite transition pressure of MgSiO(3) but the effect is not significant ( approximately -0.2 GPa/mol% Al(2)O(3)); (ii) Al(2)O(3) produces the narrow perovskite+postperovskite coexisting P,T area (approximately 1 GPa) for the pyrolitic concentration (x(Al2O3) approximately 6 mol%), which is sufficiently responsible to the deep-mantle D'' seismic discontinuity; (iii) the transition would be smeared (approximately 4 GPa) for the basaltic Al-rich composition (x(Al2O3) approximately 20 mol%), which is still seismically visible unless iron has significant effects; and last (iv) the perovskite structure spontaneously changes to the Rh(2)O(3)(II) with increasing the Al concentration involving small displacements of the Mg-site cations.

  7. Autogenous accelerated curing of concrete cylinders. Part II, Development of a moisture measuring method.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    1970-01-01

    Through a literature study, approximately fifty methods of measuring moisture were investigated to ascertain a suitable method for use in measuring moisture changes in 6 inch by 12 inch concrete cylinders cured by the autogenous accelerated curing me...

  8. Establishment of a simple and quantitative immunospot assay for detecting anti-type II collagen antibody using an infrared fluorescence imaging system (IFIS).

    PubMed

    Ota, Shusuke; Kanazawa, Satoshi; Kobayashi, Masaaki; Otsuka, Takanobu; Okamoto, Takashi

    2005-04-01

    Antibodies to type II collagen (col II) have been detected in patients with rheumatoid arthritis and in animal models of collagen induced arthritis. Here, we describe a novel method to detect anti-col II antibodies using an immunospot assay with an infrared fluorescence imaging system. This method showed very high sensitivity and specificity, and was simple, with low background levels. It also showed higher reproducibility and linearity, with a dynamic range of approximately 500-fold, than the conventional immunospot assay with enhanced chemiluminescence detection. Using this method we were able to demonstrate the antibody affinity maturation process in mice immunized with col II. In these immunized mice, although cross-reactive antibodies reacting with other collagen species were detected in earlier stages of immunization, the titers of cross-reactive antibodies rapidly diminished after the antigen boost, concomitantly with the elevation of the anti-col II antibody. The method and its possible applications are discussed.

  9. Susceptibility of Legionella spp. to mycinamicin I and II and other macrolide antibiotics: effects of media composition and origin of organisms.

    PubMed Central

    Edelstein, P H; Pasiecznik, K A; Yasui, V K; Meyer, R D

    1982-01-01

    Thirty-three strains of Legionella spp., 29 of which were L. pneumophila, were tested for their susceptibilities to erythromycin (EM), rosaramicin, tylosin, mycinamicin I (Sch-27897), and mycinamicin II (Sch-27896). Testing was performed using an agar dilution method with two different types of media: buffered charcoal yeast extract medium supplemented with 0.1% alpha-ketoglutarate (BCYE alpha) and filter-sterilized yeast extract medium with 0.1% alpha-ketoglutarate (BYE alpha). The minimal inhibitory concentrations (MICs) of the drugs tested relative to the MICs of erythromycin were: rosaramicin, MIC approximately equal to 0.2 EM MIC; tylosin, MIC approximately equal to 2 EM MIC; mycinamicin I, MIC approximately equal to 0.5 EM MIC; and mycinamicin II, MIC approximately equal to EM MIC. Both types of media caused equivalent partial inactivation of the macrolides which was apparently due entirely to pH effect. MICs on BCYE alpha were one to five times more than those observed on BYE alpha; this may be due to poorer growth on BYE alpha. PMID:7125633

  10. An efficient hybrid approach for multiobjective optimization of water distribution systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zheng, Feifei; Simpson, Angus R.; Zecchin, Aaron C.

    2014-05-01

    An efficient hybrid approach for the design of water distribution systems (WDSs) with multiple objectives is described in this paper. The objectives are the minimization of the network cost and maximization of the network resilience. A self-adaptive multiobjective differential evolution (SAMODE) algorithm has been developed, in which control parameters are automatically adapted by means of evolution instead of the presetting of fine-tuned parameter values. In the proposed method, a graph algorithm is first used to decompose a looped WDS into a shortest-distance tree (T) or forest, and chords (Ω). The original two-objective optimization problem is then approximated by a series of single-objective optimization problems of the T to be solved by nonlinear programming (NLP), thereby providing an approximate Pareto optimal front for the original whole network. Finally, the solutions at the approximate front are used to seed the SAMODE algorithm to find an improved front for the original entire network. The proposed approach is compared with two other conventional full-search optimization methods (the SAMODE algorithm and the NSGA-II) that seed the initial population with purely random solutions based on three case studies: a benchmark network and two real-world networks with multiple demand loading cases. Results show that (i) the proposed NLP-SAMODE method consistently generates better-quality Pareto fronts than the full-search methods with significantly improved efficiency; and (ii) the proposed SAMODE algorithm (no parameter tuning) exhibits better performance than the NSGA-II with calibrated parameter values in efficiently offering optimal fronts.

  11. Coherent Anomaly Method Calculation on the Cluster Variation Method. II.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wada, Koh; Watanabe, Naotosi; Uchida, Tetsuya

    The critical exponents of the bond percolation model are calculated in the D(= 2,3,…)-dimensional simple cubic lattice on the basis of Suzuki's coherent anomaly method (CAM) by making use of a series of the pair, the square-cactus and the square approximations of the cluster variation method (CVM) in the s-state Potts model. These simple approximations give reasonable values of critical exponents α, β, γ and ν in comparison with ones estimated by other methods. It is also shown that the results of the pair and the square-cactus approximations can be derived as exact results of the bond percolation model on the Bethe and the square-cactus lattice, respectively, in the presence of ghost field without recourse to the s→1 limit of the s-state Potts model.

  12. Coherent Anomaly Method Calculation on the Cluster Variation Method. II. Critical Exponents of Bond Percolation Model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wada, Koh; Watanabe, Naotosi; Uchida, Tetsuya

    1991-10-01

    The critical exponents of the bond percolation model are calculated in the D(=2, 3, \\cdots)-dimensional simple cubic lattice on the basis of Suzuki’s coherent anomaly method (CAM) by making use of a series of the pair, the square-cactus and the square approximations of the cluster variation method (CVM) in the s-state Potts model. These simple approximations give reasonable values of critical exponents α, β, γ and ν in comparison with ones estimated by other methods. It is also shown that the results of the pair and the square-cactus approximations can be derived as exact results of the bond percolation model on the Bethe and the square-cactus lattice, respectively, in the presence of ghost field without recourse to the s→1 limit of the s-state Potts model.

  13. Emission-line studies of young stars. 4: The optical forbidden lines

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hamann, Fred

    1994-08-01

    Optical forbidden line strengths and profiles are discussed for a sample of 30 T Tauri stars and 12 Herbig Ae-Be stars. Transitions of (C I), (N II), (O I), (O II), (S II), (Ca II), (Cr II), (Fe II), and (Ni II) are detected. Profile variability occurred in DG Tau and probably other sources. The ensemble profiles can be divided into four generic components that may represent distinct emitting regions; (1) narrow rest-velocity lines, (2) 'low'-velocity lines (peaking at less than or approximately +/- 50 km s-1), (3) 'high'-velocity (usually greater than or approximately +/- 100 km s-1) blueshifted peaks or wings, and (4) high-velocity redshifted peaks. Among T Tauri stars, the rest-velocity lines appear most often in sources with weak and narrow permitted lines, such as the Ca II triplet. The low- and high-velocity blueshifted components usually appear together in sources with strong and broad Ca II triplet lines. If the velocity-shifted lines form in jets, the smallest (full) opening angles required by the profiles are less than or approximately 20 deg for the narrow, blueshifted (Ca II) lines of DG Tau and HL Tau. Other lines in DG Tau are much broader, implying larger opening angles or greater velocity dispersions. The variability in DG Tau also implies significant changes in the collimation or velocity coherence on timescales of a few years. RW Aur and AS 353A have blue- and redshifted line peaks that could form in oppositely directed jets. The strong (S II) lambda 6716 and lambda 6731 lines in RW Aur are exclusively redshifted and require opening angles less than or approximately 60 deg. Measurements of different profiles in the same spectrum show that the physical conditions change with the line-of-sight velocities. The most persistent trends are for more (N II) and (O II) and less (O I) lambda 5577 flux at high velocities. Constraints on the physical conditions are derived by modeling the emission lines via multilevel ions in 'coronal ionization equilibrium.' A single temperature and density cannot fully describe the line spectra in any velocity interval. Temperatures in the (O I) region are 9000 less than or approximately Te less than 14,000 K, and the ionization fraction (of H) is less than 35%. The densities derived from (O I) include ne less than or approximately 5 x 105 to approximately 107 cm-3, but ne greater than or approximately 106 cm-3 obtains only at low velocities. In the (S II) regions the densities are lower, 103 less than or approximately ne less than or approximately 7 x 104 cm-3, and the temperatures are probably higher, Te greater than or approximately 13,000 K. At high velocities (only) there is additional hot gas that produces (N II) and (O II), possibly most of the (S II), and little (O I). This region is characterized by Te greater than or approximately 15,000 K, ne less than or approximately 105 cm-3, and an ionization fraction greater than or approximately 50%.

  14. Emission-line studies of young stars. 4: The optical forbidden lines

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hamann, Fred

    1994-01-01

    Optical forbidden line strengths and profiles are discussed for a sample of 30 T Tauri stars and 12 Herbig Ae-Be stars. Transitions of (C I), (N II), (O I), (O II), (S II), (Ca II), (Cr II), (Fe II), and (Ni II) are detected. Profile variability occurred in DG Tau and probably other sources. The ensemble profiles can be divided into four generic components that may represent distinct emitting regions; (1) narrow rest-velocity lines, (2) 'low'-velocity lines (peaking at less than or approximately +/- 50 km s(exp -1)), (3) 'high'-velocity (usually greater than or approximately +/- 100 km s(exp -1)) blueshifted peaks or wings, and (4) high-velocity redshifted peaks. Among T Tauri stars, the rest-velocity lines appear most often in sources with weak and narrow permitted lines, such as the Ca II triplet. The low- and high-velocity blueshifted components usually appear together in sources with strong and broad Ca II triplet lines. If the velocity-shifted lines form in jets, the smallest (full) opening angles required by the profiles are less than or approximately 20 deg for the narrow, blueshifted (Ca II) lines of DG Tau and HL Tau. Other lines in DG Tau are much broader, implying larger opening angles or greater velocity dispersions. The variability in DG Tau also implies significant changes in the collimation or velocity coherence on timescales of a few years. RW Aur and AS 353A have blue- and redshifted line peaks that could form in oppositely directed jets. The strong (S II) lambda 6716 and lambda 6731 lines in RW Aur are exclusively redshifted and require opening angles less than or approximately 60 deg. Measurements of different profiles in the same spectrum show that the physical conditions change with the line-of-sight velocities. The most persistent trends are for more (N II) and (O II) and less (O I) lambda 5577 flux at high velocities. Constraints on the physical conditions are derived by modeling the emission lines via multilevel ions in 'coronal ionization equilibrium.' A single temperature and density cannot fully describe the line spectra in any velocity interval. Temperatures in the (O I) region are 9000 less than or approximately T(sub e) less than 14,000 K, and the ionization fraction (of H) is less than 35%. The densities derived from (O I) include n(sub e) less than or approximately 5 x 10(exp 5) to approximately 10(exp 7) cm(exp -3), but n(sub e) greater than or approximately 10(exp 6) cm(exp -3) obtains only at low velocities. In the (S II) regions the densities are lower, 10(exp 3) less than or approximately n(sub e) less than or approximately 7 x 10(exp 4) cm(exp -3), and the temperatures are probably higher, T(sub e) greater than or approximately 13,000 K. At high velocities (only) there is additional hot gas that produces (N II) and (O II), possibly most of the (S II), and little (O I). This region is characterized by T(sub e) greater than or approximately 15,000 K, n(sub e) less than or approximately 10(exp 5) cm(exp -3), and an ionization fraction greater than or approximately 50%. When combined with the spatially segregated emitting regions observed by others by spectral imaging, these results suggest decreasing n(sub e) and increasing T(sub e) away from the star in at least the high velocity gas.

  15. 40 CFR 264.1063 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... in air). (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane. (5) The instrument probe shall be traversed around all potential...

  16. 40 CFR 264.1063 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... in air). (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane. (5) The instrument probe shall be traversed around all potential...

  17. 40 CFR 265.1063 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... of hydrocarbon in air). (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane. (5) The instrument probe shall be traversed around...

  18. 40 CFR 264.1063 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... in air). (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane. (5) The instrument probe shall be traversed around all potential...

  19. 40 CFR 265.1063 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... of hydrocarbon in air). (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane. (5) The instrument probe shall be traversed around...

  20. 40 CFR 265.1063 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... of hydrocarbon in air). (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane. (5) The instrument probe shall be traversed around...

  1. 40 CFR 265.1063 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... of hydrocarbon in air). (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane. (5) The instrument probe shall be traversed around...

  2. 40 CFR 264.1063 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... in air). (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane. (5) The instrument probe shall be traversed around all potential...

  3. 40 CFR 265.1063 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... of hydrocarbon in air). (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane. (5) The instrument probe shall be traversed around...

  4. Magnetic exchange couplings from noncollinear perturbation theory: dinuclear CuII complexes.

    PubMed

    Phillips, Jordan J; Peralta, Juan E

    2014-08-07

    To benchmark the performance of a new method based on noncollinear coupled-perturbed density functional theory [J. Chem. Phys. 138, 174115 (2013)], we calculate the magnetic exchange couplings in a series of triply bridged ferromagnetic dinuclear Cu(II) complexes that have been recently synthesized [Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 15, 1966 (2013)]. We find that for any basis-set the couplings from our noncollinear coupled-perturbed methodology are practically identical to those of spin-projected energy-differences when a hybrid density functional approximation is employed. This demonstrates that our methodology properly recovers a Heisenberg description for these systems, and is robust in its predictive power of magnetic couplings. Furthermore, this indicates that the failure of density functional theory to capture the subtle variation of the exchange couplings in these complexes is not simply an artifact of broken-symmetry methods, but rather a fundamental weakness of current approximate density functionals for the description of magnetic couplings.

  5. A new technique in the surgical treatment of Hangman's fractures: Neurospinal Academy (NSA) technique

    PubMed Central

    Dalbayrak, Sedat; Yaman, Onur; Yılmaz, Mesut

    2013-01-01

    Context: Treatment of Hangman's fractures is still controversial. Hangman's fractures Type II and IIA are usually treated with surgical procedures. Aim: This study aims at describing the Neurospinal Academy (NSA) technique as an attempt to achieve an approximation of the fracture line to the axis body, which may be used for Type II and IIA patients with severe displacement and angulation. Settings and Design: NSA technique both pars or pedicle screws are placed bicortically to ensure that anterior surface of C2 vertebral body will be crossed 1-2 mm. A rod is prepared in suitable length and curve to connect the two screws. For placing the rod, sufficient amount of bone is resected from the C2 spinous process. C2 vertebral body is pulled back by means of the screws that crossed the anterior surface of C2 vertebral body. Materials and Methods: Hangman II and IIA patient are treated with NSA technique. Result: Angulated and tilted C2 vertebral body was pulled back and approximated to posterior elements. Conclusions: In Hangman's fractures Type II and IIA with severe vertebral body and pedicle displacement, NSA technique is an effective and reliable treatment alternative for the approximation of posterior elements to the C2 vertebral body, which is tilted, angulated, and dislocated. PMID:24744563

  6. The Autoregressive Method: A Method of Approximating and Estimating Positive Functions

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1976-08-01

    in drawing the curves, thanks to computer graphics. A few people ha’ very imaginatively pro- posed - td developed new ways of visualizing the data...k= -= it turns out that , , 0ki < 0 is a sufficient condition for all our k= -cc ( operations to be valid. Ii_ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ -106- We will

  7. A class of reduced-order models in the theory of waves and stability.

    PubMed

    Chapman, C J; Sorokin, S V

    2016-02-01

    This paper presents a class of approximations to a type of wave field for which the dispersion relation is transcendental. The approximations have two defining characteristics: (i) they give the field shape exactly when the frequency and wavenumber lie on a grid of points in the (frequency, wavenumber) plane and (ii) the approximate dispersion relations are polynomials that pass exactly through points on this grid. Thus, the method is interpolatory in nature, but the interpolation takes place in (frequency, wavenumber) space, rather than in physical space. Full details are presented for a non-trivial example, that of antisymmetric elastic waves in a layer. The method is related to partial fraction expansions and barycentric representations of functions. An asymptotic analysis is presented, involving Stirling's approximation to the psi function, and a logarithmic correction to the polynomial dispersion relation.

  8. Transition operators in electromagnetic-wave diffraction theory. II - Applications to optics

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hahne, G. E.

    1993-01-01

    The theory developed by Hahne (1992) for the diffraction of time-harmonic electromagnetic waves from fixed obstacles is briefly summarized and extended. Applications of the theory are considered which comprise, first, a spherical harmonic expansion of the so-called radiation impedance operator in the theory, for a spherical surface, and second, a reconsideration of familiar short-wavelength approximation from the new standpoint, including a derivation of the so-called physical optics method on the basis of quasi-planar approximation to the radiation impedance operator, augmented by the method of stationary phase. The latter includes a rederivation of the geometrical optics approximation for the complete Green's function for the electromagnetic field in the presence of a smooth- and a convex-surfaced perfectly electrically conductive obstacle.

  9. Periodic solutions of second-order nonlinear difference equations containing a small parameter. II - Equivalent linearization

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mickens, R. E.

    1985-01-01

    The classical method of equivalent linearization is extended to a particular class of nonlinear difference equations. It is shown that the method can be used to obtain an approximation of the periodic solutions of these equations. In particular, the parameters of the limit cycle and the limit points can be determined. Three examples illustrating the method are presented.

  10. 40 CFR 264.1034 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... gases shall be: (i) Zero air (less than 10 ppm of hydrocarbon in air). (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane. (5... exiting control device, as determined by Method 2, dscm/h; n = Number of organic compounds in the vent gas...

  11. 40 CFR 264.1034 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... gases shall be: (i) Zero air (less than 10 ppm of hydrocarbon in air). (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane. (5... exiting control device, as determined by Method 2, dscm/h; n = Number of organic compounds in the vent gas...

  12. 40 CFR 264.1034 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... gases shall be: (i) Zero air (less than 10 ppm of hydrocarbon in air). (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane. (5... exiting control device, as determined by Method 2, dscm/h; n = Number of organic compounds in the vent gas...

  13. 40 CFR 264.1034 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... gases shall be: (i) Zero air (less than 10 ppm of hydrocarbon in air). (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane. (5... exiting control device, as determined by Method 2, dscm/h; n = Number of organic compounds in the vent gas...

  14. Multi-Component Diffusion with Application To Computational Aerothermodynamics

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sutton, Kenneth; Gnoffo, Peter A.

    1998-01-01

    The accuracy and complexity of solving multicomponent gaseous diffusion using the detailed multicomponent equations, the Stefan-Maxwell equations, and two commonly used approximate equations have been examined in a two part study. Part I examined the equations in a basic study with specified inputs in which the results are applicable for many applications. Part II addressed the application of the equations in the Langley Aerothermodynamic Upwind Relaxation Algorithm (LAURA) computational code for high-speed entries in Earth's atmosphere. The results showed that the presented iterative scheme for solving the Stefan-Maxwell equations is an accurate and effective method as compared with solutions of the detailed equations. In general, good accuracy with the approximate equations cannot be guaranteed for a species or all species in a multi-component mixture. 'Corrected' forms of the approximate equations that ensured the diffusion mass fluxes sum to zero, as required, were more accurate than the uncorrected forms. Good accuracy, as compared with the Stefan- Maxwell results, were obtained with the 'corrected' approximate equations in defining the heating rates for the three Earth entries considered in Part II.

  15. Petermann I and II spot size: Accurate semi analytical description involving Nelder-Mead method of nonlinear unconstrained optimization and three parameter fundamental modal field

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Roy Choudhury, Raja; Roy Choudhury, Arundhati; Kanti Ghose, Mrinal

    2013-01-01

    A semi-analytical model with three optimizing parameters and a novel non-Gaussian function as the fundamental modal field solution has been proposed to arrive at an accurate solution to predict various propagation parameters of graded-index fibers with less computational burden than numerical methods. In our semi analytical formulation the optimization of core parameter U which is usually uncertain, noisy or even discontinuous, is being calculated by Nelder-Mead method of nonlinear unconstrained minimizations as it is an efficient and compact direct search method and does not need any derivative information. Three optimizing parameters are included in the formulation of fundamental modal field of an optical fiber to make it more flexible and accurate than other available approximations. Employing variational technique, Petermann I and II spot sizes have been evaluated for triangular and trapezoidal-index fibers with the proposed fundamental modal field. It has been demonstrated that, the results of the proposed solution identically match with the numerical results over a wide range of normalized frequencies. This approximation can also be used in the study of doped and nonlinear fiber amplifier.

  16. Analysis of vestibular schwannoma size in multiple dimensions: a comparative cohort study of different measurement techniques.

    PubMed

    Varughese, J K; Wentzel-Larsen, T; Vassbotn, F; Moen, G; Lund-Johansen, M

    2010-04-01

    In this volumetric study of the vestibular schwannoma, we evaluated the accuracy and reliability of several approximation methods that are in use, and determined the minimum volume difference that needs to be measured for it to be attributable to an actual difference rather than a retest error. We also found empirical proportionality coefficients for the different methods. DESIGN/SETTING AND PARTICIPANTS: Methodological study with investigation of three different VS measurement methods compared to a reference method that was based on serial slice volume estimates. These volume estimates were based on: (i) one single diameter, (ii) three orthogonal diameters or (iii) the maximal slice area. Altogether 252 T1-weighted MRI images with gadolinium contrast, from 139 VS patients, were examined. The retest errors, in terms of relative percentages, were determined by undertaking repeated measurements on 63 scans for each method. Intraclass correlation coefficients were used to assess the agreement between each of the approximation methods and the reference method. The tendency for approximation methods to systematically overestimate/underestimate different-sized tumours was also assessed, with the help of Bland-Altman plots. The most commonly used approximation method, the maximum diameter, was the least reliable measurement method and has inherent weaknesses that need to be considered. This includes greater retest errors than area-based measurements (25% and 15%, respectively), and that it was the only approximation method that could not easily be converted into volumetric units. Area-based measurements can furthermore be more reliable for smaller volume differences than diameter-based measurements. All our findings suggest that the maximum diameter should not be used as an approximation method. We propose the use of measurement modalities that take into account growth in multiple dimensions instead.

  17. A Real-Time Marker-Based Visual Sensor Based on a FPGA and a Soft Core Processor

    PubMed Central

    Tayara, Hilal; Ham, Woonchul; Chong, Kil To

    2016-01-01

    This paper introduces a real-time marker-based visual sensor architecture for mobile robot localization and navigation. A hardware acceleration architecture for post video processing system was implemented on a field-programmable gate array (FPGA). The pose calculation algorithm was implemented in a System on Chip (SoC) with an Altera Nios II soft-core processor. For every frame, single pass image segmentation and Feature Accelerated Segment Test (FAST) corner detection were used for extracting the predefined markers with known geometries in FPGA. Coplanar PosIT algorithm was implemented on the Nios II soft-core processor supplied with floating point hardware for accelerating floating point operations. Trigonometric functions have been approximated using Taylor series and cubic approximation using Lagrange polynomials. Inverse square root method has been implemented for approximating square root computations. Real time results have been achieved and pixel streams have been processed on the fly without any need to buffer the input frame for further implementation. PMID:27983714

  18. A Real-Time Marker-Based Visual Sensor Based on a FPGA and a Soft Core Processor.

    PubMed

    Tayara, Hilal; Ham, Woonchul; Chong, Kil To

    2016-12-15

    This paper introduces a real-time marker-based visual sensor architecture for mobile robot localization and navigation. A hardware acceleration architecture for post video processing system was implemented on a field-programmable gate array (FPGA). The pose calculation algorithm was implemented in a System on Chip (SoC) with an Altera Nios II soft-core processor. For every frame, single pass image segmentation and Feature Accelerated Segment Test (FAST) corner detection were used for extracting the predefined markers with known geometries in FPGA. Coplanar PosIT algorithm was implemented on the Nios II soft-core processor supplied with floating point hardware for accelerating floating point operations. Trigonometric functions have been approximated using Taylor series and cubic approximation using Lagrange polynomials. Inverse square root method has been implemented for approximating square root computations. Real time results have been achieved and pixel streams have been processed on the fly without any need to buffer the input frame for further implementation.

  19. The Effectiveness of the Learning-Cycle Method on Teaching DC Circuits to Prospective Female and Male Science Teachers

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Ates, Salih

    2005-01-01

    This study was undertaken to explore the effectiveness of the learning-cycle method when teaching direct current (DC) circuits to university students. Four Physics II classes participated in the study, which lasted approximately two and a half weeks in the middle of the spring semester of 2003. Participants were 120 freshmen (55 females and 65…

  20. Ergodicity of the Stochastic Nosé-Hoover Heat Bath

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wei Chung Lo,; Baowen Li,

    2010-07-01

    We numerically study the ergodicity of the stochastic Nosé-Hoover heat bath whose formalism is based on the Markovian approximation for the Nosé-Hoover equation [J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 77 (2008) 103001]. The approximation leads to a Langevin-like equation driven by a fluctuating dissipative force and multiplicative Gaussian white noise. The steady state solution of the associated Fokker-Planck equation is the canonical distribution. We investigate the dynamics of this method for the case of (i) free particle, (ii) nonlinear oscillators and (iii) lattice chains. We derive the Fokker-Planck equation for the free particle and present approximate analytical solution for the stationary distribution in the context of the Markovian approximation. Numerical simulation results for nonlinear oscillators show that this method results in a Gaussian distribution for the particles velocity. We also employ the method as heat baths to study nonequilibrium heat flow in one-dimensional Fermi-Pasta-Ulam (FPU-β) and Frenkel-Kontorova (FK) lattices. The establishment of well-defined temperature profiles are observed only when the lattice size is large. Our results provide numerical justification for such Markovian approximation for classical single- and many-body systems.

  1. Condition assessment and methods of abatement of prestressed concrete box-beam deterioration, phase II : volume 1.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2009-04-13

    Side-by-side box-beam bridge constitutes approximately 17 percent of bridges built or replaced annually on : public roads and there is a renewed thrust to use this bridge type for rapid construction under the Highway for : LIFE program. Further, fail...

  2. Condition assessment and methods of abatement of prestressed concrete box-beam deterioration, phase II : volume 2.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2009-04-13

    Side-by-side box-beam bridge constitutes approximately 17 percent of bridges built or replaced annually on public roads and there is a renewed thrust to use this bridge type for rapid construction under the Highway for LIFE program. Further, failure ...

  3. Accurate critical pressures for structural phase transitions of group IV, III-V, and II-VI compounds from the SCAN density functional

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shahi, Chandra; Sun, Jianwei; Perdew, John P.

    2018-03-01

    Most of the group IV, III-V, and II-VI compounds crystallize in semiconductor structures under ambient conditions. Upon application of pressure, they undergo structural phase transitions to more closely packed structures, sometimes metallic phases. We have performed density functional calculations using projector augmented wave (PAW) pseudopotentials to determine the transition pressures for these transitions within the local density approximation (LDA), the Perdew-Burke-Ernzerhof (PBE) generalized gradient approximation (GGA), and the strongly constrained and appropriately normed (SCAN) meta-GGA. LDA underestimates the transition pressure for most of the studied materials. PBE under- or overestimates in many cases. SCAN typically corrects the errors of LDA and PBE for the transition pressure. The accuracy of SCAN is comparable to that of computationally expensive methods like the hybrid functional HSE06, the random phase approximation (RPA), and quantum Monte Carlo (QMC), in cases where calculations with these methods have been reported, but at a more modest computational cost. The improvement from LDA to PBE to SCAN is especially clearcut and dramatic for covalent semiconductor-metal transitions, as for Si and Ge, where it reflects the increasing relative stabilization of the covalent semiconducting phases under increasing functional sophistication.

  4. Method for estimating the morphological significance of simple forms of crystals from X-ray data

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Treivus, E. B., E-mail: sbobr1@bk.ru

    2010-09-15

    When developing V.I. Mikheev and I.I. Shafranovskii's method for estimating the morphological significance of faces of different simple forms from X-ray reflection intensities, a way to approximately evaluate the morphological significance of simple forms on crystals from the structure amplitudes of the corresponding atomic planes is proposed. The potential for this approach is demonstrated by the examples of marcasite and zircon.

  5. Geodesic regression for image time-series.

    PubMed

    Niethammer, Marc; Huang, Yang; Vialard, François-Xavier

    2011-01-01

    Registration of image-time series has so far been accomplished (i) by concatenating registrations between image pairs, (ii) by solving a joint estimation problem resulting in piecewise geodesic paths between image pairs, (iii) by kernel based local averaging or (iv) by augmenting the joint estimation with additional temporal irregularity penalties. Here, we propose a generative model extending least squares linear regression to the space of images by using a second-order dynamic formulation for image registration. Unlike previous approaches, the formulation allows for a compact representation of an approximation to the full spatio-temporal trajectory through its initial values. The method also opens up possibilities to design image-based approximation algorithms. The resulting optimization problem is solved using an adjoint method.

  6. The interstellar medium in the starburst regions of NGC 253 and NGC 3256

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Carral, P.; Hollenbach, D. J.; Lord, S. D.; Colgan, S. W. J.; Haas, Michael R.; Rubin, R. H.; Erickson, E. F.

    1994-03-01

    We discuss observations of the (C II) 158 micrometers, (O I) 63 micrometers, (Si II) 35 micrometers, (O III) 52,88 micrometers, and (S III) 33 micrometers fine-structure transitions toward the central 45 seconds of the starburst galaxies NGC 253 and NGC 3256. The (C II) and (O I) emission probably originates in photodissociated gas at the surfaces of molecular clouds, although a small (less than or approximately 30%) contribution to the (C II) flux from H II regions cannot be ruled out. The (O III) and (S III) lines originate in H II regions and the (Si II) flux is best explained as originating in H II regions with some contribution from photodissociation regions (PDRs). The gas phase silicon abundance is nearly solar in NGC 253, which we interpret as evidence for grain destruction in the starburst region. We find that the photodissociated atomic gas has densities approximately 104/cu cm and temperature 200-300 K. About 2% of the gas is in this phase. The thermal gas pressure in the PDRs, P(PDR)/k approximately 1-3 x 106 K/cu cm, might represent the 'typical' interstellar gas pressure in starburst systems. The Far Ultraviolet (FUV) radiation fields illuminating the clouds are 103-104 stronger than the local Galactic FUV field and come from the contribution of many closely packed O and B stars. For the central 250 pc of NGC 253, we find that the H II gas has an average density ne is approximately 400/cu cm. This corresponds to a thermal pressure P(H II)/k approximately 7 x 106 K/cu cm which is approximately P(PDR)/k, suggesting that the ionized gas is in pressure equilibrium with the photodissociated gas at the surfaces of molecular clouds. The H II gas fills a significant fraction, approximately 0.01-0.3, of the volume between the clouds. The effective temperature of the ionizing stars in NGC 253 is greater than or approximately 34,500 K; 2 x 105 O7.5 stars would produce the observed Lyman continuum photon luminosity. The average separation between the stars is approximately 3 pc. Applying the simple model for the interstellar medium in galactic nuclei of Wolfire, Tielens, & Hollenbach (1990), we find the molecular gas in the central regions of NGC 253 and NGC 3256 to be distributed in a large number (5 x 103 to 5 x 105) of small (0.5-2 pc), dense (approximately 104/cu cm) clouds (or alternatively 'thin-flattened' structures) with volume filling factors 10-3 to 10-2, very different from the local Interstellar Medium (ISM) of the Galaxy. We suggest a self-consistent scenario for the ISM in NGC 253 in which clouds and H II gas are in pressure balance with a supernova-shocked, hot 1-3 x 106 K, low-density (approximately 104/cu cm), all pervasive medium. A feedback mechanism may be indicated in which the pressure generated by the supernovae compresses the molecular clouds and triggers further massive star formation. The similarity of ISM parameters deduced for NGC 253, NGC 3256, and M82 (Lord et al. 1993) suggests that the ISM properties are independent of the luminosity of the starburst or the triggering mechanism, but are rather endemic to starburst systems. The starburst in NGC 3256 appears to be a scaled-up version of the NGC 253 and M82 starbursts.

  7. Capillary pressure-saturation relationships for porous granular materials: Pore morphology method vs. pore unit assembly method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sweijen, Thomas; Aslannejad, Hamed; Hassanizadeh, S. Majid

    2017-09-01

    In studies of two-phase flow in complex porous media it is often desirable to have an estimation of the capillary pressure-saturation curve prior to measurements. Therefore, we compare in this research the capability of three pore-scale approaches in reproducing experimentally measured capillary pressure-saturation curves. To do so, we have generated 12 packings of spheres that are representative of four different glass-bead packings and eight different sand packings, for which we have found experimental data on the capillary pressure-saturation curve in the literature. In generating the packings, we matched the particle size distributions and porosity values of the granular materials. We have used three different pore-scale approaches for generating the capillary pressure-saturation curves of each packing: i) the Pore Unit Assembly (PUA) method in combination with the Mayer and Stowe-Princen (MS-P) approximation for estimating the entry pressures of pore throats, ii) the PUA method in combination with the hemisphere approximation, and iii) the Pore Morphology Method (PMM) in combination with the hemisphere approximation. The three approaches were also used to produce capillary pressure-saturation curves for the coating layer of paper, used in inkjet printing. Curves for such layers are extremely difficult to determine experimentally, due to their very small thickness and the presence of extremely small pores (less than one micrometer in size). Results indicate that the PMM and PUA-hemisphere method give similar capillary pressure-saturation curves, because both methods rely on a hemisphere to represent the air-water interface. The ability of the hemisphere approximation and the MS-P approximation to reproduce correct capillary pressure seems to depend on the type of particle size distribution, with the hemisphere approximation working well for narrowly distributed granular materials.

  8. Proof of Principle: Immobilisation of Robust CuII3 TbIII -Macrocycles on Small, Suitably Pre-functionalised Gold Nanoparticles.

    PubMed

    Feltham, Humphrey L C; Dumas, Christophe; Mannini, Matteo; Otero, Edwige; Sainctavit, Philippe; Sessoli, Roberta; Meledandri, Carla J; Brooker, Sally

    2017-02-21

    In a proof-of-principle study, a soluble macrocyclic single-molecule magnet (SMM) containing a Cu II 3 Tb III magnetic core was covalently grafted onto small gold nanoparticles pre-functionalised with carboxylate-terminated tethers. A modified microemulsion method allowed production of the small and monodisperse nanoparticles (approximately 3.5 nm in diameter) for the chemisorption of a large amount of intact macrocyclic complexes in the hybrid system. © 2017 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  9. Band-gap corrected density functional theory calculations for InAs/GaSb type II superlattices

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Wang, Jianwei; Zhang, Yong

    2014-12-07

    We performed pseudopotential based density functional theory (DFT) calculations for GaSb/InAs type II superlattices (T2SLs), with bandgap errors from the local density approximation mitigated by applying an empirical method to correct the bulk bandgaps. Specifically, this work (1) compared the calculated bandgaps with experimental data and non-self-consistent atomistic methods; (2) calculated the T2SL band structures with varying structural parameters; (3) investigated the interfacial effects associated with the no-common-atom heterostructure; and (4) studied the strain effect due to lattice mismatch between the two components. This work demonstrates the feasibility of applying the DFT method to more exotic heterostructures and defect problemsmore » related to this material system.« less

  10. Electronic properties of electron and hole in type-II semiconductor nano-heterostructures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rahul, K. Suseel; Souparnika, C.; Salini, K.; Mathew, Vincent

    2016-05-01

    In this project, we record the orbitals of electron and hole in type-II (CdTe/CdSe/CdTe/CdSe) semiconductor nanocrystal using effective mass approximation. In type-II the band edges of both valance and conduction band are higher than that of shell. So the electron and hole get confined in different layers of the hetero-structure. The energy eigen values and eigen functions are calculated by solving Schrodinger equation using finite difference matrix method. Based on this we investigate the effect of shell thickness and well width on energy and probability distribution of ground state (1s) and few excited states (1p,1d,etc). Our results predict that, type-II quantum dots have significant importance in photovoltaic applications.

  11. Nanocrystalline hydroxyapatite enriched in selenite and manganese ions: physicochemical and antibacterial properties

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kolmas, Joanna; Groszyk, Ewa; Piotrowska, Urszula

    2015-07-01

    In this work, we used the co-precipitation method to synthesize hydroxyapatite (Mn-SeO3-HA) containing both selenium IV (approximately 3.60 wt.%) and manganese II (approximately 0.29 wt.%). Pure hydroxyapatite (HA), hydroxyapatite-containing manganese (II) ions (Mn-HA), and hydroxyapatite-containing selenite ions alone (SeO3-HA), prepared with the same method, were used as reference materials. The structures and physicochemical properties of all the obtained samples were investigated. PXRD studies showed that the obtained materials were homogeneous and consisted of apatite phase. Introducing selenites into the hydroxyapatite crystals considerably affects the size and degree of ordering. Experiments with transmission electron microscopy (TEM) showed that Mn-SeO3-HA crystals are very small, needle-like, and tend to form agglomerates. Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR) and solid-state nuclear magnetic resonance (ssNMR) were used to analyze the structure of the obtained material. Preliminary microbiological tests showed that the material demonstrated antibacterial activity against Staphylococcus aureus, yet such properties were not confirmed regarding Escherichia coli. PACS codes: 61, 76, 81

  12. Evaluation of Lime and Persulfate Treatment for Mixed Contaminant Soil from Plum Brook Ordnance Works (Sandusky, OH)

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2007-09-01

    sulfuric acid , and analyzed according to USEPA Method 8082 (1996) using a Hewlett Packard Series II 5890 Gas Chromatograph equipped with dual electron... sulfuric acid to reduce the slurry pH to approximately 4, and • 30 percent H2O2 to create a 100-mg/L final aqueous concentration. Cobble treatment...Wastes: Physical/Chemical Methods (USEPA SW 846). 1996. Method 3665A. Sulfuric acid /permanganate cleanup. Washington, DC. United States

  13. An optimal design of wind turbine and ship structure based on neuro-response surface method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lee, Jae-Chul; Shin, Sung-Chul; Kim, Soo-Young

    2015-07-01

    The geometry of engineering systems affects their performances. For this reason, the shape of engineering systems needs to be optimized in the initial design stage. However, engineering system design problems consist of multi-objective optimization and the performance analysis using commercial code or numerical analysis is generally time-consuming. To solve these problems, many engineers perform the optimization using the approximation model (response surface). The Response Surface Method (RSM) is generally used to predict the system performance in engineering research field, but RSM presents some prediction errors for highly nonlinear systems. The major objective of this research is to establish an optimal design method for multi-objective problems and confirm its applicability. The proposed process is composed of three parts: definition of geometry, generation of response surface, and optimization process. To reduce the time for performance analysis and minimize the prediction errors, the approximation model is generated using the Backpropagation Artificial Neural Network (BPANN) which is considered as Neuro-Response Surface Method (NRSM). The optimization is done for the generated response surface by non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm-II (NSGA-II). Through case studies of marine system and ship structure (substructure of floating offshore wind turbine considering hydrodynamics performances and bulk carrier bottom stiffened panels considering structure performance), we have confirmed the applicability of the proposed method for multi-objective side constraint optimization problems.

  14. A NURBS-enhanced finite volume solver for steady Euler equations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Meng, Xucheng; Hu, Guanghui

    2018-04-01

    In Hu and Yi (2016) [20], a non-oscillatory k-exact reconstruction method was proposed towards the high-order finite volume methods for steady Euler equations, which successfully demonstrated the high-order behavior in the simulations. However, the degeneracy of the numerical accuracy of the approximate solutions to problems with curved boundary can be observed obviously. In this paper, the issue is resolved by introducing the Non-Uniform Rational B-splines (NURBS) method, i.e., with given discrete description of the computational domain, an approximate NURBS curve is reconstructed to provide quality quadrature information along the curved boundary. The advantages of using NURBS include i). both the numerical accuracy of the approximate solutions and convergence rate of the numerical methods are improved simultaneously, and ii). the NURBS curve generation is independent of other modules of the numerical framework, which makes its application very flexible. It is also shown in the paper that by introducing more elements along the normal direction for the reconstruction patch of the boundary element, significant improvement in the convergence to steady state can be achieved. The numerical examples confirm the above features very well.

  15. Cubic and Rhombohedral Heterobimetallic Networks Constructed from Uranium, Transition Metals, and Phosphonoacetate. New Methods for Constructing Porous Materials

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Alsobrook, Andera N.; Hauser, B. G.; Hupp, Joseph T.

    2010-11-01

    Four heterobimetallic U(VI)/M(II) (M = Mn, Co, Cd) carboxyphosphonates have been synthesized. M 2[(UO 2) 6(PO 3CH 2CO 2) 3O 3(OH)(H 2O) 2]·16H 2O (M = Mn(II), Co(II), and Cd(II)) adopt cubic three-dimensional network structures with large cavities approximately 16 Å in diameter that are filled with co-crystallized water molecules. [Cd 3(UO 2) 6(PO 3CH 2CO 2) 6(H 2O) 13]·6H 2 O forms a rhombohedral channel structure with hydrated Cd(II) within the channels. The cubic compound (Co) displays differential gas absorption with a surface area for CO 2 uptake of 40 m 2 g -1 at 273 K, and nomore » uptake of N 2 at 77 K.« less

  16. Strong copper(II) species in estuarine and sea waters investigated by a method with high detection window.

    PubMed

    Alberti, Giancarla; Biesuz, Raffaela; D'Agostino, Girolamo; Scarponi, Giuseppe; Pesavento, Maria

    2007-02-15

    The distribution of copper(II) in species of different stability in some estuarine and sea water samples (Adriatic Sea) was investigated by a method based on the sorption of the metal ion on a strongly sorbing resin, Chelex 100, whose sorbing properties have been previously characterized. From them, it is possible to predict very high values of detection windows at the considered conditions, for example side reaction coefficient as high as 10(10) at pH 7.5. Strong copper(II) species in equilibrium with Chelex 100 were detected, at concentration 2-20nM, with a reaction coefficient approximately 10(10.6) at pH 7.45 in sea water, strictly depending on the acidity. They represent 50-70% of the total metal ion and are the strongest copper(II) complexes found in sea water. Weak complexes too were detected in all the samples, with reaction coefficient lower than ca. 10(9) at the same pH. The method applied, named resin titration (RT), was described in a previous investigation, and is here modified in order to be carried out on oceanographic boat during a cruise in the Adriatic Sea.

  17. The entorhinal cortex of the Megachiroptera: a comparative study of Wahlberg's epauletted fruit bat and the straw-coloured fruit bat.

    PubMed

    Gatome, Catherine W; Slomianka, Lutz; Mwangi, Dieter K; Lipp, Hans-Peter; Amrein, Irmgard

    2010-05-01

    This study describes the organisation of the entorhinal cortex of the Megachiroptera, straw-coloured fruit bat and Wahlberg's epauletted fruit bat. Using Nissl and Timm stains, parvalbumin and SMI-32 immunohistochemistry, we identified five fields within the medial (MEA) and lateral (LEA) entorhinal areas. MEA fields E(CL) and E(C) are characterised by a poor differentiation between layers II and III, a distinct layer IV and broad, stratified layers V and VI. LEA fields E(I), E(R) and E(L) are distinguished by cell clusters in layer II, a clear differentiation between layers II and III, a wide columnar layer III and a broad sublayer Va. Clustering in LEA layer II was more typical of the straw-coloured fruit bat. Timm-staining was most intense in layers Ib and II across all fields and layer III of field E(R). Parvalbumin-like staining varied along a medio-lateral gradient with highest immunoreactivity in layers II and III of MEA and more lateral fields of LEA. Sparse SMI-32-like immunoreactivity was seen only in Wahlberg's epauletted fruit bat. Of the neurons in MEA layer II, ovoid stellate cells account for approximately 38%, polygonal stellate cells for approximately 8%, pyramidal cells for approximately 18%, oblique pyramidal cells for approximately 6% and other neurons of variable morphology for approximately 29%. Differences between bats and other species in cellular make-up and cytoarchitecture of layer II may relate to their three-dimensional habitat. Cytoarchitecture of layer V in conjunction with high encephalisation and structural changes in the hippocampus suggest similarities in efferent hippocampal --> entorhinal --> cortical interactions between fruit bats and primates.

  18. Rural Development in Africa: A Bibliography (Part II: North, South, West). Training & Methods Series, Number 17.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wisconsin Univ., Madison. Land Tenure Center.

    Compiled in December 1971, this bibliography lists approximately 940 books, journals, periodicals, and unpublished mimeographs dealing with rural development in north, west, and southern Africa. All materials are dated between 1953 and 1971. Entries are listed by country under the following headings: agriculture, economic affairs, social affairs,…

  19. 40 CFR 63.457 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... volume of hydrocarbon in air); and (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 parts per million by volume methane or n-hexane. (e) Negative pressure... between 6.95 and 7.05. (4) To prepare the 0.1 normality (N) sodium thiosulfate solution, dissolve 25 g of...

  20. Prediction of the binding affinities of peptides to class II MHC using a regularized thermodynamic model

    PubMed Central

    2010-01-01

    Background The binding of peptide fragments of extracellular peptides to class II MHC is a crucial event in the adaptive immune response. Each MHC allotype generally binds a distinct subset of peptides and the enormous number of possible peptide epitopes prevents their complete experimental characterization. Computational methods can utilize the limited experimental data to predict the binding affinities of peptides to class II MHC. Results We have developed the Regularized Thermodynamic Average, or RTA, method for predicting the affinities of peptides binding to class II MHC. RTA accounts for all possible peptide binding conformations using a thermodynamic average and includes a parameter constraint for regularization to improve accuracy on novel data. RTA was shown to achieve higher accuracy, as measured by AUC, than SMM-align on the same data for all 17 MHC allotypes examined. RTA also gave the highest accuracy on all but three allotypes when compared with results from 9 different prediction methods applied to the same data. In addition, the method correctly predicted the peptide binding register of 17 out of 18 peptide-MHC complexes. Finally, we found that suboptimal peptide binding registers, which are often ignored in other prediction methods, made significant contributions of at least 50% of the total binding energy for approximately 20% of the peptides. Conclusions The RTA method accurately predicts peptide binding affinities to class II MHC and accounts for multiple peptide binding registers while reducing overfitting through regularization. The method has potential applications in vaccine design and in understanding autoimmune disorders. A web server implementing the RTA prediction method is available at http://bordnerlab.org/RTA/. PMID:20089173

  1. The cDNA-derived amino acid sequence of hemoglobin II from Lucina pectinata.

    PubMed

    Torres-Mercado, Elineth; Renta, Jessicca Y; Rodríguez, Yolanda; López-Garriga, Juan; Cadilla, Carmen L

    2003-11-01

    Hemoglobin II from the clam Lucina pectinata is an oxygen-reactive protein with a unique structural organization in the heme pocket involving residues Gln65 (E7), Tyr30 (B10), Phe44 (CD1), and Phe69 (E11). We employed the reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) and methods to synthesize various cDNA(HbII). An initial 300-bp cDNA clone was amplified from total RNA by RT-PCR using degenerate oligonucleotides. Gene-specific primers derived from the HbII-partial cDNA sequence were used to obtain the 5' and 3' ends of the cDNA by RACE. The length of the HbII cDNA, estimated from overlapping clones, was approximately 2114 bases. Northern blot analysis revealed that the mRNA size of HbII agrees with the estimated size using cDNA data. The coding region of the full-length HbII cDNA codes for 151 amino acids. The calculated molecular weight of HbII, including the heme group and acetylated N-terminal residue, is 17,654.07 Da.

  2. Time-splitting combined with exponential wave integrator fourier pseudospectral method for Schrödinger-Boussinesq system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liao, Feng; Zhang, Luming; Wang, Shanshan

    2018-02-01

    In this article, we formulate an efficient and accurate numerical method for approximations of the coupled Schrödinger-Boussinesq (SBq) system. The main features of our method are based on: (i) the applications of a time-splitting Fourier spectral method for Schrödinger-like equation in SBq system, (ii) the utilizations of exponential wave integrator Fourier pseudospectral for spatial derivatives in the Boussinesq-like equation. The scheme is fully explicit and efficient due to fast Fourier transform. The numerical examples are presented to show the efficiency and accuracy of our method.

  3. Automated facial recognition and candidate list rank change of computer generated facial approximations generated with multiple eye orb positions.

    PubMed

    Parks, Connie L; Monson, Keith L

    2016-09-01

    Expanding on research previously reported by the authors, this study further examines the recognizability of ReFace facial approximations generated with the following eye orb positions: (i) centrally within the bony eye socket, (ii) 1.0mm superior and 2.0mm lateral relative to center, and (iii) 1.0mm superior and 2.5mm lateral relative to center. Overall, 81% of the test subjects' approximation ranks improved with the use of either of the two supero-lateral eye orbs. Highly significant performance differences (p<0.01) were observed between the approximations with centrally positioned eye orbs (i) and approximations with the eye orbs placed in the supero-laterally positions (ii and iii). Noteworthy was the observation that in all cases when the best rank for an approximation was obtained with the eye orbs in position (iii), the second best rank was achieved with the eye orbs in position (ii). A similar pattern was also observed when the best rank was obtained with the eye orbs in position (ii), with 60% of the second best ranks observed in position (iii). It is argued, therefore, that an approximation constructed with the eye orbs placed in either of the two supero-lateral positions may be more effective and operationally informative than centrally positioned orbs. Copyright © 2016. Published by Elsevier Ireland Ltd.

  4. Solution synthesis of germanium nanocrystals

    DOEpatents

    Gerung, Henry [Albuquerque, NM; Boyle, Timothy J [Kensington, MD; Bunge, Scott D [Cuyahoga Falls, OH

    2009-09-22

    A method for providing a route for the synthesis of a Ge(0) nanometer-sized material from. A Ge(II) precursor is dissolved in a ligand heated to a temperature, generally between approximately 100.degree. C. and 400.degree. C., sufficient to thermally reduce the Ge(II) to Ge(0), where the ligand is a compound that can bond to the surface of the germanium nanomaterials to subsequently prevent agglomeration of the nanomaterials. The ligand encapsulates the surface of the Ge(0) material to prevent agglomeration. The resulting solution is cooled for handling, with the cooling characteristics useful in controlling the size and size distribution of the Ge(0) materials. The characteristics of the Ge(II) precursor determine whether the Ge(0) materials that result will be nanocrystals or nanowires.

  5. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Dall'Anese, Emiliano; Baker, Kyri; Summers, Tyler

    The paper focuses on distribution systems featuring renewable energy sources and energy storage devices, and develops an optimal power flow (OPF) approach to optimize the system operation in spite of forecasting errors. The proposed method builds on a chance-constrained multi-period AC OPF formulation, where probabilistic constraints are utilized to enforce voltage regulation with a prescribed probability. To enable a computationally affordable solution approach, a convex reformulation of the OPF task is obtained by resorting to i) pertinent linear approximations of the power flow equations, and ii) convex approximations of the chance constraints. Particularly, the approximate chance constraints provide conservative boundsmore » that hold for arbitrary distributions of the forecasting errors. An adaptive optimization strategy is then obtained by embedding the proposed OPF task into a model predictive control framework.« less

  6. Probing the galactic disk and halo. 2: Hot interstellar gas toward the inner galaxy star HD 156359

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sembach, Kenneth R.; Savage, Blair D.; Lu, Limin

    1995-01-01

    We present Goddard High Resolution Spectrograph intermediate-resolution measurements of the 1233-1256 A spectral region of HD 156396, a halo star at l = 328.7 deg, b = -14.5 deg in the inner Galaxy with a line-of sight distance of 11.1 kpc and a z-distance of -2.8 kpc. The data have a resolution of 18 km/s Full Width at Half Maximum (FWHM) and a signal-to-noise ratio of approximately 50:1. We detect interstellar lines of Mg II, S II, S II, Ge II, and N V and determine log N/(Mg II) = 15.78 +0.25, -0.27, log N(Si II) greater than 13.70, log N(S II) greater than 15.76, log N(Ge II) = 12.20 +0.09,-0.11, and log N(N v) = 14.06 +/- 0.02. Assuming solar reference abundances, the diffuse clouds containing Mg, S, and Ge along the sight line have average logarithmic depletions D(Mg) = -0.6 +/- 0.3 dex, D(S) greater than -0.2 dex, and D(Ge) = -0.2 +/- 0.2 dex. The Mg and Ge depletions are approximately 2 times smaller than is typical of diffuse clouds in the solar vicinity. Galactic rotational modeling of the N v profiles indicates that the highly ionized gas traced by this ion has a scale height of approximately 1 kpc if gas at large z-distances corotates with the underlying disk gas. Rotational modeling of the Si iv and C iv profiles measured by the IUE satellite yields similar scale height estimates. The scale height results contrast with previous studies of highly ionized gas in the outer Milky Way that reveal a more extended gas distribtion with h approximately equals 3-4 kpc. We detect a high-velocity feature in N v and Si II v(sub LSR) approximately equals + 125 km/s) that is probably created in an interface between warm and hot gas.

  7. Physical Conditions of the Interstellar Medium in Star-forming Galaxies at z1.5

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hayashi, Masao; Ly, Chun; Shimasaku, Kazuhiro; Motohara, Kentaro; Malkan, Matthew A.; Nagao, Tohru; Kashikawa, Nobunari; Goto, Ryosuke; Naito, Yoshiaki

    2015-01-01

    We present results from Subaru/FMOS near-infrared (NIR) spectroscopy of 118 star-forming galaxies at z approximately equal to 1.5 in the Subaru Deep Field. These galaxies are selected as [O II] lambda 3727 emitters at z approximately equal to 1.47 and 1.62 from narrow-band imaging. We detect H alpha emission line in 115 galaxies, [O III] lambda 5007 emission line in 45 galaxies, and H Beta, [N II] lambda 6584, and [S II]lambda lambda 6716, 6731 in 13, 16, and 6 galaxies, respectively. Including the [O II] emission line, we use the six strong nebular emission lines in the individual and composite rest-frame optical spectra to investigate physical conditions of the interstellar medium in star-forming galaxies at z approximately equal to 1.5. We find a tight correlation between H alpha and [O II], which suggests that [O II] can be a good star formation rate (SFR) indicator for galaxies at z approximately equal to 1.5. The line ratios of H alpha / [O II] are consistent with those of local galaxies. We also find that [O II] emitters have strong [O III] emission lines. The [O III]/[O II] ratios are larger than normal star-forming galaxies in the local Universe, suggesting a higher ionization parameter. Less massive galaxies have larger [O III]/[O II] ratios. With evidence that the electron density is consistent with local galaxies, the high ionization of galaxies at high redshifts may be attributed to a harder radiation field by a young stellar population and/or an increase in the number of ionizing photons from each massive star.

  8. Approximate analytical solutions to the double-stance dynamics of the lossy spring-loaded inverted pendulum.

    PubMed

    Shahbazi, Mohammad; Saranlı, Uluç; Babuška, Robert; Lopes, Gabriel A D

    2016-12-05

    This paper introduces approximate time-domain solutions to the otherwise non-integrable double-stance dynamics of the 'bipedal' spring-loaded inverted pendulum (B-SLIP) in the presence of non-negligible damping. We first introduce an auxiliary system whose behavior under certain conditions is approximately equivalent to the B-SLIP in double-stance. Then, we derive approximate solutions to the dynamics of the new system following two different methods: (i) updated-momentum approach that can deal with both the lossy and lossless B-SLIP models, and (ii) perturbation-based approach following which we only derive a solution to the lossless case. The prediction performance of each method is characterized via a comprehensive numerical analysis. The derived representations are computationally very efficient compared to numerical integrations, and, hence, are suitable for online planning, increasing the autonomy of walking robots. Two application examples of walking gait control are presented. The proposed solutions can serve as instrumental tools in various fields such as control in legged robotics and human motion understanding in biomechanics.

  9. Active magnetic refrigerants based on Gd-Si-Ge material and refrigeration apparatus and process

    DOEpatents

    Gschneidner, Jr., Karl A.; Pecharsky, Vitalij K.

    1998-04-28

    Active magnetic regenerator and method using Gd.sub.5 (Si.sub.x Ge.sub.1-x).sub.4, where x is equal to or less than 0.5, as a magnetic refrigerant that exhibits a reversible ferromagnetic/antiferromagnetic or ferromagnetic-II/ferromagnetic-I first order phase transition and extraordinary magneto-thermal properties, such as a giant magnetocaloric effect, that renders the refrigerant more efficient and useful than existing magnetic refrigerants for commercialization of magnetic regenerators. The reversible first order phase transition is tunable from approximately 30 K to approximately 290 K (near room temperature) and above by compositional adjustments. The active magnetic regenerator and method can function for refrigerating, air conditioning, and liquefying low temperature cryogens with significantly improved efficiency and operating temperature range from approximately 10 K to 300 K and above. Also an active magnetic regenerator and method using Gd.sub.5 (Si.sub.x Ge.sub.1-x).sub.4, where x is equal to or greater than 0.5, as a magnetic heater/refrigerant that exhibits a reversible ferromagnetic/paramagnetic second order phase transition with large magneto-thermal properties, such as a large magnetocaloric effect that permits the commercialization of a magnetic heat pump and/or refrigerant. This second order phase transition is tunable from approximately 280 K (near room temperature) to approximately 350 K by composition adjustments. The active magnetic regenerator and method can function for low level heating for climate control for buildings, homes and automobile, and chemical processing.

  10. Active magnetic refrigerants based on Gd-Si-Ge material and refrigeration apparatus and process

    DOEpatents

    Gschneidner, K.A. Jr.; Pecharsky, V.K.

    1998-04-28

    Active magnetic regenerator and method using Gd{sub 5} (Si{sub x}Ge{sub 1{minus}x}){sub 4}, where x is equal to or less than 0.5, as a magnetic refrigerant that exhibits a reversible ferromagnetic/antiferromagnetic or ferromagnetic-II/ferromagnetic-I first order phase transition and extraordinary magneto-thermal properties, such as a giant magnetocaloric effect, that renders the refrigerant more efficient and useful than existing magnetic refrigerants for commercialization of magnetic regenerators. The reversible first order phase transition is tunable from approximately 30 K to approximately 290 K (near room temperature) and above by compositional adjustments. The active magnetic regenerator and method can function for refrigerating, air conditioning, and liquefying low temperature cryogens with significantly improved efficiency and operating temperature range from approximately 10 K to 300 K and above. Also an active magnetic regenerator and method using Gd{sub 5} (Si{sub x} Ge{sub 1{minus}x}){sub 4}, where x is equal to or greater than 0.5, as a magnetic heater/refrigerant that exhibits a reversible ferromagnetic/paramagnetic second order phase transition with large magneto-thermal properties, such as a large magnetocaloric effect that permits the commercialization of a magnetic heat pump and/or refrigerant. This second order phase transition is tunable from approximately 280 K (near room temperature) to approximately 350 K by composition adjustments. The active magnetic regenerator and method can function for low level heating for climate control for buildings, homes and automobile, and chemical processing. 27 figs.

  11. Fibrillar Chromospheric Spicule-Like Counterparts to an EUV and Soft X-Ray Blowout Coronal Jet

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sterling, Alphonse C.; Harra, Louise K.; Moore, Ronald L.

    2010-01-01

    We observe an erupting jet feature in a solar polar coronal hole, using data from Hinode/SOT, EIS, and XRT, with supplemental data from STEREO/EUVI. From EUV and soft X-ray (SXR) images we identify the erupting feature as a blowout coronal jet: in SXRs it is a jet with bright base, and in EUV it appears as an eruption of relatively cool (approximately 50,000 K) material of horizontal size scale approximately 30" originating from the base of the SXR jet. In SOT Ca II H images the most pronounced analog is a pair of thin (approximately 1") ejections, at the locations of either of the two legs of the erupting EUV jet. These Ca II features eventually rise beyond 45", leaving the SOT field of view, and have an appearance similar to standard spicules except that they are much taller. They have velocities similar to that of "type II" spicules, approximately 100 kilometers per second, and they appear to have spicule-like substructures splitting off from them with horizontal velocity approximately 50 kilometers per second, similar to the velocities of splitting spicules measured by Sterling et al. (2010). Motions of splitting features and of other substructures suggest that the macroscopic EUV jet is spinning or unwinding as it is ejected. This and earlier work suggests that a sub-population of Ca II type II spicules are the Ca II manifestation of portions of larger-scale erupting magnetic jets. A different sub-population of type II spicules could be blowout jets occurring on a much smaller horizontal size scale than the event we observe here.

  12. Morphological evidence for local microcircuits in rat vestibular maculae

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ross, M. D.

    1997-01-01

    Previous studies suggested that intramacular, unmyelinated segments of vestibular afferent nerve fibers and their large afferent endings (calyces) on type I hair cells branch. Many of the branches (processes) contain vesicles and are presynaptic to type II hair cells, other processes, intramacular nerve fibers, and calyces. This study used serial section transmission electron microscopy and three-dimensional reconstruction methods to document the origins and distributions of presynaptic processes of afferents in the medial part of the adult rat utricular macula. The ultrastructural research focused on presynaptic processes whose origin and termination could be observed in a single micrograph. Results showed that calyces had 1) vesiculated, spine-like processes that invaginated type I cells and 2) other, elongate processes that ended on type II cells pre- as well as postsynaptically. Intramacular, unmyelinated segments of afferent nerve fibers gave origin to branches that were presynaptic to type II cells, calyces, calyceal processes, and other nerve fibers in the macula. Synapses with type II cells occurred opposite subsynaptic cisternae (C synapses); all other synapses were asymmetric. Vesicles were pleomorphic but were differentially distributed according to process origin. Small, clear-centered vesicles, approximately 40-60 nm in diameter, predominated in processes originating from afferent nerve fibers and basal parts of calyces. Larger vesicles approximately 70-120 nm in diameter having approximately 40-80 nm electron-opaque cores were dominant in processes originating from the necks of calyces. Results are interpreted to indicate the existence of a complex system of intrinsic feedforward (postsynaptic)-feedback (presynaptic) connections in a network of direct and local microcircuits. The morphological findings support the concept that maculae dynamically preprocess linear acceleratory information before its transmission to the central nervous system.

  13. The stress intensity factors for a periodic array of interacting coplanar penny-shaped cracks

    PubMed Central

    Lekesiz, Huseyin; Katsube, Noriko; Rokhlin, Stanislav I.; Seghi, Robert R.

    2013-01-01

    The effect of crack interactions on stress intensity factors is examined for a periodic array of coplanar penny-shaped cracks. Kachanov’s approximate method for crack interactions (Int. J. Solid. Struct. 1987; 23(1):23–43) is employed to analyze both hexagonal and square crack configurations. In approximating crack interactions, the solution converges when the total truncation number of the cracks is 109. As expected, due to high density packing crack interaction in the hexagonal configuration is stronger than that in the square configuration. Based on the numerical results, convenient fitting equations for quick evaluation of the mode I stress intensity factors are obtained as a function of crack density and angle around the crack edge for both crack configurations. Numerical results for the mode II and III stress intensity factors are presented in the form of contour lines for the case of Poisson’s ratio ν =0.3. Possible errors for these problems due to Kachanov’s approximate method are estimated. Good agreement is observed with the limited number of results available in the literature and obtained by different methods. PMID:27175035

  14. Integral method for transient He II heat transfer in a semi-infinite domain

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Baudouy, B.

    2002-05-01

    Integral methods are suited to solve a non-linear system of differential equations where the non-linearity can be found either in the differential equations or in the boundary conditions. Though they are approximate methods, they have proven to give simple solutions with acceptable accuracy for transient heat transfer in He II. Taking in account the temperature dependence of thermal properties, direct solutions are found without the need of adjusting a parameter. Previously, we have presented a solution for the clamped heat flux and in the present study this method is used to accommodate the clamped-temperature problem. In the case of constant thermal properties, this method yields results that are within a few percent of the exact solution for the heat flux at the axis origin. We applied this solution to analyze recovery from burnout and find an agreement within 10% at low heat flux, whereas at high heat flux the model deviates from the experimental data suggesting the need for a more refined thermal model.

  15. Use of sodium dodecyl sulfate pretreatment and 2-stage curing for improved quality of salted duck eggs.

    PubMed

    Lian, Zixuan; Qiao, Longshan; Zhu, Guanghong; Deng, Yun; Qian, Bingjun; Yue, Jin; Zhao, Yanyun

    2014-03-01

    The effects of use of sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) pretreatment and 2-stage curing on the microbial, physicochemical, and microstructural qualities of salted duck eggs were studied. After pretreatment in 0.5% (w/v) SDS solution at room conditions for 15 min, no discolorations were observed and no microorganisms were detected on the egg shells. In the 2-stage curing process, 25% (w/v) and 30% (w/v) saline solutions were evaluated in the 1st step (Stage I, approximately 18 d), whereas 4% (w/v) saline solution was applied in the 2nd step (Stage II, approximately 15 d). Along with increased curing time, water content decreased and NaCl content increased in the egg yolks from approximately 0.40% to 0.86%, whereas the water content of egg albumen remained at approximately 85% during the 2-stage curing. More importantly, the NaCl content of albumen maintained at approximately 4.0% at Stage II curing. Yolk index as a sign of maturity for salted duck eggs reached 1 at the end of Stage I (18 d) and retained the same value during Stage II curing regardless of the NaCl concentration in the Stage I saline solution. Oil exudation in egg yolks increased as the time of curing increased. As seen from scanning electron microscopy, oil was released from yolk granules. This study indicated that SDS pretreatment is effective to reduce microbial load on the shells of fresh duck eggs and the 2-stage curing can improve physicochemical qualities of the salted duck eggs and shortened curing time to about 7 to 17 d as compared to the traditional 1-step curing method. Spoiled saline solution and uneven distribution of salt are the 2 major problems in producing salted duck eggs. Sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) pretreatment and 2-stage curing process have shown effective to solve these problems, respectively. The SDS pretreatment was able to remove microorganisms and soil from the surface of fresh egg shells, thus preventing the spoilage of the saline solution. The 2-stage curing process successfully controlled the NaCl content of egg albumen and yolk in the final product, and shortened the curing time compared to the traditional 1-step curing method. © 2014 Institute of Food Technologists®

  16. Comparing methods for modelling spreading cell fronts.

    PubMed

    Markham, Deborah C; Simpson, Matthew J; Maini, Philip K; Gaffney, Eamonn A; Baker, Ruth E

    2014-07-21

    Spreading cell fronts play an essential role in many physiological processes. Classically, models of this process are based on the Fisher-Kolmogorov equation; however, such continuum representations are not always suitable as they do not explicitly represent behaviour at the level of individual cells. Additionally, many models examine only the large time asymptotic behaviour, where a travelling wave front with a constant speed has been established. Many experiments, such as a scratch assay, never display this asymptotic behaviour, and in these cases the transient behaviour must be taken into account. We examine the transient and the asymptotic behaviour of moving cell fronts using techniques that go beyond the continuum approximation via a volume-excluding birth-migration process on a regular one-dimensional lattice. We approximate the averaged discrete results using three methods: (i) mean-field, (ii) pair-wise, and (iii) one-hole approximations. We discuss the performance of these methods, in comparison to the averaged discrete results, for a range of parameter space, examining both the transient and asymptotic behaviours. The one-hole approximation, based on techniques from statistical physics, is not capable of predicting transient behaviour but provides excellent agreement with the asymptotic behaviour of the averaged discrete results, provided that cells are proliferating fast enough relative to their rate of migration. The mean-field and pair-wise approximations give indistinguishable asymptotic results, which agree with the averaged discrete results when cells are migrating much more rapidly than they are proliferating. The pair-wise approximation performs better in the transient region than does the mean-field, despite having the same asymptotic behaviour. Our results show that each approximation only works in specific situations, thus we must be careful to use a suitable approximation for a given system, otherwise inaccurate predictions could be made. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  17. Stabilizing potentials in bound state analytic continuation methods for electronic resonances in polyatomic molecules

    DOE PAGES

    White, Alec F.; Head-Gordon, Martin; McCurdy, C. William

    2017-01-30

    The computation of Siegert energies by analytic continuation of bound state energies has recently been applied to shape resonances in polyatomic molecules by several authors. Here, we critically evaluate a recently proposed analytic continuation method based on low order (type III) Padé approximants as well as an analytic continuation method based on high order (type II) Padé approximants. We compare three classes of stabilizing potentials: Coulomb potentials, Gaussian potentials, and attenuated Coulomb potentials. These methods are applied to a model potential where the correct answer is known exactly and to the 2Π g shape resonance of N 2 - whichmore » has been studied extensively by other methods. Both the choice of stabilizing potential and method of analytic continuation prove to be important to the accuracy of the results. We then conclude that an attenuated Coulomb potential is the most effective of the three for bound state analytic continuation methods. With the proper potential, such methods show promise for algorithmic determination of the positions and widths of molecular shape resonances.« less

  18. Stabilizing potentials in bound state analytic continuation methods for electronic resonances in polyatomic molecules

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    White, Alec F.; Head-Gordon, Martin; McCurdy, C. William

    The computation of Siegert energies by analytic continuation of bound state energies has recently been applied to shape resonances in polyatomic molecules by several authors. Here, we critically evaluate a recently proposed analytic continuation method based on low order (type III) Padé approximants as well as an analytic continuation method based on high order (type II) Padé approximants. We compare three classes of stabilizing potentials: Coulomb potentials, Gaussian potentials, and attenuated Coulomb potentials. These methods are applied to a model potential where the correct answer is known exactly and to the 2Π g shape resonance of N 2 - whichmore » has been studied extensively by other methods. Both the choice of stabilizing potential and method of analytic continuation prove to be important to the accuracy of the results. We then conclude that an attenuated Coulomb potential is the most effective of the three for bound state analytic continuation methods. With the proper potential, such methods show promise for algorithmic determination of the positions and widths of molecular shape resonances.« less

  19. The error and bias of supplementing a short, arid climate, rainfall record with regional vs. global frequency analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Endreny, Theodore A.; Pashiardis, Stelios

    2007-02-01

    SummaryRobust and accurate estimates of rainfall frequencies are difficult to make with short, and arid-climate, rainfall records, however new regional and global methods were used to supplement such a constrained 15-34 yr record in Cyprus. The impact of supplementing rainfall frequency analysis with the regional and global approaches was measured with relative bias and root mean square error (RMSE) values. Analysis considered 42 stations with 8 time intervals (5-360 min) in four regions delineated by proximity to sea and elevation. Regional statistical algorithms found the sites passed discordancy tests of coefficient of variation, skewness and kurtosis, while heterogeneity tests revealed the regions were homogeneous to mildly heterogeneous. Rainfall depths were simulated in the regional analysis method 500 times, and then goodness of fit tests identified the best candidate distribution as the general extreme value (GEV) Type II. In the regional analysis, the method of L-moments was used to estimate location, shape, and scale parameters. In the global based analysis, the distribution was a priori prescribed as GEV Type II, a shape parameter was a priori set to 0.15, and a time interval term was constructed to use one set of parameters for all time intervals. Relative RMSE values were approximately equal at 10% for the regional and global method when regions were compared, but when time intervals were compared the global method RMSE had a parabolic-shaped time interval trend. Relative bias values were also approximately equal for both methods when regions were compared, but again a parabolic-shaped time interval trend was found for the global method. The global method relative RMSE and bias trended with time interval, which may be caused by fitting a single scale value for all time intervals.

  20. Critical Dimensions of Water-tamped Slabs and Spheres of Active Material

    DOE R&D Accomplishments Database

    Greuling, E.; Argo, H.: Chew, G.; Frankel, M. E.; Konopinski, E.J.; Marvin, C.; Teller, E.

    1946-08-06

    The magnitude and distribution of the fission rate per unit area produced by three energy groups of moderated neutrons reflected from a water tamper into one side of an infinite slab of active material is calculated approximately in section II. This rate is directly proportional to the current density of fast neutrons from the active material incident on the water tamper. The critical slab thickness is obtained in section III by solving an inhomogeneous transport integral equation for the fast-neutron current density into the tamper. Extensive use is made of the formulae derived in "The Mathematical Development of the End-Point Method" by Frankel and Goldberg. In section IV slight alterations in the theory outlined in sections II and III were made so that one could approximately compute the critical radius of a water-tamper sphere of active material. The derived formulae were applied to calculate the critical dimensions of water-tamped slabs and spheres of solid UF{sub 6} leaving various (25) isotope enrichment fractions. Decl. Dec. 16, 1955.

  1. Quantum confined stark effect on the binding energy of exciton in type II quantum heterostructure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Suseel, Rahul K.; Mathew, Vincent

    2018-05-01

    In this work, we have investigated the effect of external electric field on the strongly confined excitonic properties of CdTe/CdSe/CdTe/CdSe type-II quantum dot heterostructures. Within the effective mass approximation, we solved the Poisson-Schrodinger equations of the exciton in nanostructure using relaxation method in a self-consistent iterative manner. We changed both the external electric field and core radius of the quantum dot, to study the behavior of binding energy of exciton. Our studies show that the external electric field destroys the positional flipped state of exciton by modifying the confining potentials of electron and hole.

  2. Accurate Estimate of Some Propagation Characteristics for the First Higher Order Mode in Graded Index Fiber with Simple Analytic Chebyshev Method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dutta, Ivy; Chowdhury, Anirban Roy; Kumbhakar, Dharmadas

    2013-03-01

    Using Chebyshev power series approach, accurate description for the first higher order (LP11) mode of graded index fibers having three different profile shape functions are presented in this paper and applied to predict their propagation characteristics. These characteristics include fractional power guided through the core, excitation efficiency and Petermann I and II spot sizes with their approximate analytic formulations. We have shown that where two and three Chebyshev points in LP11 mode approximation present fairly accurate results, the values based on our calculations involving four Chebyshev points match excellently with available exact numerical results.

  3. Phonon scattering in nanoscale systems: lowest order expansion of the current and power expressions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Paulsson, Magnus; Frederiksen, Thomas; Brandbyge, Mads

    2006-04-01

    We use the non-equilibrium Green's function method to describe the effects of phonon scattering on the conductance of nano-scale devices. Useful and accurate approximations are developed that both provide (i) computationally simple formulas for large systems and (ii) simple analytical models. In addition, the simple models can be used to fit experimental data and provide physical parameters.

  4. A walk through the approximations of ab initio multiple spawning

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mignolet, Benoit; Curchod, Basile F. E.

    2018-04-01

    Full multiple spawning offers an in principle exact framework for excited-state dynamics, where nuclear wavefunctions in different electronic states are represented by a set of coupled trajectory basis functions that follow classical trajectories. The couplings between trajectory basis functions can be approximated to treat molecular systems, leading to the ab initio multiple spawning method which has been successfully employed to study the photochemistry and photophysics of several molecules. However, a detailed investigation of its approximations and their consequences is currently missing in the literature. In this work, we simulate the explicit photoexcitation and subsequent excited-state dynamics of a simple system, LiH, and we analyze (i) the effect of the ab initio multiple spawning approximations on different observables and (ii) the convergence of the ab initio multiple spawning results towards numerically exact quantum dynamics upon a progressive relaxation of these approximations. We show that, despite the crude character of the approximations underlying ab initio multiple spawning for this low-dimensional system, the qualitative excited-state dynamics is adequately captured, and affordable corrections can further be applied to ameliorate the coupling between trajectory basis functions.

  5. A walk through the approximations of ab initio multiple spawning.

    PubMed

    Mignolet, Benoit; Curchod, Basile F E

    2018-04-07

    Full multiple spawning offers an in principle exact framework for excited-state dynamics, where nuclear wavefunctions in different electronic states are represented by a set of coupled trajectory basis functions that follow classical trajectories. The couplings between trajectory basis functions can be approximated to treat molecular systems, leading to the ab initio multiple spawning method which has been successfully employed to study the photochemistry and photophysics of several molecules. However, a detailed investigation of its approximations and their consequences is currently missing in the literature. In this work, we simulate the explicit photoexcitation and subsequent excited-state dynamics of a simple system, LiH, and we analyze (i) the effect of the ab initio multiple spawning approximations on different observables and (ii) the convergence of the ab initio multiple spawning results towards numerically exact quantum dynamics upon a progressive relaxation of these approximations. We show that, despite the crude character of the approximations underlying ab initio multiple spawning for this low-dimensional system, the qualitative excited-state dynamics is adequately captured, and affordable corrections can further be applied to ameliorate the coupling between trajectory basis functions.

  6. Gravimetric method for the determination of diclofenac in pharmaceutical preparations.

    PubMed

    Tubino, Matthieu; De Souza, Rafael L

    2005-01-01

    A gravimetric method for the determination of diclofenac in pharmaceutical preparations was developed. Diclofenac is precipitated from aqueous solution with copper(II) acetate in pH 5.3 (acetic acid/acetate buffer). Sample aliquots had approximately the same quantity of the drug content in tablets (50 mg) or in ampules (75 mg). The observed standard deviation was about +/- 2 mg; therefore, the relative standard deviation (RSD) was approximately 4% for tablet and 3% for ampule preparations. The results were compared with those obtained with the liquid chromatography method recommended in the United States Pharmacopoeia using the statistical Student's t-test. Complete agreement was observed. It is possible to obtain more precise results using higher aliquots, for example 200 mg, in which case the RSD falls to 1%. This gravimetric method, contrary to what is expected for this kind of procedure, is relatively fast and simple to perform. The main advantage is the absolute character of the gravimetric analysis.

  7. Coordinate downregulation of CaM kinase II and phospholamban accompanies contractile phenotype transition in the hyperthyroid rabbit soleus.

    PubMed

    Jiang, M; Xu, A; Jones, D L; Narayanan, N

    2004-09-01

    This study investigated the effects of l-thyroxine-induced hyperthyroidism on Ca(2+)/calmodulin (CaM)-dependent protein kinase (CaM kinase II)-mediated sarcoplasmic reticulum (SR) protein phosphorylation, SR Ca(2+) pump (Ca(2+)-ATPase) activity, and contraction duration in slow-twitch soleus muscle of the rabbit. Phosphorylation of Ca(2+)-ATPase and phospholamban (PLN) by endogenous CaM kinase II was found to be significantly lower (30-50%) in soleus of the hyperthyroid compared with euthyroid rabbit. Western blotting analysis revealed higher levels of sarco(endo)plasmic reticulum Ca(2+)-ATPase (SERCA) 1 ( approximately 150%) Ca(2+) pump isoform, unaltered levels of SERCA2 Ca(2+) pump isoform, and lower levels of PLN ( approximately 50%) and delta-, beta-, and gamma-CaM kinase II (40 approximately 70%) in soleus of the hyperthyroid rabbit. SR vesicles from hyperthyroid rabbit soleus displayed approximately twofold higher ATP-energized Ca(2+) uptake and Ca(2+)-stimulated ATPase activities compared with that from euthyroid control. The V(max) of Ca(2+) uptake (in nmol Ca(2+).mg SR protein(-1).min(-1): euthyroid, 818 +/- 73; hyperthyroid, 1,649 +/- 90) but not the apparent affinity of the Ca(2+)-ATPase for Ca(2+) (euthyroid, 0.97 +/- 0.02 microM, hyperthyroid, 1.09 +/- 0.04 microM) differed significantly between the two groups. CaM kinase II-mediated stimulation of Ca(2+) uptake by soleus muscle SR was approximately 60% lower in the hyperthyroid compared with euthyroid. Isometric twitch force of soleus measured in situ was significantly greater ( approximately 36%), and the time to peak force and relaxation time were significantly lower ( approximately 30-40%), in the hyperthyroid. These results demonstrate that thyroid hormone-induced transition in contractile properties of the rabbit soleus is associated with coordinate downregulation of the expression and function of PLN and CaM kinase II and selective upregulation of the expression and function of SERCA1, but not SERCA2, isoform of the SR Ca(2+) pump.

  8. Effect of Cu(II), Cd(II) and Zn(II) on Pb(II) biosorption by algae Gelidium-derived materials.

    PubMed

    Vilar, Vítor J P; Botelho, Cidália M S; Boaventura, Rui A R

    2008-06-15

    Biosorption of Pb(II), Cu(II), Cd(II) and Zn(II) from binary metal solutions onto the algae Gelidium sesquipedale, an algal industrial waste and a waste-based composite material was investigated at pH 5.3, in a batch system. Binary Pb(II)/Cu(II), Pb(II)/Cd(II) and Pb(II)/Zn(II) solutions have been tested. For the same equilibrium concentrations of both metal ions (1 mmol l(-1)), approximately 66, 85 and 86% of the total uptake capacity of the biosorbents is taken by lead ions in the systems Pb(II)/Cu(II), Pb(II)/Cd(II) and Pb(II)/Zn(II), respectively. Two-metal results were fitted to a discrete and a continuous model, showing the inhibition of the primary metal biosorption by the co-cation. The model parameters suggest that Cd(II) and Zn(II) have the same decreasing effect on the Pb(II) uptake capacity. The uptake of Pb(II) was highly sensitive to the presence of Cu(II). From the discrete model it was possible to obtain the Langmuir affinity constant for Pb(II) biosorption. The presence of the co-cations decreases the apparent affinity of Pb(II). The experimental results were successfully fitted by the continuous model, at different pH values, for each biosorbent. The following sequence for the equilibrium affinity constants was found: Pb>Cu>Cd approximately Zn.

  9. Change of subunit composition of mitochondrial complex II (succinate-ubiquinone reductase/quinol-fumarate reductase) in Ascaris suum during the migration in the experimental host.

    PubMed

    Iwata, Fumiko; Shinjyo, Noriko; Amino, Hisako; Sakamoto, Kimitoshi; Islam, M Khyrul; Tsuji, Naotoshi; Kita, Kiyoshi

    2008-03-01

    The mitochondrial metabolic pathway of the parasitic nematode Ascaris suum changes dramatically during its life cycle, to adapt to changes in the environmental oxygen concentration. We previously showed that A. suum mitochondria express stage-specific isoforms of complex II (succinate-ubiquinone reductase: SQR/quinol-fumarate reductase: QFR). The flavoprotein (Fp) and small subunit of cytochrome b (CybS) in adult complex II differ from those of infective third stage larval (L3) complex II. However, there is no difference in the iron-sulfur cluster (Ip) or the large subunit of cytochrome b (CybL) between adult and L3 isoforms of complex II. In the present study, to clarify the changes that occur in the respiratory chain of A. suum larvae during their migration in the host, we examined enzymatic activity, quinone content and complex II subunit composition in mitochondria of lung stage L3 (LL3) A. suum larvae. LL3 mitochondria showed higher QFR activity ( approximately 160 nmol/min/mg) than mitochondria of A. suum at other stages (L3: approximately 80 nmol/min/mg; adult: approximately 70 nmol/min/mg). Ubiquinone content in LL3 mitochondria was more abundant than rhodoquinone ( approximately 1.8 nmol/mg versus approximately 0.9 nmol/mg). Interestingly, the results of two-dimensional bule-native/sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis analyses showed that LL3 mitochondria contained larval Fp (Fp(L)) and adult Fp (Fp(A)) at a ratio of 1:0.56, and that most LL3 CybS subunits were of the adult form (CybS(A)). This clearly indicates that the rearrangement of complex II begins with a change in the isoform of the anchor CybS subunit, followed by a similar change in the Fp subunit.

  10. Partial Wave Dispersion Relations: Application to Electron-Atom Scattering

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Temkin, A.; Drachman, Richard J.

    1999-01-01

    In this Letter we propose the use of partial wave dispersion relations (DR's) as the way of solving the long-standing problem of correctly incorporating exchange in a valid DR for electron-atom scattering. In particular a method is given for effectively calculating the contribution of the discontinuity and/or poles of the partial wave amplitude which occur in the negative E plane. The method is successfully tested in three cases: (i) the analytically solvable exponential potential, (ii) the Hartree potential, and (iii) the S-wave exchange approximation for electron-hydrogen scattering.

  11. Optimal Power Flow for Distribution Systems under Uncertain Forecasts: Preprint

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Dall'Anese, Emiliano; Baker, Kyri; Summers, Tyler

    2016-12-01

    The paper focuses on distribution systems featuring renewable energy sources and energy storage devices, and develops an optimal power flow (OPF) approach to optimize the system operation in spite of forecasting errors. The proposed method builds on a chance-constrained multi-period AC OPF formulation, where probabilistic constraints are utilized to enforce voltage regulation with a prescribed probability. To enable a computationally affordable solution approach, a convex reformulation of the OPF task is obtained by resorting to i) pertinent linear approximations of the power flow equations, and ii) convex approximations of the chance constraints. Particularly, the approximate chance constraints provide conservative boundsmore » that hold for arbitrary distributions of the forecasting errors. An adaptive optimization strategy is then obtained by embedding the proposed OPF task into a model predictive control framework.« less

  12. 26 CFR 1.985-6 - Transition rules for a QBU that uses the dollar approximate separate transactions method for its...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... corporation beginning before January 1, 1987, shall be translated into dollars at the spot exchange rate on... shall be determined by multiplying the foreign currency amount of such deficit by the spot exchange rate..., e.g., Rev. Rul. 75-106, 1975-1 C.B. 31. (See § 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter). (1) Basis in...

  13. 26 CFR 1.985-6 - Transition rules for a QBU that uses the dollar approximate separate transactions method for its...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... corporation beginning before January 1, 1987, shall be translated into dollars at the spot exchange rate on... shall be determined by multiplying the foreign currency amount of such deficit by the spot exchange rate..., e.g., Rev. Rul. 75-106, 1975-1 C.B. 31. (See § 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter). (1) Basis in...

  14. 26 CFR 1.985-6 - Transition rules for a QBU that uses the dollar approximate separate transactions method for its...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... corporation beginning before January 1, 1987, shall be translated into dollars at the spot exchange rate on... shall be determined by multiplying the foreign currency amount of such deficit by the spot exchange rate..., e.g., Rev. Rul. 75-106, 1975-1 C.B. 31. (See § 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter). (1) Basis in...

  15. 26 CFR 1.985-6 - Transition rules for a QBU that uses the dollar approximate separate transactions method for its...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... corporation beginning before January 1, 1987, shall be translated into dollars at the spot exchange rate on... shall be determined by multiplying the foreign currency amount of such deficit by the spot exchange rate..., e.g., Rev. Rul. 75-106, 1975-1 C.B. 31. (See § 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter). (1) Basis in...

  16. Radiative corrections to quantum sticking on graphene

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sengupta, Sanghita; Clougherty, Dennis P.

    2017-07-01

    We study the sticking rate of atomic hydrogen to suspended graphene using four different methods that include contributions from processes with multiphonon emission. We compare the numerical results of the sticking rate obtained by: (i) the loop expansion of the atom self-energy; (ii) the noncrossing approximation (NCA); (iii) the independent boson model approximation (IBMA); and (iv) a leading-order soft-phonon resummation method (SPR). The loop expansion reveals an infrared problem, analogous to the infamous infrared problem in QED. The two-loop contribution to the sticking rate gives a result that tends to diverge for large membranes. The latter three methods remedy this infrared problem and give results that are finite in the limit of an infinite membrane. We find that for micromembranes (sizes ranging 100 nm to 10 μ m ), the latter three methods give results that are in good agreement with each other and yield sticking rates that are mildly suppressed relative to the lowest-order golden rule rate. Lastly, we find that the SPR sticking rate decreases slowly to zero with increasing membrane size, while both the NCA and IBMA rates tend to a nonzero constant in this limit. Thus, approximations to the sticking rate can be sensitive to the effects of soft-phonon emission for large membranes.

  17. Detection of the 158 Micrometers[CII] Transition at z=1.3: Evidence for a Galaxy-Wide Starburst

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hailey-Dunsheath, S.; Nikola, T.; Oberst, T. E.; Parshley, S. C.; Benford, D. J.; Staguhn, J. G.; Tucker, C. E.

    2010-01-01

    We report the detection of 158 micron [C II] fine-structure line emission from MIPS J142824.0+352619, a hyperluminous ( L(sub IR) approximates 10(exp 13) L (sub solar)) starburst galaxy at z = 1.3. The line is bright, corresponding to a fraction L(sub [Cu II] L(sub Fir) approximates 2 x 10(exp -3) of the far-IR (FIR) continuum. The [C II], CO, and FIR continuum emission may be modeled as arising from photodissociation regions (PDRs) that have a characteristic gas density of n approximates 10(exp 4.2) /cm(exp 3) , and that are illuminated by a far-UV radiation field approximately 10(exp 3.2) times more intense than the local interstellar radiation field. The mass in these PDRs accounts for approximately half of the molecular gas mass in this galaxy. The L(sub [CII])/L(sub FIR) ratio is higher than observed in local ultralummous infrared galaxies or in the few high-redshift QSOs detected in [C II], but the L(sub [CII])/L(sub FIR) and L(sub CO)/L(sub FIR) ratios are similar to the values seen in nearby starburst galaxies. This suggests that MIPS J142824.0+352619 is a scaled-up version of a starburst nucleus, with the burst extended over several kiloparsecs.

  18. A phase space approach to wave propagation with dispersion.

    PubMed

    Ben-Benjamin, Jonathan S; Cohen, Leon; Loughlin, Patrick J

    2015-08-01

    A phase space approximation method for linear dispersive wave propagation with arbitrary initial conditions is developed. The results expand on a previous approximation in terms of the Wigner distribution of a single mode. In contrast to this previously considered single-mode case, the approximation presented here is for the full wave and is obtained by a different approach. This solution requires one to obtain (i) the initial modal functions from the given initial wave, and (ii) the initial cross-Wigner distribution between different modal functions. The full wave is the sum of modal functions. The approximation is obtained for general linear wave equations by transforming the equations to phase space, and then solving in the new domain. It is shown that each modal function of the wave satisfies a Schrödinger-type equation where the equivalent "Hamiltonian" operator is the dispersion relation corresponding to the mode and where the wavenumber is replaced by the wavenumber operator. Application to the beam equation is considered to illustrate the approach.

  19. Weak form of Stokes-Dirac structures and geometric discretization of port-Hamiltonian systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kotyczka, Paul; Maschke, Bernhard; Lefèvre, Laurent

    2018-05-01

    We present the mixed Galerkin discretization of distributed parameter port-Hamiltonian systems. On the prototypical example of hyperbolic systems of two conservation laws in arbitrary spatial dimension, we derive the main contributions: (i) A weak formulation of the underlying geometric (Stokes-Dirac) structure with a segmented boundary according to the causality of the boundary ports. (ii) The geometric approximation of the Stokes-Dirac structure by a finite-dimensional Dirac structure is realized using a mixed Galerkin approach and power-preserving linear maps, which define minimal discrete power variables. (iii) With a consistent approximation of the Hamiltonian, we obtain finite-dimensional port-Hamiltonian state space models. By the degrees of freedom in the power-preserving maps, the resulting family of structure-preserving schemes allows for trade-offs between centered approximations and upwinding. We illustrate the method on the example of Whitney finite elements on a 2D simplicial triangulation and compare the eigenvalue approximation in 1D with a related approach.

  20. Approximation methods in relativistic eigenvalue perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Noble, Jonathan Howard

    In this dissertation, three questions, concerning approximation methods for the eigenvalues of quantum mechanical systems, are investigated: (i) What is a pseudo--Hermitian Hamiltonian, and how can its eigenvalues be approximated via numerical calculations? This is a fairly broad topic, and the scope of the investigation is narrowed by focusing on a subgroup of pseudo--Hermitian operators, namely, PT--symmetric operators. Within a numerical approach, one projects a PT--symmetric Hamiltonian onto an appropriate basis, and uses a straightforward two--step algorithm to diagonalize the resulting matrix, leading to numerically approximated eigenvalues. (ii) Within an analytic ansatz, how can a relativistic Dirac Hamiltonian be decoupled into particle and antiparticle degrees of freedom, in appropriate kinematic limits? One possible answer is the Foldy--Wouthuysen transform; however, there are alter- native methods which seem to have some advantages over the time--tested approach. One such method is investigated by applying both the traditional Foldy--Wouthuysen transform and the "chiral" Foldy--Wouthuysen transform to a number of Dirac Hamiltonians, including the central-field Hamiltonian for a gravitationally bound system; namely, the Dirac-(Einstein-)Schwarzschild Hamiltonian, which requires the formal- ism of general relativity. (iii) Are there are pseudo--Hermitian variants of Dirac Hamiltonians that can be approximated using a decoupling transformation? The tachyonic Dirac Hamiltonian, which describes faster-than-light spin-1/2 particles, is gamma5--Hermitian, i.e., pseudo-Hermitian. Superluminal particles remain faster than light upon a Lorentz transformation, and hence, the Foldy--Wouthuysen program is unsuited for this case. Thus, inspired by the Foldy--Wouthuysen program, a decoupling transform in the ultrarelativistic limit is proposed, which is applicable to both sub- and superluminal particles.

  1. Recoil distance method lifetime measurement of the 21+ state in 94Sr and implications for the structure of neutron-rich Sr isotopes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chester, A.; Ball, G. C.; Caballero-Folch, R.; Cross, D. S.; Cruz, S.; Domingo, T.; Drake, T. E.; Garnsworthy, A. B.; Hackman, G.; Hallam, S.; Henderson, J.; Henderson, R.; Korten, W.; Krücken, R.; Moukaddam, M.; Olaizola, B.; Ruotsalainen, P.; Smallcombe, J.; Starosta, K.; Svensson, C. E.; Williams, J.; Wimmer, K.

    2017-07-01

    A high precision lifetime measurement of the 21+ state in 94Sr was performed at TRIUMF's ISAC-II facility by coupling the recoil distance method implemented via the TIGRESS integrated plunger with unsafe Coulomb excitation in inverse kinematics. Due to limited statistics imposed by the use of a radioactive 94Sr beam, a likelihood ratio χ2 method was derived and used to compare experimental data to Geant4 simulations. The B (E 2 ;21+→01+) value extracted from the lifetime measurement of 7 .80-0.40+0.50(stat.)±0.07 (sys.) ps is approximately 25% larger than previously reported while the relative error has been reduced by a factor of approximately 8. A baseline deformation has been established for Sr isotopes with N ≤58 which is a necessary condition for the quantum phase transition interpretation of the onset of deformation in this region. A comparison to existing theoretical models is presented.

  2. Detection of proteins using a colorimetric bio-barcode assay.

    PubMed

    Nam, Jwa-Min; Jang, Kyung-Jin; Groves, Jay T

    2007-01-01

    The colorimetric bio-barcode assay is a red-to-blue color change-based protein detection method with ultrahigh sensitivity. This assay is based on both the bio-barcode amplification method that allows for detecting miniscule amount of targets with attomolar sensitivity and gold nanoparticle-based colorimetric DNA detection method that allows for a simple and straightforward detection of biomolecules of interest (here we detect interleukin-2, an important biomarker (cytokine) for many immunodeficiency-related diseases and cancers). The protocol is composed of the following steps: (i) conjugation of target capture molecules and barcode DNA strands onto silica microparticles, (ii) target capture with probes, (iii) separation and release of barcode DNA strands from the separated probes, (iv) detection of released barcode DNA using DNA-modified gold nanoparticle probes and (v) red-to-blue color change analysis with a graphic software. Actual target detection and quantification steps with premade probes take approximately 3 h (whole protocol including probe preparations takes approximately 3 days).

  3. Changes in photochemically significant solar UV spectral irradiance as estimated by the composite Mg II index and scale factors

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Deland, Matthew T.; Cebula, Richard P.

    1994-01-01

    Quantitative assessment of the impact of solar ultraviolet irradiance variations on stratospheric ozone abundances currently requires the use of proxy indicators. The Mg II core-to-wing index has been developed as an indicator of solar UV activity between 175-400 nm that is independent of most instrument artifacts, and measures solar variability on both rotational and solar cycle time scales. Linear regression fits have been used to merge the individual Mg II index data sets from the Nimbus-7, NOAA-9, and NOAA-11 instruments onto a single reference scale. The change in 27-dayrunning average of the composite Mg II index from solar maximum to solar minimum is approximately 8 percent for solar cycle 21, and approximately 9 percent for solar cycle 22 through January 1992. Scaling factors based on the short-term variations in the Mg II index and solar irradiance data sets have been developed to estimate solar variability at mid-UV and near-UV wavelengths. Near 205 nm, where solar irradiance variations are important for stratospheric photo-chemistry and dynamics, the estimated change in irradiance during solar cycle 22 is approximately 10 percent using the composite Mg II index and scale factors.

  4. NBD-labelled phospholipid accelerates apolipoprotein C-II amyloid fibril formation but is not incorporated into mature fibrils

    PubMed Central

    Ryan, Timothy M.; Griffin, Michael D. W.; Bailey, Michael F.; Schuck, Peter; Howlett, Geoffrey J.

    2014-01-01

    Human apolipoprotein (apo) C-II is one of several lipid-binding proteins that self-assemble into fibrils and accumulate in disease-related amyloid deposits. A general characteristic of these amyloid deposits is the presence of lipids, known to modulate individual steps in amyloid fibril formation. ApoC-II fibril formation is activated by sub-micellar phospholipids but inhibited by micellar lipids. We examined the mechanism for the activation by sub-micellar lipids using the fluorescently-labelled, short-chain phospholipid, 1-dodecyl-[(7-nitro-2-1,3-benzoxadiazol-4-yl)amino]-2-hydroxy-glycero-3-phosphocholine (NBD-lyso-12-PC). Addition of submicellar NBD-lyso-12-PC increased the rate of fibril formation by apoC-II approximately two-fold. Stopped flow kinetic analysis using fluorescence detection and low, non-fibril forming concentrations of apoC-II indicated NBD-Lyso-12-PC binds rapidly, in the millisecond timescale, followed by the slower formation of discrete apoC-II tetramers. Sedimentation velocity analysis showed NBD-Lyso-12-PC binds to both apoC-II monomers and tetramers at approximately 5 sites per monomer with an average dissociation constant of approximately 10 μM. Mature apoC-II fibrils formed in the presence of NBD-Lyso-12-PC were devoid of lipid indicating a purely catalytic role for sub-micellar lipids in the activation of apoC-II fibril formation. These studies demonstrate the catalytic potential of small amphiphilic molecules to control protein folding and fibril assembly pathways. PMID:21985034

  5. 3-D Reconstruction of Macular Type II Cell Innervation Patterns in Space-Flight and Control Rats

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ross, Muriel Dorothy; Montgomery, K.; Linton, S.; Cheng, R.; Tomko, David L. (Technical Monitor)

    1995-01-01

    A semiautomated method for reconstructing objects from serial thin sections has been developed in the Biocomputation Center. The method is being used to completely, for the first time, type II hair cells and their innervations. The purposes are to learn more about the fundamental circuitry of the macula on Earth and to determine whether changes in connectivities occur under space flight conditions. Data captured directly from a transmission electron microscope via a video camera are sent to a graphics workstation. There, the digitized micrographs are mosaicked into sections and contours are traced, registered and displayed by semiautomated methods. Current reconstructions are of type II cells from the medial part of rat maculas collected in-flight on the Space Life Sciences-2 mission, 4.5 hrs post-flight, and from a ground control. Results show that typical type II cells receive processes from tip to six nearby calyces or afferents. Nearly all processes are elongated and have bouton-like enlargements; some have numerous vesicles. Multiple (2 to 4) processes from a single calyx to a type II cell are common, and approximately 1/3 of the processes innervale 2 or 3 type II cells or a neighboring cluster. From 2% to 6% of the cells resemble type I cells morphologically but have demi-calyces. Thus far, increments in synaptic number in type II cells of flight rats are prominent along processes that supply two hair cells. It is clear that reconstruction methods provide insights into details of macular circuitry not obtainable by other techniques. The results demonstrate a morphological basis for interactions between adjacent receptive fields through feed back-feed forward connections, and for dynamic alterations in receptive field range and activity during preprocessing of linear acceleratory information by the maculas. The reconstruction method we have developed will find further applications in the study of the details of neuronal architecture of more complex systems, to seek out shared organizational properties or neuronal networks and to understand better localization of synaptic changes in altered environments.

  6. Blueberry (Vaccinium corymbosum L.).

    PubMed

    Song, Guo-Qing

    2015-01-01

    Vaccinium consists of approximately 450 species, of which highbush blueberry (Vaccinium corymbosum) is one of the three major Vaccinium fruit crops (i.e., blueberry, cranberry, and lingonberry) domesticated in the twentieth century. In blueberry the adventitious shoot regeneration using leaf explants has been the most desirable regeneration system to date; Agrobacterium tumefaciens-mediated transformation is the major gene delivery method and effective selection has been reported using either the neomycin phosphotransferase II gene (nptII) or the bialaphos resistance (bar) gene as selectable markers. The A. tumefaciens-mediated transformation protocol described in this chapter is based on combining the optimal conditions for efficient plant regeneration, reliable gene delivery, and effective selection. The protocol has led to successful regeneration of transgenic plants from leaf explants of four commercially important highbush blueberry cultivars for multiple purposes, providing a powerful approach to supplement conventional breeding methods for blueberry by introducing genes of interest.

  7. Influence of amino acids Shiff bases on irradiated DNA stability in vivo.

    PubMed

    Karapetyan, N H; Malakyan, M H; Bajinyan, S A; Torosyan, A L; Grigoryan, I E; Haroutiunian, S G

    2013-01-01

    To reveal protective role of the new Mn(II) complexes with Nicotinyl-L-Tyrosinate and Nicotinyl-L-Tryptophanate Schiff Bases against ionizing radiation. The DNA of the rats liver was isolated on 7, 14, and 30 days after X-ray irradiation. The differences between the DNA of irradiated rats and rats pre-treated with Mn(II) complexes were studied using the melting, microcalorimetry, and electrophoresis methods. The melting parameters and the melting enthalpy of rats livers DNA were changed after the X-ray irradiation: melting temperature and melting enthalpy were decreased and melting interval was increased. These results can be explained by destruction of DNA molecules. It was shown that pre-treatment of rats with Mn(II) complexes approximates the melting parameters to norm. Agarose gel electrophoresis data confirmed the results of melting studies. The separate DNA fragments were revealed in DNA samples isolated from irradiated animals. The DNA isolated from animals pre-treated with the Mn(II) chelates had better electrophoretic characteristics, which correspond to healthy DNA. Pre-treatment of the irradiated rats with Mn(II)(Nicotinil-L-Tyrosinate) and Mn(II)(Nicotinil-L-Tryptophanate)2 improves the DNA characteristics.

  8. The difference between LSMC and replicating portfolio in insurance liability modeling.

    PubMed

    Pelsser, Antoon; Schweizer, Janina

    2016-01-01

    Solvency II requires insurers to calculate the 1-year value at risk of their balance sheet. This involves the valuation of the balance sheet in 1 year's time. As for insurance liabilities, closed-form solutions to their value are generally not available, insurers turn to estimation procedures. While pure Monte Carlo simulation set-ups are theoretically sound, they are often infeasible in practice. Therefore, approximation methods are exploited. Among these, least squares Monte Carlo (LSMC) and portfolio replication are prominent and widely applied in practice. In this paper, we show that, while both are variants of regression-based Monte Carlo methods, they differ in one significant aspect. While the replicating portfolio approach only contains an approximation error, which converges to zero in the limit, in LSMC a projection error is additionally present, which cannot be eliminated. It is revealed that the replicating portfolio technique enjoys numerous advantages and is therefore an attractive model choice.

  9. Forebody and base region real gas flow in severe planetary entry by a factored implicit numerical method. II - Equilibrium reactive gas

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Davy, W. C.; Green, M. J.; Lombard, C. K.

    1981-01-01

    The factored-implicit, gas-dynamic algorithm has been adapted to the numerical simulation of equilibrium reactive flows. Changes required in the perfect gas version of the algorithm are developed, and the method of coupling gas-dynamic and chemistry variables is discussed. A flow-field solution that approximates a Jovian entry case was obtained by this method and compared with the same solution obtained by HYVIS, a computer program much used for the study of planetary entry. Comparison of surface pressure distribution and stagnation line shock-layer profiles indicates that the two solutions agree well.

  10. Non-contact measurement of oxygen saturation with an RGB camera

    PubMed Central

    Guazzi, Alessandro R.; Villarroel, Mauricio; Jorge, João; Daly, Jonathan; Frise, Matthew C.; Robbins, Peter A.; Tarassenko, Lionel

    2015-01-01

    A novel method (Sophia) is presented to track oxygen saturation changes in a controlled environment using an RGB camera placed approximately 1.5 m away from the subject. The method is evaluated on five healthy volunteers (Fitzpatrick skin phenotypes II, III, and IV) whose oxygen saturations were varied between 80% and 100% in a purpose-built chamber over 40 minutes each. The method carefully selects regions of interest (ROI) in the camera image by calculating signal-to-noise ratios for each ROI. This allows it to track changes in oxygen saturation accurately with respect to a conventional pulse oximeter (median coefficient of determination, 0.85). PMID:26417504

  11. Neural dynamic optimization for control systems.III. Applications.

    PubMed

    Seong, C Y; Widrow, B

    2001-01-01

    For pt.II. see ibid., p. 490-501. The paper presents neural dynamic optimization (NDO) as a method of optimal feedback control for nonlinear multi-input-multi-output (MIMO) systems. The main feature of NDO is that it enables neural networks to approximate the optimal feedback solution whose existence dynamic programming (DP) justifies, thereby reducing the complexities of computation and storage problems of the classical methods such as DP. This paper demonstrates NDO with several applications including control of autonomous vehicles and of a robot-arm, while the two other companion papers of this topic describes the background for the development of NDO and present the theory of the method, respectively.

  12. Neural dynamic optimization for control systems.II. Theory.

    PubMed

    Seong, C Y; Widrow, B

    2001-01-01

    The paper presents neural dynamic optimization (NDO) as a method of optimal feedback control for nonlinear multi-input-multi-output (MIMO) systems. The main feature of NDO is that it enables neural networks to approximate the optimal feedback solution whose existence dynamic programming (DP) justifies, thereby reducing the complexities of computation and storage problems of the classical methods such as DP. This paper mainly describes the theory of NDO, while the two other companion papers of this topic explain the background for the development of NDO and demonstrate the method with several applications including control of autonomous vehicles and of a robot arm, respectively.

  13. Na8Au9.8(4)Ga7.2 and Na17Au5.87(2)Ga46.63: The diversity of pseudo 5-fold symmetries in the Na-Au-Ga system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Smetana, Volodymyr; Corbett, John D.; Miller, Gordon J.

    2013-11-01

    The Na-rich part (~30% Na) of the Na-Au-Ga system between NaAu2, NaGa4, and Na22Ga39 has been found to contain the ternary phases Na8Au9.8(4)Ga7.2 (I) and Na17Au5.87(2)Ga46.63 (II), according to the results of single crystal X-ray diffraction measurements. I is orthorhombic, Cmcm, a=5.3040(1), b=24.519(5), c=14.573(3) Å, and contains a network of clusters with local 5-fold symmetry along the a-axis. Such clusters are frequent building units in decagonal quasicrystals and their approximants. II is rhombohedral, R3¯m, a=16.325(2), c=35.242(7) Å, and contains building blocks that are structurally identical to the Bergman-type clusters as well as fused icosahedral units known with active metals, triels and late transition elements. II also contains a polycationic network with elements of the clathrate V type structure. Tight-binding electronic structure calculations using linear muffin-tin-orbital (LMTO) methods on idealized models of I and II indicate that both compounds are metallic with evident pseudogaps at the corresponding Fermi levels. The overall Hamilton bond populations are generally dominated by Au-Ga and Au-Au bonds in I and by Ga-Ga bonds in II; moreover, the Na-Au and Na-Ga contributions in I are unexpectedly large, ~20% of the total. A similar involvement of sodium in covalent bonding has also been found in the electron-richer i-Na13Au12Ga15 quasicrystal approximant.

  14. Evaluation of Laser Stabilization and Imaging Systems for LCLS-II - Final Paper

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Barry, Matthew

    2015-08-20

    By combining the top performing commercial laser beam stabilization system with the most ideal optical imaging configuration, the beamline for the Linear Accelerator Coherent Light Source II (LCLS-II) will deliver the highest quality and most stable beam to the cathode. To determine the optimal combination, LCLS-II beamline conditions were replicated and the systems tested with a He-Ne laser. The Guidestar-II and MRC active laser beam stabilization systems were evaluated for their ideal positioning and stability. Both a two and four lens optical imaging configuration was then evaluated for beam imaging quality, magnification properties, and natural stability. In their best performancesmore » when tested over fifteen hours, Guidestar-II kept the beam stable over approximately 70-110um while the MRC system kept it stable over approximately 90-100um. During short periods of time, Guidestar-II kept the beam stable between 10-20um, but was more susceptible to drift over time, while the MRC system maintained the beam between 30-50um with less overall drift. The best optical imaging configuration proved to be a four lens system that images to the iris located in the cathode room and from there, imaged to the cathode. The magnification from the iris to the cathode was 2:1, within an acceptable tolerance to the expected 2.1:1 magnification. The two lens configuration was slightly more stable in small periods of time (less than 10 minutes) without the assistance of a stability system, approximately 55um compared to approximately 70um, but the four lens configurations beam image had a significantly flatter intensity distribution compared to the two lens configuration which had a Gaussian distribution. A final test still needs to be run with both stability systems running at the same time through the four lens system. With this data, the optimal laser beam stabilization system can be determined for the beamline of LCLS-II.« less

  15. Application of Bogolyubov's theory of weakly nonideal Bose gases to the A+A, A+B, B+B reaction-diffusion system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Konkoli, Zoran

    2004-01-01

    Theoretical methods for dealing with diffusion-controlled reactions inevitably rely on some kind of approximation, and to find the one that works on a particular problem is not always easy. Here the approximation used by Bogolyubov to study a weakly nonideal Bose gas, referred to as the weakly nonideal Bose gas approximation (WBGA), is applied in the analysis of three reaction-diffusion models: (i) A+A→Ø, (ii) A+B→Ø, and (iii) A+A,B+B,A+B→Ø (the ABBA model). Two types of WBGA are considered, the simpler WBGA-I and the more complicated WBGA-II. All models are defined on the lattice to facilitate comparison with computer experiment (simulation). It is found that the WBGA describes the A+B reaction well, it reproduces the correct d/4 density decay exponent. However, it fails in the case of the A+A reaction and the ABBA model. (To cure the deficiency of WBGA in dealing with the A+A model, a hybrid of the WBGA and Kirkwood superposition approximations is suggested.) It is shown that the WBGA-I is identical to the dressed-tree calculation suggested by Lee [J. Phys. A 27, 2633 (1994)], and that the dressed-tree calculation does not lead to the d/2 density decay exponent when applied to the A+A reaction, as normally believed, but it predicts the d/4 decay exponent. Last, the usage of the small n0 approximation suggested by Mattis and Glasser [Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 979 (1998)] is questioned if used beyond the A+B reaction-diffusion model.

  16. Development and fabrication of improved Schottky power diodes, phases I and II

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cordes, L. F.; Garfinkle, M.; Taft, E. A.

    1974-01-01

    Reproducible methods for the fabrication of silicon Schottky diodes were developed for the metals tungsten, aluminum, conventional platinum silicide and low temperature platinum silicide. Barrier heights and barrier lowering were measured permitting the accurate prediction of ideal forward and reverse diode performance. Processing procedures were developed which permit the fabrication of large area (approximately 1 sqcm) mesa-geometry power Schottky diodes with forward and reverse characteristics that approach theoretical values.

  17. BCS and generalized BCS superconductivity in relativistic quantum field theory. II. Numerical calculations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ohsaku, Tadafumi

    2002-08-01

    We solve numerically various types of the gap equations developed in the relativistic BCS and generalized BCS framework, presented in part I of this paper. We apply the method for not only the usual solid metal but also other physical systems by using homogeneous fermion gas approximation. We examine the relativistic effects on the thermal properties and the Meissner effect of the BCS and generalized BCS superconductivity of various cases.

  18. Approximating Smooth Step Functions Using Partial Fourier Series Sums

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2012-09-01

    interp1(xt(ii), smoothstepbez( t(ii), min(t(ii)), max(t(ii)), ’y’), t(ii), ’linear’, ’ extrap ’); ii = find( abs(t - tau/2) <= epi ); iii = t(ii...interp1( xt(ii), smoothstepbez( rt, min(rt), max(rt), ’y’), t(ii), ’linear’, ’ extrap ’ ); % stepm(ii) = 1 - interp1(xt(ii), smoothstepbez( t(ii...min(t(ii)), max(t(ii)), ’y’), t(ii), ’linear’, ’ extrap ’); In this case, because x is also defined as a function of the independent parameter

  19. Simultaneous removal of NOx and SO2 from flue gas using combined Na2SO3 assisted electrochemical reduction and direct electrochemical reduction.

    PubMed

    Guo, Qingbin; He, Yi; Sun, Tonghua; Wang, Yalin; Jia, Jinping

    2014-07-15

    A method combining Na2SO3 assisted electrochemical reduction and direct electrochemical reduction using Fe(II)(EDTA) solution was proposed to simultaneously remove NOx and SO2 from flue gas. Activated carbon was used as catalyst to accelerate the process. This new system features (a) direct conversion of NOx and SO2 to harmless N2 and SO4(2-); (b) fast regeneration of Fe(II)(EDTA); (c) minimum use of chemical reagents; and (d) recovery of the reduction by-product (Na2SO4). Fe(II)(EDTA) solution was continuously recycled and reused during entire process, and no harmful waste was generated. Approximately 99% NOx and 98% SO2 were removed under the optimal condition. The stability test showed that the system operation was reliable. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  20. Padé approximations for Painlevé I and II transcendents

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Novokshenov, V. Yu.

    2009-06-01

    We use a version of the Fair-Luke algorithm to find the Padé approximate solutions of the Painlevé I and II equations. We find the distributions of poles for the well-known Ablowitz-Segur and Hastings-McLeod solutions of the Painlevé II equation. We show that the Boutroux tritronquée solution of the Painleé I equation has poles only in the critical sector of the complex plane. The algorithm allows checking other analytic properties of the Painlevé transcendents, such as the asymptotic behavior at infinity in the complex plane.

  1. Spectral methods in general relativity and large Randall-Sundrum II black holes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Abdolrahimi, Shohreh; Cattoën, Céline; Page, Don N.; \\\\; Yaghoobpour-Tari, Shima

    2013-06-01

    Using a novel numerical spectral method, we have found solutions for large static Randall-Sundrum II (RSII) black holes by perturbing a numerical AdS5-CFT4 solution to the Einstein equation with a negative cosmological constant Λ that is asymptotically conformal to the Schwarzschild metric. We used a numerical spectral method independent of the Ricci-DeTurck-flow method used by Figueras, Lucietti, and Wiseman for a similar numerical solution. We have compared our black-hole solution to the one Figueras and Wiseman have derived by perturbing their numerical AdS5-CFT4 solution, showing that our solution agrees closely with theirs. We have obtained a closed-form approximation to the metric of the black hole on the brane. We have also deduced the new results that to first order in 1/(-ΛM2), the Hawking temperature and entropy of an RSII static black hole have the same values as the Schwarzschild metric with the same mass, but the horizon area is increased by about 4.7/(-Λ).

  2. Recoil Distance Method lifetime measurement of the 2 1 + state in 94Sr and implications for the structure of neutron rich Sr isotopes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chester, Aaron; Starosta, Krzysztof; S1467 Experiment Collaboration

    2017-09-01

    A high precision lifetime measurement of the 21+ state in 94Sr was performed at TRIUMF's ISAC-II facility by coupling the Recoil Distance Method implemented via the TIGRESS Integrated Plunger with unsafe Coulomb excitation in inverse kinematics. Due to limited statistics imposed by the use of a radioactive 94Sr beam, a likelihood ratio χ2 method was derived and used to compare experimental data to Geant4-simulated lineshapes. The B (E 2 ;21+ ->01+) value extracted from the lifetime measurement of 7 .80-0.40 + 0.50 (stat .) +/- 0.07 (sys .) ps is approximately 25% larger than previously reported while the relative uncertainty has been reduced by a factor of approximately 8. A baseline deformation has been established for Sr isotopes with N <= 58 which is a necessary condition for the Quantum Phase Transition interpretation of the onset of deformation in this region. A summary of the experiment, description of the data analysis methods, and a comparison to existing theoretical models will be presented.

  3. Optimized effective potential method and application to static RPA correlation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fukazawa, Taro; Akai, Hisazumi

    2015-03-01

    The optimized effective potential (OEP) method is a promising technique for calculating the ground state properties of a system within the density functional theory. However, it is not widely used as its computational cost is rather high and, also, some ambiguity remains in the theoretical framework. In order to overcome these problems, we first introduced a method that accelerates the OEP scheme in a static RPA-level correlation functional. Second, the Krieger-Li-Iafrate (KLI) approximation is exploited to solve the OEP equation. Although seemingly too crude, this approximation did not reduce the accuracy of the description of the magnetic transition metals (Fe, Co, and Ni) examined here, the magnetic properties of which are rather sensitive to correlation effects. Finally, we reformulated the OEP method to render it applicable to the direct RPA correlation functional and other, more precise, functionals. Emphasis is placed on the following three points of the discussion: (i) level-crossing at the Fermi surface is taken into account; (ii) eigenvalue variations in a Kohn-Sham functional are correctly treated; and (iii) the resultant OEP equation is different from those reported to date.

  4. The Hubble Space Telescope quasar absorption line key project. 6: Properties of the metal-rich systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bergeron, Jacqueline; Petitjean, Patrick; Sargent, W. L. W.; Bahcall, John N.; Boksenberg, Alec; Hartig, George F.; Jannuzi, Buell T.; Kirhakos, Sofia; Savage, Blair D.; Schneider, Donald P.

    1994-01-01

    We present an analysis of the properties of a sample of 18 metal-rich, low-redshift z(sub abs) much less than z(sub em) absorbers seen in low- and medium-resolution spectra obtained for the Quasar Absorption Line Key Project with the Hubble Space Telescope Faint Object Spectrograph (HST/FOS). For most of the C IV and Lyman-limit systems, observations in the optical wavelength range of the expected associated Mg II absorption are available. As at high redshift (z approximately 2), there are two subclasses of absorbers which are characterized by the presence or absence of MG II absorption. However, some low-redshift Mg II and Fe absorptions originate from regions optically thin to UV ionizing photons and thus, at low redshift, the low-ionization systems do not always trace high opacities, as is the case at high redshift. This implies that the mean ionization state of metal-rich, optically thin absorbing clouds falls with decreasing redshift, which is consistent with the hypothesis that the gas is photoionized by the metagalactic UV background radiation field. Two main constraints are derived from the analysis of the Lyman-limit sample, assuming photoionization models are valid. First, a low opacity to ionizing photons (tau(sub LL) approximately less than 1), as observed for several Mg II-Fe II systems at z approximately 0.5, sets limits on the ionization level of hydrogen, thus on the total hydrogen column density and the heavy element abundances, (Z/H) approximately -0.5 to -0.3. Second, the dimensions of individual Mg II clouds are smaller than at high redshift by a factor 3-10. At z approximately greater than 0.6, the O VI absorption doublet is detected in four of the five z(sub abs) much less than z(sub em) systems for which the O VI wavelength range has been observed, whereas the associated N V doublet is detected in only two cases. This suggests that the presence of a high-ionization O VI phase is a general property of z approximately 0.6-1 absorption systems, as is also probably the case at high redshift. These O VI absorbers can be ionized by the UV metagalactic field if their density is low, nH approximately less than 3 x 10(exp -4)/cc. The O VI phase would then be a homogeneous region of large extent, r approximately greater than 50 kpc. A detailed photoionization model of the z(sub abs) = 0.791 absorber toward PKS 2145+06 confirms the properties derived from the Mg II, C IV, O VI, and Lyman-limit samples. The galaxy causing this extensive metal-line absorption system has been identified, and its possible contribution to the UV ionizing flux does not substantially modify the value of the derived parameters. The heavy element abundances are about half the solar values. The O VI region has a density about 20 times lower than the Mg II clouds and a size of approximately 70 kpc. Alternatively, the high-ionization phase could be collisionally ionized and trace gas associated with a possible group of galaxies at the absorber redshift.

  5. Correlation effect and magnetic moments in Cr2Te3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Youn, S. J.; Kwon, S. K.; Min, B. I.

    2007-05-01

    The electronic and magnetic structures of Cr2Te3 have been studied theoretically using the linearized muffin-tin orbitals band method. Experimental photoemission spectra and magnetic moments can be described better when the on-site Coulomb correlation U of Cr 3d electrons is considered using the local spin-density approximation+U method. The proper size of U is found to be U ˜1.7eV. The complex magnetic behaviors of Cr2Te3 come from the degeneracy of parallel and antiparallel alignments of CrI spin to CrII and CrIII spins.

  6. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ellen M. Rabenberg; Brian J. Jaques; Bulent H. Sencer

    The mechanical properties of AISI 304 stainless steel irradiated for over a decade in the Experimental Breeder Reactor (EBR-II) were measured using miniature mechanical testing methods. The shear punch method was used to evaluate the shear strengths of the neutron-irradiated steel and a correlation factor was empirically determined to predict its tensile strength. The strength of the stainless steel slightly decreased with increasing irradiation temperature, and significantly increased with increasing dose until it saturated above approximately 5 dpa. Ferromagnetic measurements were used to observe and deduce the effects of the stress-induced austenite to martensite transformation as a result of shearmore » punch testing.« less

  7. Nonlinear identification using a B-spline neural network and chaotic immune approaches

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    dos Santos Coelho, Leandro; Pessôa, Marcelo Wicthoff

    2009-11-01

    One of the important applications of B-spline neural network (BSNN) is to approximate nonlinear functions defined on a compact subset of a Euclidean space in a highly parallel manner. Recently, BSNN, a type of basis function neural network, has received increasing attention and has been applied in the field of nonlinear identification. BSNNs have the potential to "learn" the process model from input-output data or "learn" fault knowledge from past experience. BSNN can be used as function approximators to construct the analytical model for residual generation too. However, BSNN is trained by gradient-based methods that may fall into local minima during the learning procedure. When using feed-forward BSNNs, the quality of approximation depends on the control points (knots) placement of spline functions. This paper describes the application of a modified artificial immune network inspired optimization method - the opt-aiNet - combined with sequences generate by Hénon map to provide a stochastic search to adjust the control points of a BSNN. The numerical results presented here indicate that artificial immune network optimization methods are useful for building good BSNN model for the nonlinear identification of two case studies: (i) the benchmark of Box and Jenkins gas furnace, and (ii) an experimental ball-and-tube system.

  8. Structures of class A macrophage scavenger receptors. Electron microscopic study of flexible, multidomain, fibrous proteins and determination of the disulfide bond pattern of the scavenger receptor cysteine-rich domain.

    PubMed

    Resnick, D; Chatterton, J E; Schwartz, K; Slayter, H; Krieger, M

    1996-10-25

    Structures of secreted forms of the human type I and II class A macrophage scavenger receptors were studied using biochemical and biophysical methods. Proteolytic analysis was used to determine the intramolecular disulfide bonds in the type I-specific scavenger receptor cysteine-rich (SRCR) domain: Cys2-Cys7, Cys3-Cys8, and Cys5-Cys6. This pattern is likely to be shared by the highly homologous domains in the many other members of the SRCR domain superfamily. Electron microscopy using rotary shadowing and negative staining showed that the type I and II receptors are extended molecules whose contour lengths are approximately 440 A. They comprised two adjacent fibrous segments, an alpha-helical coiled-coil ( approximately 230 A, including a contribution from the N-terminal spacer domain) and a collagenous triple helix ( approximately 210 A). The type I molecules also contained a C-terminal globular structure ( approximately 58 x 76 A) composed of three SRCR domains. The fibrous domains were joined by an extremely flexible hinge. The angle between these domains varied from 0 to 180 degrees and depended on the conditions of sample preparation. Unexpectedly, at physiologic pH, the prevalent angle seen using rotary shadowing was 0 degrees , resulting in a structure that is significantly more compact than previously suggested. The apparent juxtaposition of the fibrous domains at neutral pH provides a framework for future structure-function studies of these unusual multiligand receptors.

  9. Beta-endorphin. Synthesis and biological activity of analogs with disulfide bridges.

    PubMed

    Blake, J; Helmeste, D M; Li, C H

    1985-06-01

    Two analogs of human beta-endorphin (beta-EP) which contain cystine bridges, [Cys15-Cys26,Phe27,Gly31]-beta-EP (I) and [Cys16-Cys26,Phe27,Gly31]-beta-EP (II), were synthesized by the solid-phase method. Peptides I and II were shown to contain 2-2.5 times the opiate receptor binding activity of beta-endorphin. We also synthesized two analogs with reduced alkylated cysteine residues and these peptides, [Arg9,19,24,28,29 Cys(Cam)11,26,Phe27,Gly31] and [Arg9,19,24,28,29,Cys-(Cam)12,26,Phe27,Gly31], were shown to have approximately the same opiate receptor activity as beta-endorphin.

  10. Sulfonamido tripods: tuning redox potentials via ligand modifications.

    PubMed

    Lau, Nathanael; Ziller, Joseph W; Borovik, A S

    2015-01-08

    A series of Fe II -OH 2 complexes were synthesized with ligands based on the tetradentate sulfonamido tripod N , N ', N "-[2,2',2"-nitrilotris(ethane-2,1-diyl)]-tris-({R-Ph}-sulfonamido). These complexes differ by the substituent on the aryl rings and were fully characterized, including their molecular structures via X-ray diffraction methods. All the complexes were five-coordinate with trigonal bipyramidal geometry. A linear correlation was observed between the electronic effects of each ligand, given by the Hammett constants of the para -substituents, and the potential of the Fe II /Fe III redox couple, which were determined using cyclic voltammetry. It was found that the range of redox potentials for the complexes spanned approximately 160 mV.

  11. Statistical inferences with jointly type-II censored samples from two Pareto distributions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Abu-Zinadah, Hanaa H.

    2017-08-01

    In the several fields of industries the product comes from more than one production line, which is required to work the comparative life tests. This problem requires sampling of the different production lines, then the joint censoring scheme is appeared. In this article we consider the life time Pareto distribution with jointly type-II censoring scheme. The maximum likelihood estimators (MLE) and the corresponding approximate confidence intervals as well as the bootstrap confidence intervals of the model parameters are obtained. Also Bayesian point and credible intervals of the model parameters are presented. The life time data set is analyzed for illustrative purposes. Monte Carlo results from simulation studies are presented to assess the performance of our proposed method.

  12. Is it photosensitization or photodegradation when UV-B irradiation is combined with BDE-47? Evidence from the growth and reproduction changes of rotifer Brachionus plicatilis.

    PubMed

    Liu, Chunchen; Tang, Xuexi; Zhou, Bin; Jiang, Yongshun; Lv, Mengchen; Zang, Yu; Wang, You

    2018-07-01

    Ecotoxicological methods were applied in the present study, and the marine rotifer Brachionus plicatilis was used as the toxic endpoint to depict what occurred when 2,2',4,4'-tetrabromodiphenyl ether (BDE-47) was combined with solar ultraviolet-B radiation (UV-B). B. plicatilis was exposed to three different combination methods of BDE-47 and UV-B at an equal toxicity ratio, including normal rotifer co-cultured with UV-B-irradiated BDE-47 (known as Method I), UV-B-irradiated rotifer co-cultured with BDE-47 exposure (known as Method II) and normal rotifer co-cultured with the simultaneous addition of BDE-47 and UV-B irradiation (known as Method III). Acute and chronic experiments were preformed to determine the toxicity differentiation according to the growth and reproduction changes in the rotifer. Twenty-four-hour acute experiments showed that the modes of three combined methods changed from antagonism to additive, to synergistic with the concentration/dose increment, and the contribution rates of Method I and Method II to Method III were calculated by approximately 40.4% and 59.6%, respectively. Chronic exposure to either the single stressor or the combination of stressors inhibited the growth and reproduction of the rotifer, demonstrating the inhibition of the population growth rate and the decrease in the larvae production. Three combined groups presented more serious damages compared to groups with single stress exposure, and the ascending sequence of toxicity was Method I

  13. Stability of phases of a square-well fluid within superposition approximation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Piasecki, Jarosław; Szymczak, Piotr; Kozak, John J.

    2013-04-01

    The analytic and numerical methods introduced previously to study the phase behavior of hard sphere fluids starting from the Yvon-Born-Green (YBG) equation under the Kirkwood superposition approximation (KSA) are adapted to the square-well fluid. We are able to show conclusively that the YBG equation under the KSA closure when applied to the square-well fluid: (i) predicts the existence of an absolute stability limit corresponding to freezing where undamped oscillations appear in the long-distance behavior of correlations, (ii) in accordance with earlier studies reveals the existence of a liquid-vapor transition by the appearance of a "near-critical region" where monotonically decaying correlations acquire very long range, although the system never loses stability.

  14. Rayleigh approximation to ground state of the Bose and Coulomb glasses

    PubMed Central

    Ryan, S. D.; Mityushev, V.; Vinokur, V. M.; Berlyand, L.

    2015-01-01

    Glasses are rigid systems in which competing interactions prevent simultaneous minimization of local energies. This leads to frustration and highly degenerate ground states the nature and properties of which are still far from being thoroughly understood. We report an analytical approach based on the method of functional equations that allows us to construct the Rayleigh approximation to the ground state of a two-dimensional (2D) random Coulomb system with logarithmic interactions. We realize a model for 2D Coulomb glass as a cylindrical type II superconductor containing randomly located columnar defects (CD) which trap superconducting vortices induced by applied magnetic field. Our findings break ground for analytical studies of glassy systems, marking an important step towards understanding their properties. PMID:25592417

  15. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Fuller, L.C.

    The ORCENT-II digital computer program will perform calculations at valves-wide-open design conditions, maximum guaranteed rating conditions, and an approximation of part-load conditions for steam turbine cycles supplied with throttle steam characteristic of contemporary light-water reactors. Turbine performance calculations are based on a method published by the General Electric Company. Output includes all information normally shown on a turbine-cycle heat balance diagram. The program is written in FORTRAN IV for the IBM System 360 digital computers at the Oak Ridge National Laboratory.

  16. Production of soft X-ray emitting slow multiply charged ions - Recoil ion spectroscopy

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sellin, I. A.; Elston, S. B.; Forester, J. P.; Griffin, P. M.; Pegg, D. J.; Peterson, R. S.; Thoe, R. S.; Vane, C. R.; Wright, J. J.; Groeneveld, K.-O.

    1977-01-01

    S ions with a mean charge state of about 14+ and Cl ions with a mean charge state of 12+ were used to study Ne L-shell vacancy production. The ions caused copious production of NeII-NeVIII excited states with approximately 10 to the minus 18 sq cm cross sections. The induced recoil velocities might have application to a significantly higher resolution spectroscopy than is possible with beam-foil methods.

  17. An analysis of variation in the long-range genomic organization of the human major histocompatibility complex class II region by pulsed-field gel electrophoresis.

    PubMed

    Dunham, I; Sargent, C A; Dawkins, R L; Campbell, R D

    1989-11-01

    The class II region of the human major histocompatibility complex in seven common HLA haplotypes has been analyzed using pulsed-field gel electrophoresis, restriction enzymes that cut genomic DNA infrequently, and Southern blotting. This analysis has revealed that there are differences in the amount of DNA present in the DQ and DR subregions dependent on the haplotype. The class II region of the DR3 haplotype spans approximately 750 kb and has the same amount of DNA as the class II region of the DR5 and DR6 haplotypes. However, the DR2 haplotype has approximately 30 kb more DNA within the DR subregion. The DR4 haplotype has an additional approximately 110 kb of DNA within the DQ or DR subregions compared to the DR3, DR5, and DR6 haplotypes. These haplotype-specific differences could have some bearing both on the analysis of disease susceptibility and on the ability of chromosomes possessing different HLA haplotypes to recombine within the DQ/DR subregions.

  18. Polymorphism of paracetamol: relative stabilities of the monoclinic and orthorhombic phases inferred from topological pressure-temperature and temperature-volume phase diagrams.

    PubMed

    Espeau, Philippe; Céolin, René; Tamarit, Josep-Lluis; Perrin, Marc-Antoine; Gauchi, Jean-Pierre; Leveiller, Franck

    2005-03-01

    The thermodynamic relationships between the two known polymorphs of paracetamol have been investigated, and the subsequent pressure-temperature and temperature-volume phase diagrams were constructed using data from crystallographic and calorimetric measurements as a function of the temperature. Irrespective of temperature, monoclinic Form I and orthorhombic Form II are stable phases at ordinary and high pressures, respectively. The I and II phase regions in the pressure-temperature diagram are bordered by the I-II equilibrium curve, for which a negative slope (dp/dT approximately -0.3 MPa x K(-1)) was determined although it was not observed experimentally. This curve goes through the I-II-liquid triple point whose coordinates (p approximately 234 MPa, T approximately 505 K) correspond to the crossing point of the melting curves, for which dp/dT values of +3.75 MPa x K(-1) (I) and +3.14 MPa x K(-1) (II) were calculated from enthalpy and volume changes upon fusion. More generally, this case exemplifies how the stability hierarchy of polymorphs may be inferred from the difference in their sublimation curves, as topologically positioned with respect to each other, using the phase rule and simple inferences resorting to Gibbs equilibrium thermodynamics. Copyright 2004 Wiley-Liss, Inc. and the American Pharmacists Association.

  19. Transition probabilities of Br II

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bengtson, R. D.; Miller, M. H.

    1976-01-01

    Absolute transition probabilities of the three most prominent visible Br II lines are measured in emission. Results compare well with Coulomb approximations and with line strengths extrapolated from trends in homologous atoms.

  20. Excitation rate coefficients and line ratios for the optical and ultraviolet transitions in S II

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cai, Wei; Pradhan, Anil K.

    1993-01-01

    New calculations are reported for electron excitation collision strengths, rate coefficients, transition probabilities, and line ratios for the astrophysically important optical and UV lines in S II. The collision strengths are calculated in the close coupling approximation using the R-matrix method. The present calculations are more extensive than previous ones, including all transitions among the 12 lowest LS terms and the corresponding 28 fine-structure levels in the collisional-radiative model for S II. While the present rate coefficients for electron impact excitation are within 10-30 percent of the previous values for the low-lying optical transitions employed as density diagnostics of H II regions and nebulae, the excitation rates for the UV transitions 4S super 0 sub 3/2 - 4Psub 1/2,3/2,5/2 differ significantly from earlier calculations, by up to factor of 2. We describe temperature and density sensitive flux ratios for a number of UV lines. The present UV results are likely to be of interest in a more accurate interpretation of S II emission from the Io plasma torus in the magnetosphere of Jupiter, as well as other UV sources observed from the IUE, ASTRO 1, and the HST.

  1. Continuum description of solvent dielectrics in molecular-dynamics simulations of proteins

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Egwolf, Bernhard; Tavan, Paul

    2003-02-01

    We present a continuum approach for efficient and accurate calculation of reaction field forces and energies in classical molecular-dynamics (MD) simulations of proteins in water. The derivation proceeds in two steps. First, we reformulate the electrostatics of an arbitrarily shaped molecular system, which contains partially charged atoms and is embedded in a dielectric continuum representing the water. A so-called fuzzy partition is used to exactly decompose the system into partial atomic volumes. The reaction field is expressed by means of dipole densities localized at the atoms. Since these densities cannot be calculated analytically for general systems, we introduce and carefully analyze a set of approximations in a second step. These approximations allow us to represent the dipole densities by simple dipoles localized at the atoms. We derive a system of linear equations for these dipoles, which can be solved numerically by iteration. After determining the two free parameters of our approximate method we check its quality by comparisons (i) with an analytical solution, which is available for a perfectly spherical system, (ii) with forces obtained from a MD simulation of a soluble protein in water, and (iii) with reaction field energies of small molecules calculated by a finite difference method.

  2. (Fe II) 1.53 and 1.64 micron emission from pre-main-sequence stars

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hamann, Fred; Simon, Michal; Carr, John S.; Prato, Lisa

    1994-01-01

    We present flux-calibrated profiles of the (Fe II) 1.53 and 1.64 micron lines in five pre-main-sequence stars, PV Cep, V1331 Cyg, R Mon, and DG and HL Tau. The line centroids are blueshifted in all five sources, and four of the five have only blueshifted flux. In agreement with previous studies, we attribute the line asymmetries to local obscuration by dusty circumstellar disks. The absence of redshifted flux implies a minimum column density of obscuring material. The largest limit, N(sub H) greater than 3 x 10(exp 22)/sq cm, derived for V1331 Cyg, suggests disk surface densities greater than 0.05 g/sq cm and disk masses greater than 0.001 solar mass within a radius of approximately 200 AU. The narrow high-velocity lines in PV Cep, V1331 Cyg, and HL Tau require formation in well collimated winds. The maximum full opening angles of their winds range from less than 20 deg in V1331 Cyg to less than 40 deg in HL Tau. The (Fe II) data also yield estimates of the electron densities (n(sub e) approximately 10(exp 4)/cu cm), hydrogen ionization fractions (f(sub H(+)) approximately 1/3), mass-loss rates (approximately 10(exp -7) to 2 x 10(exp -6) solar mass/yr), and characteristic radii of the emitting regions (approximately 32 to approximately 155 AU). The true radial extents will be larger, and the mass-loss rates smaller, by factors of a few for the outflows with limited opening angles. In our small sample the higher mass stars have stronger lines, larger emitting regions, and greater mass-loss rates. These differences are probably limited to the scale and energetics of the envelopes, because the inferred geometries, kinematics and physical conditions are similar. The measured (Fe II) profiles samples both 'high'- and 'low'-velocity environments. Recent studies indicate that these regions have some distinct physical properties and may be spatially separate. The (Fe II) data show that similar sizes and densities can occur in both environments.

  3. (Fe II) 1.53 and 1.64 micron emission from pre-main-sequence stars

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hamann, Fred; Simon, Michal; Carr, John S.; Prato, Lisa

    1994-11-01

    We present flux-calibrated profiles of the (Fe II) 1.53 and 1.64 micron lines in five pre-main-sequence stars, PV Cep, V1331 Cyg, R Mon, and DG and HL Tau. The line centroids are blueshifted in all five sources, and four of the five have only blueshifted flux. In agreement with previous studies, we attribute the line asymmetries to local obscuration by dusty circumstellar disks. The absence of redshifted flux implies a minimum column density of obscuring material. The largest limit, NH greater than 3 x 1022/sq cm, derived for V1331 Cyg, suggests disk surface densities greater than 0.05 g/sq cm and disk masses greater than 0.001 solar mass within a radius of approximately 200 AU. The narrow high-velocity lines in PV Cep, V1331 Cyg, and HL Tau require formation in well collimated winds. The maximum full opening angles of their winds range from less than 20 deg in V1331 Cyg to less than 40 deg in HL Tau. The (Fe II) data also yield estimates of the electron densities (ne approximately 104/cu cm), hydrogen ionization fractions (fH(+) approximately 1/3), mass-loss rates (approximately 10-7 to 2 x 10-6 solar mass/yr), and characteristic radii of the emitting regions (approximately 32 to approximately 155 AU). The true radial extents will be larger, and the mass-loss rates smaller, by factors of a few for the outflows with limited opening angles. In our small sample the higher mass stars have stronger lines, larger emitting regions, and greater mass-loss rates. These differences are probably limited to the scale and energetics of the envelopes, because the inferred geometries, kinematics and physical conditions are similar. The measured (Fe II) profiles samples both 'high'- and 'low'-velocity environments. Recent studies indicate that these regions have some distinct physical properties and may be spatially separate. The (Fe II) data show that similar sizes and densities can occur in both environments.

  4. Vascular Type 1A Angiotensin II Receptors Control BP by Regulating Renal Blood Flow and Urinary Sodium Excretion.

    PubMed

    Sparks, Matthew A; Stegbauer, Johannes; Chen, Daian; Gomez, Jose A; Griffiths, Robert C; Azad, Hooman A; Herrera, Marcela; Gurley, Susan B; Coffman, Thomas M

    2015-12-01

    Inappropriate activation of the type 1A angiotensin (AT1A) receptor contributes to the pathogenesis of hypertension and its associated complications. To define the role for actions of vascular AT1A receptors in BP regulation and hypertension pathogenesis, we generated mice with cell-specific deletion of AT1A receptors in smooth muscle cells (SMKO mice) using Loxp technology and Cre transgenes with robust expression in both conductance and resistance arteries. We found that elimination of AT1A receptors from vascular smooth muscle cells (VSMCs) caused a modest (approximately 7 mmHg) yet significant reduction in baseline BP and exaggerated sodium sensitivity in mice. Additionally, the severity of angiotensin II (Ang II)-dependent hypertension was dramatically attenuated in SMKO mice, and this protection against hypertension was associated with enhanced urinary excretion of sodium. Despite the lower BP, acute vasoconstrictor responses to Ang II in the systemic vasculature were largely preserved (approximately 80% of control levels) in SMKO mice because of exaggerated activity of the sympathetic nervous system rather than residual actions of AT1B receptors. In contrast, Ang II-dependent responses in the renal circulation were almost completely eliminated in SMKO mice (approximately 5%-10% of control levels). These findings suggest that direct actions of AT1A receptors in VSMCs are essential for regulation of renal blood flow by Ang II and highlight the capacity of Ang II-dependent vascular responses in the kidney to effect natriuresis and BP control. Copyright © 2015 by the American Society of Nephrology.

  5. Maximizing return on socioeconomic investment in phase II proof-of-concept trials.

    PubMed

    Chen, Cong; Beckman, Robert A

    2014-04-01

    Phase II proof-of-concept (POC) trials play a key role in oncology drug development, determining which therapeutic hypotheses will undergo definitive phase III testing according to predefined Go-No Go (GNG) criteria. The number of possible POC hypotheses likely far exceeds available public or private resources. We propose a design strategy for maximizing return on socioeconomic investment in phase II trials that obtains the greatest knowledge with the minimum patient exposure. We compare efficiency using the benefit-cost ratio, defined to be the risk-adjusted number of truly active drugs correctly identified for phase III development divided by the risk-adjusted total sample size in phase II and III development, for different POC trial sizes, powering schemes, and associated GNG criteria. It is most cost-effective to conduct small POC trials and set the corresponding GNG bars high, so that more POC trials can be conducted under socioeconomic constraints. If δ is the minimum treatment effect size of clinical interest in phase II, the study design with the highest benefit-cost ratio has approximately 5% type I error rate and approximately 20% type II error rate (80% power) for detecting an effect size of approximately 1.5δ. A Go decision to phase III is made when the observed effect size is close to δ. With the phenomenal expansion of our knowledge in molecular biology leading to an unprecedented number of new oncology drug targets, conducting more small POC trials and setting high GNG bars maximize the return on socioeconomic investment in phase II POC trials. ©2014 AACR.

  6. Orbital-free bond breaking via machine learning

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Snyder, John C.; Rupp, Matthias; Hansen, Katja; Blooston, Leo; Müller, Klaus-Robert; Burke, Kieron

    2013-12-01

    Using a one-dimensional model, we explore the ability of machine learning to approximate the non-interacting kinetic energy density functional of diatomics. This nonlinear interpolation between Kohn-Sham reference calculations can (i) accurately dissociate a diatomic, (ii) be systematically improved with increased reference data and (iii) generate accurate self-consistent densities via a projection method that avoids directions with no data. With relatively few densities, the error due to the interpolation is smaller than typical errors in standard exchange-correlation functionals.

  7. Symplectic semiclassical wave packet dynamics II: non-Gaussian states

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ohsawa, Tomoki

    2018-05-01

    We generalize our earlier work on the symplectic/Hamiltonian formulation of the dynamics of the Gaussian wave packet to non-Gaussian semiclassical wave packets. We find the symplectic forms and asymptotic expansions of the Hamiltonians associated with these semiclassical wave packets, and obtain Hamiltonian systems governing their dynamics. Numerical experiments demonstrate that the dynamics give a very good approximation to the short-time dynamics of the expectation values computed by a method based on Egorov’s theorem or the initial value representation.

  8. 40 CFR 799.6786 - TSCA water solubility: Generator column method.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ..., concentrations expressed in milligrams per liter (mg/L) are approximately equal to 10−3 g/103 g or parts per... section. (E) Two 6-port high-pressure rotary switching valves in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section. (F... Seawater1 Chemical Amount NaF 3 mg SrCl2.6H2O 20 mg H3BO3 30 mg KBr 100 mg KCl 700 mg CaCl2.2H2O 1.47 gram...

  9. Semiclassical perturbation Stark widths of singly charged argon spectral lines

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hamdi, Rafik; Ben Nessib, Nabil; Sahal-Bréchot, Sylvie; Dimitrijević, Milan S.

    2018-03-01

    Using a semiclassical perturbation approach with the impact approximation, Stark widths for singly charged argon (Ar II) spectral lines have been calculated. Energy levels and oscillator strengths needed for this calculation have been determined using the Hartree-Fock method with relativistic corrections. Our Stark widths are compared with experimental results for 178 spectral lines. Our results may be of interest not only for laboratory plasma, lasers and technological plasmas but also for white dwarfs and A- and B-type stars.

  10. Book Review

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mishchenko, Michael I.

    2016-08-01

    The main purpose of this exemplary book is to provide a systematic exposition of the entire field of optical tweezers and their applications. The book is divided into three (approximately equal) parts summarizing the electromagnetic theory of optical tweezers (Part I), the practice of designing and building optical tweezers (Part II), and extensive applications of optical tweezers in various branches of science (Part III). The exposition is highly methodical and addresses the needs of anyone dealing with optical tweezers, be it a theoretician, an engineer/experimentalist, a routine practitioner, or an interested scientist.

  11. Reliable Real-Time Solution of Parametrized Partial Differential Equations: Reduced-Basis Output Bound Methods. Appendix 2

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Prudhomme, C.; Rovas, D. V.; Veroy, K.; Machiels, L.; Maday, Y.; Patera, A. T.; Turinici, G.; Zang, Thomas A., Jr. (Technical Monitor)

    2002-01-01

    We present a technique for the rapid and reliable prediction of linear-functional outputs of elliptic (and parabolic) partial differential equations with affine parameter dependence. The essential components are (i) (provably) rapidly convergent global reduced basis approximations, Galerkin projection onto a space W(sub N) spanned by solutions of the governing partial differential equation at N selected points in parameter space; (ii) a posteriori error estimation, relaxations of the error-residual equation that provide inexpensive yet sharp and rigorous bounds for the error in the outputs of interest; and (iii) off-line/on-line computational procedures, methods which decouple the generation and projection stages of the approximation process. The operation count for the on-line stage, in which, given a new parameter value, we calculate the output of interest and associated error bound, depends only on N (typically very small) and the parametric complexity of the problem; the method is thus ideally suited for the repeated and rapid evaluations required in the context of parameter estimation, design, optimization, and real-time control.

  12. Fast Minimum Variance Beamforming Based on Legendre Polynomials.

    PubMed

    Bae, MooHo; Park, Sung Bae; Kwon, Sung Jae

    2016-09-01

    Currently, minimum variance beamforming (MV) is actively investigated as a method that can improve the performance of an ultrasound beamformer, in terms of the lateral and contrast resolution. However, this method has the disadvantage of excessive computational complexity since the inverse spatial covariance matrix must be calculated. Some noteworthy methods among various attempts to solve this problem include beam space adaptive beamforming methods and the fast MV method based on principal component analysis, which are similar in that the original signal in the element space is transformed to another domain using an orthonormal basis matrix and the dimension of the covariance matrix is reduced by approximating the matrix only with important components of the matrix, hence making the inversion of the matrix very simple. Recently, we proposed a new method with further reduced computational demand that uses Legendre polynomials as the basis matrix for such a transformation. In this paper, we verify the efficacy of the proposed method through Field II simulations as well as in vitro and in vivo experiments. The results show that the approximation error of this method is less than or similar to those of the above-mentioned methods and that the lateral response of point targets and the contrast-to-speckle noise in anechoic cysts are also better than or similar to those methods when the dimensionality of the covariance matrices is reduced to the same dimension.

  13. Third-order nonlinear optical properties of organic azo dyes by using strength of nonlinearity parameter and Z-scan technique

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Motiei, H.; Jafari, A.; Naderali, R.

    2017-02-01

    In this paper, two chemically synthesized organic azo dyes, 2-(2,5-Dichloro-phenyazo)-5,5-dimethyl-cyclohexane-1,3-dione (azo dye (i)) and 5,5-Dimethyl-2-tolylazo-cyclohexane-1,3-dione (azo dye (ii)), have been studied from optical Kerr nonlinearity point of view. These materials were characterized by Ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy. Experiments were performed using a continous wave diode-pumped laser at 532 nm wavelength in three intensities of the laser beam. Nonlinear absorption (β), refractive index (n2) and third-order susceptibility (χ (3)) of dyes, were calculated. Nonlinear absorption coefficient of dyes have been calculated from two methods; 1) using theoretical fits and experimental data in the Z-scan technique, 2) using the strength of nonlinearity curves. The values of β obtained from both of the methods were approximately the same. The results demonstrated that azo dye (ii) displays better nonlinearity and has a lower two-photon absorption threshold than azo dye (i). Calculated parameter related to strength of nonlinearity for azo dye (ii) was higher than azo dye (i), It may be due to presence of methyl in azo dye (ii) instead of chlorine in azo dye (i). Furthermore, The measured values of third order susceptibility of azo dyes were from the order of 10-9 esu . These azo dyes can be suitable candidate for optical switching devices.

  14. The expanding photosphere method applied to SN 1992am AT cz = 14 600 km/s

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Schmidt, Brian P.; Kirshner, Robert P.; Eastman, Ronald G.; Hamuy, Mario; Phillips, Mark M.; Suntzeff, Nicholas B.; Maza, Jose; Filippenko, Alexei V.; Ho, Luis C.; Matheson, Thomas

    1994-01-01

    We present photometry and spectroscopy of Supernova (SN) 1992am for five months following its discovery by the Calan Cerro-Tololo Inter-American Observatory (CTIO) SN search. These data show SN 1992am to be type II-P, displaying hydrogen in its spectrum and the typical shoulder in its light curve. The photometric data and the distance from our own analysis are used to construct the supernova's bolometric light curve. Using the bolometric light curve, we estimate SN 1992am ejected approximately 0.30 solar mass of Ni-56, an amount four times larger than that of other well studied SNe II. SN 1992am's; host galaxy lies at a redshift of cz = 14 600 km s(exp -1), making it one of the most distant SNe II discovered, and an important application of the Expanding Photsphere Method. Since z = 0.05 is large enough for redshift-dependent effects to matter, we develop the technique to derive luminosity distances with the Expanding Photosphere Method at any redshift, and apply this method to SN 1992am. The derived distance, D = 180(sub -25) (sup +30) Mpc, is independent of all other rungs in the extragalactic distance ladder. The redshift of SN 1992am's host galaxy is sufficiently large that uncertainties due to perturbations in the smooth Hubble flow should be smaller than 10%. The Hubble ratio derived from the distance and redshift of this single object is H(sub 0) = 81(sub -15) (sup +17) km s(exp -1) Mpc(exp -1). In the future, with more of these distant objects, we hope to establish an independent and statistically robust estimate of H(sub 0) based solely on type II supernovae.

  15. ACGME case logs: Surgery resident experience in operative trauma for two decades

    PubMed Central

    Drake, Frederick Thurston; Van Eaton, Erik G.; Huntington, Ciara R.; Jurkovich, Gregory J.; Aarabi, Shahram; Gow, Kenneth W.

    2014-01-01

    BACKGROUND Surgery resident education is based on experiential training, which is influenced by changes in clinical management strategies, technical and technologic advances, and administrative regulations. Trauma care has been exposed to each of these factors, prompting concerns about resident experience in operative trauma. The current study analyzed the reported volume of operative trauma for the last two decades; to our knowledge, this is the first evaluation of nationwide trends during such an extended time line. METHODS The Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) database of operative logs was queried from academic year (AY) 1989–1990 to 2009–2010 to identify shifts in trauma operative experience. Annual case log data for each cohort of graduating surgery residents were combined into approximately 5-year blocks, designated Period I (AY1989–1990 to AY1993–1994), Period II (AY1994–1995 to AY1998–1999), Period III (AY1999–2000 to AY2002–2003), and Period IV (AY2003–2004 to AY2009–2010). The latter two periods were delineated by the year in which duty hour restrictions were implemented. RESULTS Overall general surgery caseload increased from Period I to Period II (p < 0.001), remained stable from Period II to Period III, and decreased from Period III to Period IV (p < 0.001). However, for ACGME-designated trauma cases, there were significant declines from Period I to Period II (75.5 vs. 54.5 cases, p < 0.001) and Period II to Period III (54.5 vs. 39.3 cases, p < 0.001) but no difference between Period III and Period IV (39.3 vs. 39.4 cases). Graduating residents in Period I performed, on average, 31 intra-abdominal trauma operations, including approximately five spleen and four liver operations. Residents in Period IV performed 17 intra-abdominal trauma operations, including three spleen and approximately two liver operations. CONCLUSION Recent general surgery trainees perform fewer trauma operations than previous trainees. The majority of this decline occurred before implementation of work-hour restrictions. Although these changes reflect concurrent changes in management of trauma, surgical educators must meet the challenge of training residents in procedures less frequently performed. LEVEL OF EVIDENCE Epidemiologic study, level III; therapeutic study, level IV. PMID:23188243

  16. Spectroscopic monitoring of active Galactic nuclei from CTIO. 1: NGC 3227

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Winge, Claudia; Peterson, Bradley M.; Horne, Keith; Pogge, Richard W.; Pastoriza, Miriani G.; Storchi-Bergmann, Thaisa

    1995-01-01

    The results of a five-month monitoring campaign on the Seyfert 1.5 galaxy NGC 3227 are presented. Variability was detected in the continuum and in the broad emission lines. Cross correlations of the 4200 A continuum light curve with the H beta and He II wavelength 4686 emission-line light curves indicate delays of 18 +/- 5 and 16 +/- 2 days, respectively, between the continuum variations and the response of the lines. We apply a maximum entropy method to solve for the transfer function that relates the H beta and He II wavelength 4686 lines and 4200 A continuum variability and the result of this analysis suggests that there is a deficit of emission-line response due to gas along the line of sight to the continuum source for both lines. Using a composite off-nuclear spectrum, we synthesize the bulge stellar population, which is found to be mainly old (77% with age greater than 10 Gyr) with a metallicity twice the solar value. The synthesis also yields an internal color excess E(B - V) approximately equal 0.04. The mean contribution of the stellar population to the inner 5 sec x 10 sec spectra during the campaign was approximately equal 40%.

  17. Systematic approach for simultaneously correcting the band-gap and p -d separation errors of common cation III-V or II-VI binaries in density functional theory calculations within a local density approximation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Jianwei; Zhang, Yong; Wang, Lin-Wang

    2015-07-01

    We propose a systematic approach that can empirically correct three major errors typically found in a density functional theory (DFT) calculation within the local density approximation (LDA) simultaneously for a set of common cation binary semiconductors, such as III-V compounds, (Ga or In)X with X =N ,P ,As ,Sb , and II-VI compounds, (Zn or Cd)X , with X =O ,S ,Se ,Te . By correcting (1) the binary band gaps at high-symmetry points Γ , L , X , (2) the separation of p -and d -orbital-derived valence bands, and (3) conduction band effective masses to experimental values and doing so simultaneously for common cation binaries, the resulting DFT-LDA-based quasi-first-principles method can be used to predict the electronic structure of complex materials involving multiple binaries with comparable accuracy but much less computational cost than a GW level theory. This approach provides an efficient way to evaluate the electronic structures and other material properties of complex systems, much needed for material discovery and design.

  18. Ice Cloud Backscatter Study and Comparison with CALIPSO and MODIS Satellite Data

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ding, Jiachen; Yang, Ping; Holz, Robert E.; Platnick, Steven; Meyer, Kerry G.; Vaughan, Mark A.; Hu, Yongxiang; King, Michael D.

    2016-01-01

    An invariant imbedding T-matrix (II-TM) method is used to calculate the single-scattering properties of 8-column aggregate ice crystals. The II-TM based backscatter values are compared with those calculated by the improved geometric-optics method (IGOM) to refine the backscattering properties of the ice cloud radiative model used in the MODIS Collection 6 cloud optical property product. The integrated attenuated backscatter-to-cloud optical depth (IAB-ICOD) relation is derived from simulations using a CALIPSO (Cloud-Aerosol Lidar and Infrared Pathfinder Satellite) lidar simulator based on a Monte Carlo radiative transfer model. By comparing the simulation results and co-located CALIPSO and MODIS (Moderate Resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer) observations, the non-uniform zonal distribution of ice clouds over ocean is characterized in terms of a mixture of smooth and rough ice particles. The percentage of the smooth particles is approximately 6 percent and 9 percent for tropical and mid-latitude ice clouds, respectively.

  19. Chemical trend of exchange coupling in diluted magnetic II-VI semiconductors: Ab initio calculations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chanier, T.; Virot, F.; Hayn, R.

    2009-05-01

    We have calculated the chemical trend of magnetic exchange parameters ( Jdd , Nα , and Nβ ) of Zn-based II-VI semiconductors ZnA ( A=O , S, Se, and Te) doped with Co or Mn. We show that a proper treatment of electron correlations by the local spin-density approximation (LSDA)+U method leads to good agreement between experimental and theoretical values of the nearest-neighbor exchange coupling Jdd between localized 3d spins in contrast to the LSDA method. The exchange couplings between localized spins and doped electrons in the conduction band Nα are in good agreement with experiment as well. But the values for Nβ (coupling to doped holes in the valence band) indicate a crossover from weak coupling (for A=Te and Se) to strong coupling (for A=O ) and a localized hole state in ZnO:Mn. This hole localization explains the apparent discrepancy between photoemission and magneto-optical data for ZnO:Mn.

  20. Rayleigh approximation to ground state of the Bose and Coulomb glasses

    DOE PAGES

    Ryan, S. D.; Mityushev, V.; Vinokur, V. M.; ...

    2015-01-16

    Glasses are rigid systems in which competing interactions prevent simultaneous minimization of local energies. This leads to frustration and highly degenerate ground states the nature and properties of which are still far from being thoroughly understood. We report an analytical approach based on the method of functional equations that allows us to construct the Rayleigh approximation to the ground state of a two-dimensional (2D) random Coulomb system with logarithmic interactions. We realize a model for 2D Coulomb glass as a cylindrical type II superconductor containing randomly located columnar defects (CD) which trap superconducting vortices induced by applied magnetic field. Ourmore » findings break ground for analytical studies of glassy systems, marking an important step towards understanding their properties.« less

  1. Time-dependent importance sampling in semiclassical initial value representation calculations for time correlation functions. II. A simplified implementation.

    PubMed

    Tao, Guohua; Miller, William H

    2012-09-28

    An efficient time-dependent (TD) Monte Carlo (MC) importance sampling method has recently been developed [G. Tao and W. H. Miller, J. Chem. Phys. 135, 024104 (2011)] for the evaluation of time correlation functions using the semiclassical (SC) initial value representation (IVR) methodology. In this TD-SC-IVR method, the MC sampling uses information from both time-evolved phase points as well as their initial values, and only the "important" trajectories are sampled frequently. Even though the TD-SC-IVR was shown in some benchmark examples to be much more efficient than the traditional time-independent sampling method (which uses only initial conditions), the calculation of the SC prefactor-which is computationally expensive, especially for large systems-is still required for accepted trajectories. In the present work, we present an approximate implementation of the TD-SC-IVR method that is completely prefactor-free; it gives the time correlation function as a classical-like magnitude function multiplied by a phase function. Application of this approach to flux-flux correlation functions (which yield reaction rate constants) for the benchmark H + H(2) system shows very good agreement with exact quantum results. Limitations of the approximate approach are also discussed.

  2. 75 FR 69089 - Guidance for Industry and Food and Drug Administration Staff; Class II Special Controls Guidance...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-11-10

    ...: Tissue Adhesive With Adjunct Wound Closure Device Intended for the Topical Approximation of Skin... Document: Tissue Adhesive with Adjunct Wound Closure Device Intended for the Topical Approximation of Skin... intended for the topical approximation of skin may comply with the requirement of special controls for...

  3. IUE and Einstein observations of the LINER galaxy NGC 4579

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Reichert, G. A.; Puchnarewicz, E. M.; Mason, K. O.

    1990-01-01

    Results of International Ultraviolet Explorer (IUE) and Einstein observations of the LINER galaxy NGC 4579 are reported. Spatial profiles of the long wavelength IUE emission show a two component structure, with an unresolved core superimposed on broader underlying emission. The core spectrum shows strong C II lambda 2326 and broad Mg II lambda 2800 emission, and perhaps emission due to blends of Fe II multiplets (2300 to 23600 angstrom). The short wavelength emission is spatially unresolved, and shows C II lambda 1335, C III lambda 1909 broad C IV lambda 1550 emission, and a broad feature at approximately 1360 angstrom which may be due to 0.1 lambda 1356. Contrary to previous reports no evidence for He II lambda 1640 is found in the spectrum. An unresolved x ray source is detected at the location of the nucleus; its spectrum is well fitted by a power law of energy slope alpha approximately -0.5. These results further support the idea that NGC 4579 may contain a dwarf Seyfert nucleus.

  4. An interpretation of X-ray spectra of type II bursts from the 'rapid burster' - Comptonization due to accretion flow

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hirotani, Kouichi; Hanawa, Tomoyuki; Kawai, Nobuyuki

    1990-06-01

    A new model is proposed for the spectrum of a type II burst from the 'rapid burster'. The spectrum of a type II burst has been considered to be well fitted with a blackbody spectrum with temperature T about 1.5 keV. Recent observations with Tenma and Exosat, however, have found an excess from the blackbody spectrum in the high-energy range (E greater than 10 keV). The high-energy component is approximated to be a power-law spectrum of f(E) proportional to E exp -4, where E and f(E) are the X-ray energy and observed counts per unit energy, respectively. The model explainsmore » this high-energy component gives a method to evaluate the velocity and the optical depth of the accretion flow from observations of the high-energy component. It is shown that the spectrum observed with Tenma can be fitted with the model. 33 refs.« less

  5. Infrared metamaterial by RF magnetron sputtered ZnO/Al:ZnO multilayers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Santiago, Kevin C.; Mundle, Rajeh; White, Curtis; Bahoura, Messaoud; Pradhan, Aswini K.

    2018-03-01

    Hyperbolic metamaterials create artificial anisotropy using metallic wires suspended in dielectric media or alternating layers of a metal and dielectric (Type I or Type II). In this study we fabricated ZnO/Al:ZnO (AZO) multilayers by the RF magnetron sputtering deposition technique. Our fabricated multilayers satisfy the requirements for a type II hyperbolic metamaterial. The optical response of individual AZO and ZnO films, as well as the multilayered film were investigated via UV-vis-IR transmittance and spectroscopic ellipsometry. The optical response of the multilayered system is calculated using the nonlocal-corrected Effective Medium Approximation (EMA). The spectroscopic ellipsometry data of the multilayered system was modeled using a uniaxial material model and EMA model. Both theoretical and experimental studies validate the fabricated multilayers undergo a hyperbolic transition at a wavelength of 2.2 μm. To our knowledge this is the first AZO/ZnO type II hyperbolic metamaterial system fabricated by magnetron sputtering deposition method.

  6. Multivariate test power approximations for balanced linear mixed models in studies with missing data.

    PubMed

    Ringham, Brandy M; Kreidler, Sarah M; Muller, Keith E; Glueck, Deborah H

    2016-07-30

    Multilevel and longitudinal studies are frequently subject to missing data. For example, biomarker studies for oral cancer may involve multiple assays for each participant. Assays may fail, resulting in missing data values that can be assumed to be missing completely at random. Catellier and Muller proposed a data analytic technique to account for data missing at random in multilevel and longitudinal studies. They suggested modifying the degrees of freedom for both the Hotelling-Lawley trace F statistic and its null case reference distribution. We propose parallel adjustments to approximate power for this multivariate test in studies with missing data. The power approximations use a modified non-central F statistic, which is a function of (i) the expected number of complete cases, (ii) the expected number of non-missing pairs of responses, or (iii) the trimmed sample size, which is the planned sample size reduced by the anticipated proportion of missing data. The accuracy of the method is assessed by comparing the theoretical results to the Monte Carlo simulated power for the Catellier and Muller multivariate test. Over all experimental conditions, the closest approximation to the empirical power of the Catellier and Muller multivariate test is obtained by adjusting power calculations with the expected number of complete cases. The utility of the method is demonstrated with a multivariate power analysis for a hypothetical oral cancer biomarkers study. We describe how to implement the method using standard, commercially available software products and give example code. Copyright © 2015 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Copyright © 2015 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  7. Exploring the Chemical Link Between Local Ellipticals and Their High-Redshift Progenitors

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Leja, Joel; Van Dokkum, Pieter G.; Momcheva, Ivelina; Brammer, Gabriel; Skelton, Rosalind E.; Whitaker, Katherine E.; Andrews, Brett H.; Franx, Marijn; Kriek, Mariska; Van Der Wel, Arjen; hide

    2013-01-01

    We present Keck/MOSFIRE K-band spectroscopy of the first mass-selected sample of galaxies at z approximately 2.3. Targets are selected from the 3D-Hubble Space Telescope Treasury survey. The six detected galaxies have a mean [N II]lambda6584/H-alpha ratio of 0.27 +/- 0.01, with a small standard deviation of 0.05. This mean value is similar to that of UV-selected galaxies of the same mass. The mean gas-phase oxygen abundance inferred from the [N II]/Halpha ratios depends on the calibration method, and ranges from 12+log(O/H)(sub gas) = 8.57 for the Pettini & Pagel calibration to 12+log(O/H)(sub gas) = 8.87 for the Maiolino et al. calibration. Measurements of the stellar oxygen abundance in nearby quiescent galaxies with the same number density indicate 12+log(O/H)(sub stars) = 8.95, similar to the gas-phase abundances of the z approximately 2.3 galaxies if the Maiolino et al. calibration is used. This suggests that these high-redshift star forming galaxies may be progenitors of today's massive early-type galaxies. The main uncertainties are the absolute calibration of the gas-phase oxygen abundance and the incompleteness of the z approximately 2.3 sample: the galaxies with detected Ha tend to be larger and have higher star formation rates than the galaxies without detected H-alpha, and we may still be missing the most dust-obscured progenitors.

  8. The peculiar type II supernova 1993J in M81: Transition to the nebular phase

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Filippenko, Alexei V.; Matheson, Thomas; Barth, Aaron J.

    1994-01-01

    We present optical spectra of the bright, peculiar Type II supernova 1993J in M81 spanning the first 14 months of its existence, revealing its transition to the nebular phase. Unlike the case in normal Type II supernovae, during the first 2-10 months the H-alpha emission line gradually becomes less prominent relative to other features such as (O I) lambda lambda 6300, 6364 and (Ca II) lambda lambda 7291, 7324, as we had predicted based on early-time (tau less than or approximately equal to 2 months) spectra. The nebular spectrum resembles those of the Type Ib/Ic supernovae 1985F and 1987M, although weak H-alpha emission is easily visible even at late times in SN 1993J. At tau = 8 months a close similarity is found with the spectrum of SN 1987K, the only other Type II supernova known to have undergone such a metamorphosis. The emission lines are considerably broader than those of normal Type II supernovae at comparable phases, consistent with the progenitor having lost a majority of its hydrogen envelope prior to exploding. Consequently, there is now little doubt that Type Ib, and probably Type Ic, supernovae result from core collapse in stripped, massive stars; models of the chemical evolution of galaxies in which these subtypes are ascribed to exploding white dwarfs must be appropriately modified. Although all of the emission lines in spectra of SN 1993J fade roughly exponentially for a considerable time, the fading of H-alpha begins to slow down at tau approximately = 8 months, and in the interval tau = 10-14 months its flux is constant, or even slightly rising in the wings of the line. This behavior, together with the box-like shape and great breadth (full width at half maximum (FWHM) approximately = 17 000 km/s) of the line profile, suggests that the H-alpha emission is being produced by the high-velocity outer layer of hydrogen ejecta interacting with circumstellar gas released by the progenitor prior to its explosion. A similar phenomenon has previously been seen at later phases in several Type II supernovae, most notably SN 1980K. Bumps (FWHM approximately = 1000 km/s, amplitude approximately = 20%) in the H-alpha profile are probably indicative of Rayleigh-Taylor instabilities in the cool gas behind the reverse shock. A very narrow component (unresolved, FWHM less than or approximately equal to 200 km/s) of H-alpha at the symmetric velocity of SN 1993J may instead be produced by a superposed H II region, or perhaps by recombination in a large circumstellar shell or ring that was ionized during the first few hours after outburst. In the near future the spectrum of SN 1993J should become increasingly dominated by broad H-alpha emission.

  9. Ferrous iron phosphorus in sediments: development of a quantification method through 2,2'-bipyridine extraction.

    PubMed

    Li, Qingman; Wang, Xingxiang; Bartlett, Rebecca; Pinay, Gilles; Kan, Dan; Zhang, Wen; Sun, Jingxian

    2012-11-01

    The role of ferrous iron in the phosphorus cycle of an aquatic ecosystem is poorly understood because of a lack of suitable methods to quantitatively evaluate ferrous iron phosphorus (FIP) phases. Using sediments sampled from Fubao Bay of Dianchi Lake in China, a novel extraction method for FIP using 2,2'-bipyridine was explored. Total phosphorus and iron in the sediments ranged from 1.0 to 5.0 mg/g (dry weight) and 28.5 to 90.6 mg/g, respectively. Organic content (as indicated by loss on ignition or LOI) and iron(II) ranged from 3.1 to 27.0% and 26.5 to 64.9 mg/g, respectively. The dissolution dynamics of FIP extraction with a low solid/liquid ratio (1:25) indicated that a single application of 0.2% 2,2'-bipyridine extracted both iron(II) (Fe(II)) and phosphorus (as PO4(3-)) in sediments with different organic contents with low efficiency. The extraction efficiency of Fe(II) was improved by alteration of the solid/liquid ratio, but the effect was limited. However, addition of a 1:1000 solid/liquid ratio of 0.5 M potassium chloride to a 0.2% 2,2'-bipyridine solution significantly accelerated extraction of FIP with the release of Fe(II) and phosphorus toward equilibrium at approximately 150 hours. Further investigation demonstrated that 2,2'-bipyridine exhibited a higher selectivity in distinguishing FIP from phosphorus bound to ferric (Fe(III)) oxides or precipitated by calcium (Ca2+). Air-drying sediments significantly decreased the amount of extracted FIP, which indicates that fresh, wet sediment should be used in this type of FIP extraction. Based on experimental results using the proposed extraction protocol, (1) FIP in sediments of Fubao Bay had a predominant status in the lake sediment and accounted for 23.4 to 39.8% of total phosphorus, and (2) Fe(II)(FIP) released in the extraction is directly proportional to phosphorus(FIP) (Fe(II)(FIP) = 2.84 x P(FIP) + 0.0007; R2 = 0.97) with an average molar ratio of Fe(II)(FIP)/P(FIP) of 2.7. This study shows that FIP extraction with 2,2'-bipyridine is a robust method for releasing ferrous iron associated with phosphorus. Further, the high percentage of FIP in total phosphorus (40%) measured in the study site using this extraction method suggests that FIP might have been often underestimated in previous studies.

  10. FELIX-2.0: New version of the finite element solver for the time dependent generator coordinate method with the Gaussian overlap approximation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Regnier, D.; Dubray, N.; Verrière, M.; Schunck, N.

    2018-04-01

    The time-dependent generator coordinate method (TDGCM) is a powerful method to study the large amplitude collective motion of quantum many-body systems such as atomic nuclei. Under the Gaussian Overlap Approximation (GOA), the TDGCM leads to a local, time-dependent Schrödinger equation in a multi-dimensional collective space. In this paper, we present the version 2.0 of the code FELIX that solves the collective Schrödinger equation in a finite element basis. This new version features: (i) the ability to solve a generalized TDGCM+GOA equation with a metric term in the collective Hamiltonian, (ii) support for new kinds of finite elements and different types of quadrature to compute the discretized Hamiltonian and overlap matrices, (iii) the possibility to leverage the spectral element scheme, (iv) an explicit Krylov approximation of the time propagator for time integration instead of the implicit Crank-Nicolson method implemented in the first version, (v) an entirely redesigned workflow. We benchmark this release on an analytic problem as well as on realistic two-dimensional calculations of the low-energy fission of 240Pu and 256Fm. Low to moderate numerical precision calculations are most efficiently performed with simplex elements with a degree 2 polynomial basis. Higher precision calculations should instead use the spectral element method with a degree 4 polynomial basis. We emphasize that in a realistic calculation of fission mass distributions of 240Pu, FELIX-2.0 is about 20 times faster than its previous release (within a numerical precision of a few percents).

  11. Interstellar detection of the intersystem line Si II lambda 2335 toward zeta Ophiuchi

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cardelli, Jason A.; Sofia, Ulysses J.; Savage, Blair D.; Keenan, Francis P.; Dufton, Philip L.

    1994-01-01

    We report on the detection of the weak intersystem transistion of Si II lambda 2335 A in the sight line toward zeta Oph using the Ech-B mode (3.5 km/s resolution) of the Goddard High Resolution Spectrograph. The high-quality spectrum is characterized by an empirically measured signal-to-noise of 450, in excellent agreement with that expected from photon-statistics. The measured equivalent width of the Si II line is W(sub lambda) = 0.48 +/- 0.12 mA. Using the new experimental f-value of Calamai, Smith, and Bergeson, we find a Si II column density of 2.34 (+/- 0.58) x 10(exp 15) atoms/sq cm and (Si/H)(sub zeta Oph) = 1.78 (+/- 0.44) x 10(exp -6) for the principal absorbing component(s) at v(sub sun) approx. = -15 km/s. Analysis of the Si II lambda 1808 absorption over the same velocity range using the new experimental f-value of Bergeson & Lawler yields a column density (corrected for saturation) that is consistent within the weak line errors and confirms the relative accuracies of these new f-values. Furthermore, these results indicate that accurate abundances can now be derived for Si II, particularly from the weak Si II lambda 2335 A since it is free of saturation effects. For the zeta Oph v(sub sun) approx. = -15 km/s component(s), we find that greater than 95% of the available cosmic abundance (i.e. the 1989 meteoritic abundances of Anders & Grevesse) of Mg, Fe, and Si is 'missing' from the gas phase and is presumably locked up in the dust. These elements are present in the dust grains in ratios of Fe/Si approximately equals 0.9 and Mg/Si approximately equals 1.1, consistent with the ratio of their cosmic abundances. These ratios are in sharp contrast to more diffuse clouds like those seen toward the high-latitude halo star HD 93521 where in the dust Fe/Si approximately equals 1.8 and Mg/Si approximately equals 2.1.

  12. Evaluation of phase II toxicity identification evaluation methods for freshwater whole sediment and interstitial water.

    PubMed

    Phillips, Bryn M; Anderson, Brian S; Hunt, John W; Clark, Sara L; Voorhees, Jennifer P; Tjeerdema, Ron S; Casteline, Jane; Stewart, Margaret

    2009-02-01

    Phase I whole sediment toxicity identification evaluation (TIE) methods have been developed to characterize the cause of toxicity as organic chemicals, metals, or ammonia. In Phase II identification treatments, resins added to whole sediment to reduce toxicity caused by metals and organics can be separated and eluted much like solid-phase extraction (SPE) columns are eluted for interstitial water. In this study, formulated reference sediments spiked with toxic concentrations of copper, fluoranthene, and nonylphenol were subjected to whole sediment and interstitial water TIE treatments to evaluate Phase I and II TIE procedures for identifying the cause of toxicity to Hyalella azteca. Phase I TIE treatments consisted of adding adsorbent resins to whole sediment, and using SPE columns to remove spiked chemicals from interstitial water. Phase II treatments consisted of eluting resins and SPE columns and the preparation and testing of eluates for toxicity and chemistry. Whole sediment resins and SPE columns significantly reduced toxicity, and the eluates from all treatments contained toxic concentrations of the spiked chemical except for interstitial water fluoranthene. Toxic unit analysis based on median lethal concentrations (LC50s) allowed for the comparison of chemical concentrations among treatments, and demonstrated that the bioavailability of some chemicals was reduced in some samples and treatments. The concentration of fluoranthene in the resin eluate closely approximated the original interstitial water concentration, but the resin eluate concentrations of copper and nonylphenol were much higher than the original interstitial water concentrations. Phase II whole sediment TIE treatments provided complementary lines of evidence to the interstitial water TIE results.

  13. Site classification for National Strong Motion Observation Network System (NSMONS) stations in China using an empirical H/V spectral ratio method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ji, Kun; Ren, Yefei; Wen, Ruizhi

    2017-10-01

    Reliable site classification of the stations of the China National Strong Motion Observation Network System (NSMONS) has not yet been assigned because of lacking borehole data. This study used an empirical horizontal-to-vertical (H/V) spectral ratio (hereafter, HVSR) site classification method to overcome this problem. First, according to their borehole data, stations selected from KiK-net in Japan were individually assigned a site class (CL-I, CL-II, or CL-III), which is defined in the Chinese seismic code. Then, the mean HVSR curve for each site class was computed using strong motion recordings captured during the period 1996-2012. These curves were compared with those proposed by Zhao et al. (2006a) for four types of site classes (SC-I, SC-II, SC-III, and SC-IV) defined in the Japanese seismic code (JRA, 1980). It was found that an approximate range of the predominant period Tg could be identified by the predominant peak of the HVSR curve for the CL-I and SC-I sites, CL-II and SC-II sites, and CL-III and SC-III + SC-IV sites. Second, an empirical site classification method was proposed based on comprehensive consideration of peak period, amplitude, and shape of the HVSR curve. The selected stations from KiK-net were classified using the proposed method. The results showed that the success rates of the proposed method in identifying CL-I, CL-II, and CL-III sites were 63%, 64%, and 58% respectively. Finally, the HVSRs of 178 NSMONS stations were computed based on recordings from 2007 to 2015 and the sites classified using the proposed method. The mean HVSR curves were re-calculated for three site classes and compared with those from KiK-net data. It was found that both the peak period and the amplitude were similar for the mean HVSR curves derived from NSMONS classification results and KiK-net borehole data, implying the effectiveness of the proposed method in identifying different site classes. The classification results have good agreement with site classes based on borehole data of 81 stations in China, which indicates that our site classification results are acceptable and that the proposed method is practicable.

  14. Study of the interaction between mercury (II) and bovine serum albumin by spectroscopic methods.

    PubMed

    Chunmei, Dai; Cunwei, Ji; Huixiang, Lan; Yuze, Song; Wei, Yang; Dan, Zheng

    2014-03-01

    Mercury is a significant environmental pollutant that originates from industry. Mercury will bind with albumin and destroy biological functions in humans if it enters the blood. In this paper, the interaction between mercury (II) and bovine serum albumin (BSA) was investigated in vitro by fluorescence, UV-Vis absorption and circular dichroism (CD) under simulated physiological conditions. This study proves that the probable quenching mechanism of BSA by mercury (II) was mainly static quenching due to the formation of a mercury (II)-BSA complex. The quenching constant K(a) and the corresponding thermodynamic parameters (ΔH, ΔS and ΔG) at four different temperatures were calculated by a modified Stern-Volmer equation and the van't Hoff equation, respectively. The results revealed that the interaction between mercury (II) and BSA was mainly enthalpy-driven and that hydrogen bonding and van der Waals forces played a major role in the reaction. The obtained data for binding sites of n approximately equal to 1 indicated that there was a single class of binding site for the BSA with mercury (II). The value of the distance r (3.55 nm), determined by Föster's non-radioactive energy transfer theory, suggested that the energy transfer from BSA to mercury (II) occurred with a high probability. The conformational investigation from synchronous fluorescence, CD spectroscopy and three-dimensional fluorescence showed that the presence of mercury (II) resulted in micro-environmental and conformational changes of the BSA molecules, which may be responsible for the toxicity of mercury (II) in vivo. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  15. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Balsa Terzic, Gabriele Bassi

    In this paper we discuss representations of charge particle densities in particle-in-cell (PIC) simulations, analyze the sources and profiles of the intrinsic numerical noise, and present efficient methods for their removal. We devise two alternative estimation methods for charged particle distribution which represent significant improvement over the Monte Carlo cosine expansion used in the 2d code of Bassi, designed to simulate coherent synchrotron radiation (CSR) in charged particle beams. The improvement is achieved by employing an alternative beam density estimation to the Monte Carlo cosine expansion. The representation is first binned onto a finite grid, after which two grid-based methodsmore » are employed to approximate particle distributions: (i) truncated fast cosine transform (TFCT); and (ii) thresholded wavelet transform (TWT). We demonstrate that these alternative methods represent a staggering upgrade over the original Monte Carlo cosine expansion in terms of efficiency, while the TWT approximation also provides an appreciable improvement in accuracy. The improvement in accuracy comes from a judicious removal of the numerical noise enabled by the wavelet formulation. The TWT method is then integrated into Bassi's CSR code, and benchmarked against the original version. We show that the new density estimation method provides a superior performance in terms of efficiency and spatial resolution, thus enabling high-fidelity simulations of CSR effects, including microbunching instability.« less

  16. Prostate cancer detection: Fusion of cytological and textural features.

    PubMed

    Nguyen, Kien; Jain, Anil K; Sabata, Bikash

    2011-01-01

    A computer-assisted system for histological prostate cancer diagnosis can assist pathologists in two stages: (i) to locate cancer regions in a large digitized tissue biopsy, and (ii) to assign Gleason grades to the regions detected in stage 1. Most previous studies on this topic have primarily addressed the second stage by classifying the preselected tissue regions. In this paper, we address the first stage by presenting a cancer detection approach for the whole slide tissue image. We propose a novel method to extract a cytological feature, namely the presence of cancer nuclei (nuclei with prominent nucleoli) in the tissue, and apply this feature to detect the cancer regions. Additionally, conventional image texture features which have been widely used in the literature are also considered. The performance comparison among the proposed cytological textural feature combination method, the texture-based method and the cytological feature-based method demonstrates the robustness of the extracted cytological feature. At a false positive rate of 6%, the proposed method is able to achieve a sensitivity of 78% on a dataset including six training images (each of which has approximately 4,000×7,000 pixels) and 1 1 whole-slide test images (each of which has approximately 5,000×23,000 pixels). All images are at 20X magnification.

  17. Prostate cancer detection: Fusion of cytological and textural features

    PubMed Central

    Nguyen, Kien; Jain, Anil K.; Sabata, Bikash

    2011-01-01

    A computer-assisted system for histological prostate cancer diagnosis can assist pathologists in two stages: (i) to locate cancer regions in a large digitized tissue biopsy, and (ii) to assign Gleason grades to the regions detected in stage 1. Most previous studies on this topic have primarily addressed the second stage by classifying the preselected tissue regions. In this paper, we address the first stage by presenting a cancer detection approach for the whole slide tissue image. We propose a novel method to extract a cytological feature, namely the presence of cancer nuclei (nuclei with prominent nucleoli) in the tissue, and apply this feature to detect the cancer regions. Additionally, conventional image texture features which have been widely used in the literature are also considered. The performance comparison among the proposed cytological textural feature combination method, the texture-based method and the cytological feature-based method demonstrates the robustness of the extracted cytological feature. At a false positive rate of 6%, the proposed method is able to achieve a sensitivity of 78% on a dataset including six training images (each of which has approximately 4,000×7,000 pixels) and 1 1 whole-slide test images (each of which has approximately 5,000×23,000 pixels). All images are at 20X magnification. PMID:22811959

  18. Topics in elementary particle physics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jin, Xiang

    The author of this thesis discusses two topics in elementary particle physics: n-ary algebras and their applications to M-theory (Part I), and functional evolution and Renormalization Group flows (Part II). In part I, Lie algebra is extended to four different n-ary algebraic structure: generalized Lie algebra, Filippov algebra, Nambu algebra and Nambu-Poisson tensor; though there are still many other n-ary algebras. A natural property of Generalized Lie algebras — the Bremner identity, is studied, and proved with a totally different method from its original version. We extend Bremner identity to n-bracket cases, where n is an arbitrary odd integer. Filippov algebras do not focus on associativity, and are defined by the Fundamental identity. We add associativity to Filippov algebras, and give examples of how to construct Filippov algebras from su(2), bosonic oscillator, Virasoro algebra. We try to include fermionic charges into the ternary Virasoro-Witt algebra, but the attempt fails because fermionic charges keep generating new charges that make the algebra not closed. We also study the Bremner identity restriction on Nambu algebras and Nambu-Poisson tensors. So far, the only example 3-algebra being used in physics is the BLG model with 3-algebra A4, describing two M2-branes interactions. Its extension with Nambu algebra, BLG-NB model, is believed to describe infinite M2-branes condensation. Also, there is another propose for M2-brane interactions, the ABJM model, which is constructed by ordinary Lie algebra. We compare the symmetry properties between them, and discuss the possible approaches to include these three models into a grand unification theory. In Part II, we give an approximate solution for Schroeder's equations, based on series and conjugation methods. We use the logistic map as an example, and demonstrate that this approximate solution converges to known analytical solutions around the fixed point, around which the approximate solution is constructed. Although the closed-form solutions for Schroeder's equations can not always be approached analytically, by fitting the approximation solutions, one can still obtain closed-form solutions sometimes. Based on Schroeder's theory, approximate solutions for trajectories, velocities and potentials can also be constructed. The approximate solution is significantly useful to calculate the beta function in renormalization group trajectory. By "wrapping" the series solutions with the conjugations from different inverse functions, we generate different branches of the trajectory, and construct a counterexample for a folk theorem about limited cycles.

  19. Pavement performance evaluation, phase II : data collection.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2008-12-01

    Phase I and II of this study tested approximately 1500 rehabilitated pavements (asphalt and PCC) : throughout the State. These pavements ranged from 5 to 15 years old and were intended to develop a : snapshot of how various rehabilitations were perfo...

  20. AT1 receptor-mediated uptake of angiotensin II and NHE-3 expression in proximal tubule cells through a microtubule-dependent endocytic pathway.

    PubMed

    Li, Xiao C; Hopfer, Ulrich; Zhuo, Jia L

    2009-11-01

    Angiotensin II (ANG II) is taken up by proximal tubule (PT) cells via AT1 (AT1a) receptor-mediated endocytosis, but the underlying cellular mechanisms remain poorly understood. The present study tested the hypothesis that the microtubule- rather than the clathrin-dependent endocytic pathway regulates AT1-mediated uptake of ANG II and ANG II-induced sodium and hydrogen exchanger-3 (NHE-3) expression in PT cells. The expression of AT1 receptors, clathrin light (LC) and heavy chain (HC) proteins, and type 1 microtubule-associated proteins (MAPs; MAP-1A and MAP-1B) in PT cells were knocked down by their respective small interfering (si) RNAs before AT1-mediated FITC-ANG II uptake and ANG II-induced NHE-3 expression were studied. AT1 siRNAs inhibited AT1 expression and blocked ANG II-induced NHE-3 expression in PT cells, as expected (P < 0.01). Clathrin LC or HC siRNAs knocked down their respective proteins by approximately 90% with a peak response at 24 h, and blocked the clathrin-dependent uptake of Alexa Fluor 594-transferrin (P < 0.01). However, neither LC nor HC siRNAs inhibited AT1-mediated uptake of FITC-ANG II or affected ANG II-induced NHE-3 expression. MAP-1A or MAP-1B siRNAs markedly knocked down MAP-1A or MAP-1B proteins in a time-dependent manner with peak inhibitions at 48 h (>76.8%, P < 0.01). MAP protein knockdown resulted in approximately 52% decreases in AT1-mediated FITC-ANG II uptake and approximately 66% decreases in ANG II-induced NHE-3 expression (P < 0.01). These effects were associated with threefold decreases in ANG II-induced MAP kinases ERK 1/2 activation (P < 0.01), but not with altered AT1 expression or clathrin-dependent transferrin uptake. Both losartan and AT1a receptor deletion in mouse PT cells completely abolished the effects of MAP-1A knockdown on ANG II-induced NHE-3 expression and activation of MAP kinases ERK1/2. Our findings suggest that the alternative microtubule-dependent endocytic pathway, rather than the canonical clathrin-dependent pathway, plays an important role in AT1 (AT1a)-mediated uptake of extracellular ANG II and ANG II-induced NHE-3 expression in PT cells.

  1. An outer approximation method for the road network design problem

    PubMed Central

    2018-01-01

    Best investment in the road infrastructure or the network design is perceived as a fundamental and benchmark problem in transportation. Given a set of candidate road projects with associated costs, finding the best subset with respect to a limited budget is known as a bilevel Discrete Network Design Problem (DNDP) of NP-hard computationally complexity. We engage with the complexity with a hybrid exact-heuristic methodology based on a two-stage relaxation as follows: (i) the bilevel feature is relaxed to a single-level problem by taking the network performance function of the upper level into the user equilibrium traffic assignment problem (UE-TAP) in the lower level as a constraint. It results in a mixed-integer nonlinear programming (MINLP) problem which is then solved using the Outer Approximation (OA) algorithm (ii) we further relax the multi-commodity UE-TAP to a single-commodity MILP problem, that is, the multiple OD pairs are aggregated to a single OD pair. This methodology has two main advantages: (i) the method is proven to be highly efficient to solve the DNDP for a large-sized network of Winnipeg, Canada. The results suggest that within a limited number of iterations (as termination criterion), global optimum solutions are quickly reached in most of the cases; otherwise, good solutions (close to global optimum solutions) are found in early iterations. Comparative analysis of the networks of Gao and Sioux-Falls shows that for such a non-exact method the global optimum solutions are found in fewer iterations than those found in some analytically exact algorithms in the literature. (ii) Integration of the objective function among the constraints provides a commensurate capability to tackle the multi-objective (or multi-criteria) DNDP as well. PMID:29590111

  2. Generalized approximate spin projection calculations of effective exchange integrals of the CaMn4O5 cluster in the S1 and S3 states of the oxygen evolving complex of photosystem II.

    PubMed

    Isobe, H; Shoji, M; Yamanaka, S; Mino, H; Umena, Y; Kawakami, K; Kamiya, N; Shen, J-R; Yamaguchi, K

    2014-06-28

    Full geometry optimizations followed by the vibrational analysis were performed for eight spin configurations of the CaMn4O4X(H2O)3Y (X = O, OH; Y = H2O, OH) cluster in the S1 and S3 states of the oxygen evolution complex (OEC) of photosystem II (PSII). The energy gaps among these configurations obtained by vertical, adiabatic and adiabatic plus zero-point-energy (ZPE) correction procedures have been used for computation of the effective exchange integrals (J) in the spin Hamiltonian model. The J values are calculated by the (1) analytical method and the (2) generalized approximate spin projection (AP) method that eliminates the spin contamination errors of UB3LYP solutions. Using J values derived from these methods, exact diagonalization of the spin Hamiltonian matrix was carried out, yielding excitation energies and spin densities of the ground and lower-excited states of the cluster. The obtained results for the right (R)- and left (L)-opened structures in the S1 and S3 states are found to be consistent with available optical and magnetic experimental results. Implications of the computational results are discussed in relation to (a) the necessity of the exact diagonalization for computations of reliable energy levels, (b) magneto-structural correlations in the CaMn4O5 cluster of the OEC of PSII, (c) structural symmetry breaking in the S1 and S3 states, and (d) the right- and left-handed scenarios for the O-O bond formation for water oxidation.

  3. An outer approximation method for the road network design problem.

    PubMed

    Asadi Bagloee, Saeed; Sarvi, Majid

    2018-01-01

    Best investment in the road infrastructure or the network design is perceived as a fundamental and benchmark problem in transportation. Given a set of candidate road projects with associated costs, finding the best subset with respect to a limited budget is known as a bilevel Discrete Network Design Problem (DNDP) of NP-hard computationally complexity. We engage with the complexity with a hybrid exact-heuristic methodology based on a two-stage relaxation as follows: (i) the bilevel feature is relaxed to a single-level problem by taking the network performance function of the upper level into the user equilibrium traffic assignment problem (UE-TAP) in the lower level as a constraint. It results in a mixed-integer nonlinear programming (MINLP) problem which is then solved using the Outer Approximation (OA) algorithm (ii) we further relax the multi-commodity UE-TAP to a single-commodity MILP problem, that is, the multiple OD pairs are aggregated to a single OD pair. This methodology has two main advantages: (i) the method is proven to be highly efficient to solve the DNDP for a large-sized network of Winnipeg, Canada. The results suggest that within a limited number of iterations (as termination criterion), global optimum solutions are quickly reached in most of the cases; otherwise, good solutions (close to global optimum solutions) are found in early iterations. Comparative analysis of the networks of Gao and Sioux-Falls shows that for such a non-exact method the global optimum solutions are found in fewer iterations than those found in some analytically exact algorithms in the literature. (ii) Integration of the objective function among the constraints provides a commensurate capability to tackle the multi-objective (or multi-criteria) DNDP as well.

  4. Predicting reading comprehension academic achievement in late adolescents with velo-cardio-facial (22q11.2 deletion) syndrome (VCFS): A longitudinal study

    PubMed Central

    Antshel, Kevin M.; Hier, Bridget O.; Fremont, Wanda; Faraone, Stephen V.; Kates, Wendy R.

    2015-01-01

    Background The primary objective of the current study was to examine the childhood predictors of adolescent reading comprehension in velo-cardio-facial syndrome (VCFS). Although much research has focused on mathematics skills among individuals with VCFS, no studies have examined predictors of reading comprehension. Methods 69 late adolescents with VCFS , 23 siblings of youth with VCFS and 30 community controls participated in a longitudinal research project and had repeat neuropsychological test batteries and psychiatric evaluations every 3 years. The Wechsler Individual Achievement Test – 2nd edition (WIAT-II) Reading Comprehension subtest served as our primary outcome variable. Results Consistent with previous research, children and adolescents with VCFS had mean reading comprehension scores on the WIAT-II which were approximately two standard deviations below the mean and word reading scores approximately one standard deviation below the mean. A more novel finding is that relative to both control groups, individuals with VCFS demonstrated a longitudinal decline in reading comprehension abilities yet a slight increase in word reading abilities. In the combined control sample, WISC-III FSIQ, WIAT-II Word Reading, WISC-III Vocabulary and CVLT-C List A Trial 1 accounted for 75% of the variance in Time 3 WIAT-II Reading Comprehension scores. In the VCFS sample, WISC-III FSIQ, BASC-Teacher Aggression, CVLT-C Intrusions, Tower of London, Visual Span Backwards, WCST non-perseverative errors, WIAT-II Word Reading and WISC-III Freedom from Distractibility index accounted for 85% of the variance in Time 3 WIAT-II Reading Comprehension scores. A principal component analysis with promax rotation computed on the statistically significant Time 1 predictor variables in the VCFS sample resulted in three factors: Word reading decoding / Interference control, Self-Control / Self-Monitoring and Working Memory. Conclusions Childhood predictors of late adolescent reading comprehension in VCFS differ in some meaningful ways from predictors in the non-VCFS population. These results offer some guidance for how best to consider intervention efforts to improve reading comprehension in the VCFS population. PMID:24861691

  5. Properties of the +70 kilometers per second cloud toward HD 203664

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sembach, Kenneth R.

    1995-01-01

    I present high-resolution International Ultraviolet Explorer (IUE) spectra of the ultraviolet absorption in an intermediate-velocity interstellar cloud (nu(sub LSR) approximately equal to +70 km/s) toward HD 203664. The combined, multiple IUE images result in spectra with S/N = 15-40 and resolutions of approximately 20-25 km/s. The intermediate-velocity cloud absorption is present in ultraviolet lines of C II, C II(sup *), C IV, N I, O I, Mg I, Mg II, Al II, Al III, Si II, Si III, Si IV, S II, Cr II, Mn II, Fe II, and Zn II. The relative abundances of low-ionization species suggest an electron density of 0.15-0.34/cu cm and a temperature of 5300-6100 K in the neutral and weakly ionized gas. Given the presence of high-ionization gas tracers such as Si IV and C IV, ionized portions of the cloud probably contribute to the relatively large values of n(sub e) derived from measurements of the lower ionization species. The high-ionization species in the cloud have an abundance ratio, N(C IV)/N(Si IV) approximately equal to 4.5, similar to that inferred for collisionally ionized cloud interfaces at temperatures near 10(exp 5) K along other sight lines. When referenced to sulfur, the abundances of most elements in the cloud are within a factor of 5 of their solar values, which suggests that the +70 km/s gas has a previous origin in the Galactic disk despite a recent determination by Little et al. that the cloud lies at a distance of 200-1500 pc below the Galactic plane. I have checked this result against a model of the ionization for the diffuse ionized gas layer of the Galaxy and find that this conclusion is essentially unchanged as long as the ionization parameter is low as implied by the abundances of adjoining ionization states of aluminum and silicon. The processes responsible for the production of highly ionized gas in the +70 km/s cloud appear to be able to account for the inferred dust grain destruction as well.

  6. A new technique in the surgical treatment of Hangman's fractures: Neurospinal Academy (NSA) technique.

    PubMed

    Dalbayrak, Sedat; Yaman, Onur; Yılmaz, Mesut

    2013-07-01

    Treatment of Hangman's fractures is still controversial. Hangman's fractures Type II and IIA are usually treated with surgical procedures. This study aims at describing the Neurospinal Academy (NSA) technique as an attempt to achieve an approximation of the fracture line to the axis body, which may be used for Type II and IIA patients with severe displacement and angulation. NSA technique both pars or pedicle screws are placed bicortically to ensure that anterior surface of C2 vertebral body will be crossed 1-2 mm. A rod is prepared in suitable length and curve to connect the two screws. For placing the rod, sufficient amount of bone is resected from the C2 spinous process. C2 vertebral body is pulled back by means of the screws that crossed the anterior surface of C2 vertebral body. Hangman II and IIA patient are treated with NSA technique. Angulated and tilted C2 vertebral body was pulled back and approximated to posterior elements. In Hangman's fractures Type II and IIA with severe vertebral body and pedicle displacement, NSA technique is an effective and reliable treatment alternative for the approximation of posterior elements to the C2 vertebral body, which is tilted, angulated, and dislocated.

  7. Regional specialization in human nuclei: visualization of discrete sites of transcription by RNA polymerase III.

    PubMed Central

    Pombo, A; Jackson, D A; Hollinshead, M; Wang, Z; Roeder, R G; Cook, P R

    1999-01-01

    Mammalian nuclei contain three different RNA polymerases defined by their characteristic locations and drug sensitivities; polymerase I is found in nucleoli, and polymerases II and III in the nucleoplasm. As nascent transcripts made by polymerases I and II are concentrated in discrete sites, the locations of those made by polymerase III were investigated. HeLa cells were lysed with saponin in an improved 'physiological' buffer that preserves transcriptional activity and nuclear ultrastructure; then, engaged polymerases were allowed to extend nascent transcripts in Br-UTP, before the resulting Br-RNA was immunolabelled indirectly with fluorochromes or gold particles. Biochemical analysis showed that approximately 10 000 transcripts were being made by polymerase III at the moment of lysis, while confocal and electron microscopy showed that these transcripts were concentrated in only approximately 2000 sites (diameter approximately 40 nm). Therefore, each site contains approximately five active polymerases. These sites contain specific subunits of polymerase III, but not the hyperphosphorylated form of the largest subunit of polymerase II. The results indicate that the active forms of all three nuclear polymerases are concentrated in their own dedicated transcription sites or 'factories', suggesting that different regions of the nucleus specialize in the transcription of different types of gene. PMID:10205177

  8. Operation CASTLE. Project 2.7. Distribution of Radioactive Fallout by Survey and Analyses of Sea Water

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1981-04-01

    approximately 5,000 square miles can bo covered by contamination at levels that would be hazardous to human life if the fallout had been deposited on a...shots over larger areas was necessary. On Shot 5 alternative methods were attempted. The Division of Biology and Medicine (DBM) of the Atomic...tvoluotion.nott, howtvtf, thai it it •mall Pont« «ithin Larga Cirelt-Com^iM ovtroll ml- Inity tf Mark II «htn uud «uk mtr^ad in « atar which it cantam

  9. Logical definability and asymptotic growth in optimization and counting problems

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Compton, K.

    1994-12-31

    There has recently been a great deal of interest in the relationship between logical definability and NP-optimization problems. Let MS{sub n} (resp. MP{sub n}) be the class of problems to compute, for given a finite structure A, the maximum number of tuples {bar x} in A satisfying a {Sigma}{sub n} (resp. II{sub n}) formula {psi}({bar x}, {bar S}) as {bar S} ranges over predicates on A. Kolaitis and Thakur showed that the classes MS{sub n} and MP{sub n} collapse to a hierarchy of four levels. Papadimitriou and Yannakakis previously showed that problems in the two lowest levels MS{sub 0} andmore » MS{sub 1} (which they called Max Snp and Max Np) are approximable to within a contrast factor in polynomial time. Similarly, Saluja, Subrahmanyam, and Thakur defined SS{sub n} (resp. SP{sub n}) to be the class of problems to compute, for given a finite structure A, the number of tuples ({bar T}, {bar S}) satisfying a given {Sigma}{sub n} (resp. II{sub n}) formula {psi}({bar T}, {bar c}) in A. They showed that the classes SS{sub n} and SP{sub n} collapse to a hierarchy of five levels and that problems in the two lowest levels SS{sub 0} and SS{sub 1} have a fully polynomial time randomized approximation scheme. We define extended classes MSF{sub n}, MPF{sub n} SSF{sub n}, and SPF{sub n} by allowing formulae to contain predicates definable in a logic known as least fixpoint logic. The resulting hierarchies classes collapse to the same number of levels and problems in the bottom levels can be approximated as before, but now some problems descend from the highest levels in the original hierarchies to the lowest levels in the new hierarchies. We introduce a method characterizing rates of growth of average solution sizes thereby showing a number of important problems do not belong MSF{sub 1} and SSF{sub 1}. This method is related to limit laws for logics and the probabilistic method from combinatorics.« less

  10. High-resolution mid-infrared spectra of Co II, Ni I, and Fe II in SN 1987A

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jennings, D. E.; Boyle, R. J.; Wiedemann, G. R.; Moseley, S. H.

    1993-01-01

    Ground-based infrared observations of SN 1987A on day 612 after the explosion have yielded resolved line profiles of Co II, Ni I, Fe II at 10.52, 11.31, and 17.94 micron, respectively. The spectra were taken at a resolving power of about 1000 with an array grating spectrometer on the 4 m telescope of Cerro Tololo Inter-American Observatory. Based on the observed line intensities we have estimated the minimum mass of each ion: M(Co II) = (6.0 +/- 1.8) x 10 exp -5 solar mass; M(Ni I) = (1.1 +/- 0.1) x 10 exp -3 solar mass; and M(Fe II) = (8.0 +/- 1.5) x 10 exp -3 solar mass. From these we infer total masses for cobalt, nickel, and iron in the ejecta. The nickel and iron line profiles are markedly asymmetric. We interpret these as arising from two components, one centered on the stellar rest velocity with an approximately 3250 km/s full width, and the second at about +1200 km/s with an approximately 1100 km/s full width. The asymmetry may represent a large-scale fracturing of the ejecta by Rayleigh-Taylor instabilities.

  11. Midrange affinity fluorescent Zn(II) sensors of the Zinpyr family: syntheses, characterization, and biological imaging applications.

    PubMed

    Nolan, Elizabeth M; Jaworski, Jacek; Racine, Maryann E; Sheng, Morgan; Lippard, Stephen J

    2006-11-27

    The syntheses and photophysical characterization of ZP9, 2-{2-chloro-6-hydroxy-3-oxo-5-[(2-{[pyridin-2-ylmethyl-(1H-pyrrol-2-ylmethyl)amino]methyl}phenylamino)methyl]-3H-xanthen-9-yl}benzoic acid, and ZP10, 2-{2-chloro-6-hydroxy-5-[(2-{[(1-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-ylmethylamino]methyl}phenylamino)methyl]-3-oxo-3H-xanthen-9-yl}benzoic acid, two asymmetrically derivatized fluorescein-based dyes, are described. These sensors each contain an aniline-based ligand moiety functionalized with a pyridyl-amine-pyrrole group and have dissociation constants for Zn(II) in the sub-micromolar (ZP9) and low-micromolar (ZP10) range, which we define as "midrange". They give approximately 12- (ZP9) and approximately 7-fold (ZP10) fluorescence turn-on immediately following Zn(II) addition at neutral pH and exhibit improved selectivity for Zn(II) compared to the di-(2-picolyl)amine-based Zinpyr (ZP) sensors. Confocal microscopy studies indicate that such asymmetrical fluorescein-based probes are cell permeable and Zn(II) responsive in vivo.

  12. Modified method of simplest equation: Powerful tool for obtaining exact and approximate traveling-wave solutions of nonlinear PDEs

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vitanov, Nikolay K.

    2011-03-01

    We discuss the class of equations ∑i,j=0mAij(u){∂iu}/{∂ti}∂+∑k,l=0nBkl(u){∂ku}/{∂xk}∂=C(u) where Aij( u), Bkl( u) and C( u) are functions of u( x, t) as follows: (i) Aij, Bkl and C are polynomials of u; or (ii) Aij, Bkl and C can be reduced to polynomials of u by means of Taylor series for small values of u. For these two cases the above-mentioned class of equations consists of nonlinear PDEs with polynomial nonlinearities. We show that the modified method of simplest equation is powerful tool for obtaining exact traveling-wave solution of this class of equations. The balance equations for the sub-class of traveling-wave solutions of the investigated class of equations are obtained. We illustrate the method by obtaining exact traveling-wave solutions (i) of the Swift-Hohenberg equation and (ii) of the generalized Rayleigh equation for the cases when the extended tanh-equation or the equations of Bernoulli and Riccati are used as simplest equations.

  13. Exploiting the spatial locality of electron correlation within the parametric two-electron reduced-density-matrix method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    DePrince, A. Eugene; Mazziotti, David A.

    2010-01-01

    The parametric variational two-electron reduced-density-matrix (2-RDM) method is applied to computing electronic correlation energies of medium-to-large molecular systems by exploiting the spatial locality of electron correlation within the framework of the cluster-in-molecule (CIM) approximation [S. Li et al., J. Comput. Chem. 23, 238 (2002); J. Chem. Phys. 125, 074109 (2006)]. The 2-RDMs of individual molecular fragments within a molecule are determined, and selected portions of these 2-RDMs are recombined to yield an accurate approximation to the correlation energy of the entire molecule. In addition to extending CIM to the parametric 2-RDM method, we (i) suggest a more systematic selection of atomic-orbital domains than that presented in previous CIM studies and (ii) generalize the CIM method for open-shell quantum systems. The resulting method is tested with a series of polyacetylene molecules, water clusters, and diazobenzene derivatives in minimal and nonminimal basis sets. Calculations show that the computational cost of the method scales linearly with system size. We also compute hydrogen-abstraction energies for a series of hydroxyurea derivatives. Abstraction of hydrogen from hydroxyurea is thought to be a key step in its treatment of sickle cell anemia; the design of hydroxyurea derivatives that oxidize more rapidly is one approach to devising more effective treatments.

  14. Another First at NSLS-II Construction Site

    ScienceCinema

    None

    2017-12-09

    Workers at the NSLS-II ring building construction site recently completed the first complicated concrete pour for the approximately 19-ft.-tall walls of the Utility Tunnel. The continuous pour was the first of its kind, as previous pours have been for foo

  15. Electronic and chemical state of aluminum from the single- (K) and double-electron excitation (KL II&III, KL I) x-ray absorption near-edge spectra of α-alumina, sodium aluminate, aqueous Al³⁺•(H₂O)₆, and aqueous Al(OH)₄⁻

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Fulton, John L.; Govind, Niranjan; Huthwelker, Thomas

    2015-07-02

    We probe, at high energy resolution, the double electron excitation (KL II&II) x-ray absorption region that lies approximately 115 eV above the main Al K-edge (1566 eV) of α-alumina and sodium aluminate. The two solid standards, α-alumina (octahedral) and sodium aluminate (tetrahedral) are compared to aqueous species that have the same Al coordination symmetries, Al³⁺•6H₂O (octahedral) and Al(OH)₄⁻ (tetrahedral). For the octahedral species, the edge height of the KL II&III-edge is approximately 10% of the main K-edge however the edge height is much weaker (3% of K-edge height) for Al species with tetrahedral symmetry. For the α-alumina and aqueous Al³⁺•6H₂Omore » the KL II&III spectra contain white line features and extended absorption fine structure (EXAFS) that mimics the K-edge spectra. The KL II&III-edge feature interferes with an important region of the extended-XAFS region of the spectra for the K-edge of the crystalline and aqueous standards. The K-edge spectra and K-edge positions are predicted using time-dependent density functional theory (TDDFT). The TDDFT calculations for the K-edge XANES spectra reproduce the observed transitions in the experimental spectra of the four Al species. The KL II&III and KL I onsets and their corresponding chemical shifts for the four standards are estimated using the delta self-consistent field (ΔSCF) method. Research by JLF, NG, EJB, AV, TDS was supported by U.S. Department of Energy’s (DOE), Office of Science, Office of Basic Energy Sciences, Division of Chemical Sciences, Geosciences, and Biosciences. NG thanks Amity Andersen for help with the α-Al₂O₃ and tetrahedral sodium aluminate (NaAlO₂) clusters. All the calculations were performed using the Molecular Science Computing Capability at EMSL, a national scientific user facility sponsored by the U.S. Department of Energy’s Office of Biological and Environmental Research and located at Pacific Northwest National Laboratory (PNNL). PNNL is a multi-program national laboratory operated for DOE by Battelle under Contract # AC05-76RL01830.« less

  16. Two-photon excitation spectrum of light-harvesting complex II and fluorescence upconversion after one- and two-photon excitation of the carotenoids

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Walla, P.J.; Yom, J.; Krueger, B.P.

    2000-05-18

    The two-photon excitation (TPE) spectrum of light-harvesting complex II (LHC II) has been measured in the spectral region of 1,000--1,600 nm, corresponding to one-photon wavelengths of 500--800 nm. The authors observed a band with an origin at {approximately}2 x 660 nm (ca. 15,100 {+-} 300 cm{sup {minus}1}) and a maximum at {approximately}2 x 600 nm. The line shape and origin of this band strongly suggest that the observed signal is due to the two-photon-allowed S{sub 1} state of the energy-transferring carotenoids (Car ) in LHC II. The authors also report the time dependence of the upconverted chlorophyll (Chl) fluorescence aftermore » TPE at the maximum of the observed band. Surprisingly, a fast rise of 250 {+-} 50 fs followed by a multiexponential decay on the picosecond time scale was observed. This result provides strong indication that there is a fast energy transfer even from the dipole-forbidden Car S{sub 1} state to the Chl's. The sub picosecond energy transfer from the Car S{sub 1} state is likely a consequence of the large number of energy-accepting Chls in van der Waals contact with the central Car's in LHC II. They also present upconversion data of the Car S{sub 2}, Chl a, and Chl b fluorescence observed after one-photon excitation into the dipole-allowed Car S{sub 2} state. The lifetime of the Car S{sub 2} state is {approximately}120 {+-} 30 fs. With the observed time constants they are able to calculate quantum yields for the different possible pathways contributing to the overall Car to Chl energy transfer in LHC II.« less

  17. Improved methods of estimating critical indices via fractional calculus

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bandyopadhyay, S. K.; Bhattacharyya, K.

    2002-05-01

    Efficiencies of certain methods for the determination of critical indices from power-series expansions are shown to be considerably improved by a suitable implementation of fractional differentiation. In the context of the ratio method (RM), kinship of the modified strategy with the ad hoc `shifted' RM is established and the advantages are demonstrated. Further, in the course of the estimation of critical points, significant betterment of convergence properties of diagonal Padé approximants is observed on several occasions by invoking this concept. Test calculations are performed on (i) various Ising spin-1/2 lattice models for susceptibility series attended with a ferromagnetic phase transition, (ii) complex model situations involving confluent and antiferromagnetic singularities and (iii) the chain-generating functions for self-avoiding walks on triangular, square and simple cubic lattices.

  18. A Floating Potential Method for Determining Ion Density

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Evans, John D.; Chen, Francis F.

    2001-10-01

    The density n in partially ionized discharges is often found from the saturation ion current Ii of a cylindrical Langmuir probe. Collisionless probe theories, however, disagree with measured I - V curves probably because of collisions^1. We use a heuristic method that yields n from probe data agreeing with microwave interferometry. Probe current I is raised to the 4/3 power and fitted to a straight line on an I^4/3-V plot. The line is extrapolated to the floating potential V_f, thus approximating I_i(V_f). The sheath thickness d_sh for V = Vf is calculated from the Child-Langmuir (CL) law, and applying the Bohm sheath criterion to the surface at r_sh = Rp + d_sh yields n when Ii = I_i(V_f). This method works, but it cannot be justified by theory. Neglected are (a) cylindrical convergence of the ion charge, (b) finite ion energy at r = r_sh, (c) ions orbiting the probe, and (d) escape of ions axially. The Allen-Boyd-Reynolds theory, which treats (a) and (b) and neglects (c) and (d), gives too low n's. Apparently the errors self-cancel, and the simple Vf method gives the right result. ^1 F.F. Chen, Phys. Plasmas 8, 3029 (2001).

  19. A Floating Node Method for the Modelling of Discontinuities Within a Finite Element

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pinho, Silvestre T.; Chen, B. Y.; DeCarvalho, Nelson V.; Baiz, P. M.; Tay, T. E.

    2013-01-01

    This paper focuses on the accurate numerical representation of complex networks of evolving discontinuities in solids, with particular emphasis on cracks. The limitation of the standard finite element method (FEM) in approximating discontinuous solutions has motivated the development of re-meshing, smeared crack models, the eXtended Finite Element Method (XFEM) and the Phantom Node Method (PNM). We propose a new method which has some similarities to the PNM, but crucially: (i) does not introduce an error on the crack geometry when mapping to natural coordinates; (ii) does not require numerical integration over only part of a domain; (iii) can incorporate weak discontinuities and cohesive cracks more readily; (iv) is ideally suited for the representation of multiple and complex networks of (weak, strong and cohesive) discontinuities; (v) leads to the same solution as a finite element mesh where the discontinuity is represented explicitly; and (vi) is conceptually simpler than the PNM.

  20. Comparison of two dietary assessment methods by food consumption: results of the German National Nutrition Survey II.

    PubMed

    Eisinger-Watzl, Marianne; Straßburg, Andrea; Ramünke, Josa; Krems, Carolin; Heuer, Thorsten; Hoffmann, Ingrid

    2015-04-01

    To further characterise the performance of the diet history method and the 24-h recalls method, both in an updated version, a comparison was conducted. The National Nutrition Survey II, representative for Germany, assessed food consumption with both methods. The comparison was conducted in a sample of 9,968 participants aged 14-80. Besides calculating mean differences, statistical agreement measurements encompass Spearman and intraclass correlation coefficients, ranking participants in quartiles and the Bland-Altman method. Mean consumption of 12 out of 18 food groups was higher assessed with the diet history method. Three of these 12 food groups had a medium to large effect size (e.g., raw vegetables) and seven showed at least a small strength while there was basically no difference for coffee/tea or ice cream. Intraclass correlations were strong only for beverages (>0.50) and revealed the least correlation for vegetables (<0.20). Quartile classification of participants exhibited more than two-thirds being ranked in the same or adjacent quartile assessed by both methods. For every food group, Bland-Altman plots showed that the agreement of both methods weakened with increasing consumption. The cognitive effort essential for the diet history method to remember consumption of the past 4 weeks may be a source of inaccurateness, especially for inhomogeneous food groups. Additionally, social desirability gains significance. There is no assessment method without errors and attention to specific food groups is a critical issue with every method. Altogether, the 24-h recalls method applied in the presented study, offers advantages approximating food consumption as compared to the diet history method.

  1. Pairwise additivity of energy components in protein-ligand binding: The HIV II protease-Indinavir case

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ucisik, Melek N.; Dashti, Danial S.; Faver, John C.; Merz, Kenneth M.

    2011-08-01

    An energy expansion (binding energy decomposition into n-body interaction terms for n ≥ 2) to express the receptor-ligand binding energy for the fragmented HIV II protease-Indinavir system is described to address the role of cooperativity in ligand binding. The outcome of this energy expansion is compared to the total receptor-ligand binding energy at the Hartree-Fock, density functional theory, and semiempirical levels of theory. We find that the sum of the pairwise interaction energies approximates the total binding energy to ˜82% for HF and to >95% for both the M06-L density functional and PM6-DH2 semiempirical method. The contribution of the three-body interactions amounts to 18.7%, 3.8%, and 1.4% for HF, M06-L, and PM6-DH2, respectively. We find that the expansion can be safely truncated after n = 3. That is, the contribution of the interactions involving more than three parties to the total binding energy of Indinavir to the HIV II protease receptor is negligible. Overall, we find that the two-body terms represent a good approximation to the total binding energy of the system, which points to pairwise additivity in the present case. This basic principle of pairwise additivity is utilized in fragment-based drug design approaches and our results support its continued use. The present results can also aid in the validation of non-bonded terms contained within common force fields and in the correction of systematic errors in physics-based score functions.

  2. Nonlinear coupling between cerebral blood flow, oxygen consumption, and ATP production in human visual cortex.

    PubMed

    Lin, Ai-Ling; Fox, Peter T; Hardies, Jean; Duong, Timothy Q; Gao, Jia-Hong

    2010-05-04

    The purpose of this study was to investigate activation-induced hypermetabolism and hyperemia by using a multifrequency (4, 8, and 16 Hz) reversing-checkerboard visual stimulation paradigm. Specifically, we sought to (i) quantify the relative contributions of the oxidative and nonoxidative metabolic pathways in meeting the increased energy demands [i.e., ATP production (J(ATP))] of task-induced neuronal activation and (ii) determine whether task-induced cerebral blood flow (CBF) augmentation was driven by oxidative or nonoxidative metabolic pathways. Focal increases in CBF, cerebral metabolic rate of oxygen (CMRO(2); i.e., index of aerobic metabolism), and lactate production (J(Lac); i.e., index of anaerobic metabolism) were measured by using physiologically quantitative MRI and spectroscopy methods. Task-induced increases in J(ATP) were small (12.2-16.7%) at all stimulation frequencies and were generated by aerobic metabolism (approximately 98%), with %DeltaJ(ATP) being linearly correlated with the percentage change in CMRO(2) (r = 1.00, P < 0.001). In contrast, task-induced increases in CBF were large (51.7-65.1%) and negatively correlated with the percentage change in CMRO(2) (r = -0.64, P = 0.024), but positively correlated with %DeltaJ(Lac) (r = 0.91, P < 0.001). These results indicate that (i) the energy demand of task-induced brain activation is small (approximately 15%) relative to the hyperemic response (approximately 60%), (ii) this energy demand is met through oxidative metabolism, and (iii) the CBF response is mediated by factors other than oxygen demand.

  3. FELIX-2.0: New version of the finite element solver for the time dependent generator coordinate method with the Gaussian overlap approximation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Regnier, D.; Dubray, N.; Verriere, M.

    The time-dependent generator coordinate method (TDGCM) is a powerful method to study the large amplitude collective motion of quantum many-body systems such as atomic nuclei. Under the Gaussian Overlap Approximation (GOA), the TDGCM leads to a local, time-dependent Schrödinger equation in a multi-dimensional collective space. In this study, we present the version 2.0 of the code FELIX that solves the collective Schrödinger equation in a finite element basis. This new version features: (i) the ability to solve a generalized TDGCM+GOA equation with a metric term in the collective Hamiltonian, (ii) support for new kinds of finite elements and different typesmore » of quadrature to compute the discretized Hamiltonian and overlap matrices, (iii) the possibility to leverage the spectral element scheme, (iv) an explicit Krylov approximation of the time propagator for time integration instead of the implicit Crank–Nicolson method implemented in the first version, (v) an entirely redesigned workflow. We benchmark this release on an analytic problem as well as on realistic two-dimensional calculations of the low-energy fission of 240Pu and 256Fm. Low to moderate numerical precision calculations are most efficiently performed with simplex elements with a degree 2 polynomial basis. Higher precision calculations should instead use the spectral element method with a degree 4 polynomial basis. Finally, we emphasize that in a realistic calculation of fission mass distributions of 240Pu, FELIX-2.0 is about 20 times faster than its previous release (within a numerical precision of a few percents).« less

  4. FELIX-2.0: New version of the finite element solver for the time dependent generator coordinate method with the Gaussian overlap approximation

    DOE PAGES

    Regnier, D.; Dubray, N.; Verriere, M.; ...

    2017-12-20

    The time-dependent generator coordinate method (TDGCM) is a powerful method to study the large amplitude collective motion of quantum many-body systems such as atomic nuclei. Under the Gaussian Overlap Approximation (GOA), the TDGCM leads to a local, time-dependent Schrödinger equation in a multi-dimensional collective space. In this study, we present the version 2.0 of the code FELIX that solves the collective Schrödinger equation in a finite element basis. This new version features: (i) the ability to solve a generalized TDGCM+GOA equation with a metric term in the collective Hamiltonian, (ii) support for new kinds of finite elements and different typesmore » of quadrature to compute the discretized Hamiltonian and overlap matrices, (iii) the possibility to leverage the spectral element scheme, (iv) an explicit Krylov approximation of the time propagator for time integration instead of the implicit Crank–Nicolson method implemented in the first version, (v) an entirely redesigned workflow. We benchmark this release on an analytic problem as well as on realistic two-dimensional calculations of the low-energy fission of 240Pu and 256Fm. Low to moderate numerical precision calculations are most efficiently performed with simplex elements with a degree 2 polynomial basis. Higher precision calculations should instead use the spectral element method with a degree 4 polynomial basis. Finally, we emphasize that in a realistic calculation of fission mass distributions of 240Pu, FELIX-2.0 is about 20 times faster than its previous release (within a numerical precision of a few percents).« less

  5. A new compound, withangulatin A, promotes type II DNA topoisomerase-mediated DNA damage.

    PubMed

    Juang, J K; Huang, H W; Chen, C M; Liu, H J

    1989-03-31

    Withangulatin A, a new compound with a known chemical structure and from the antitumor Chinese herb Physalis angulata L, was found to act on topoisomerase II to induce topoisomerase II-mediated DNA damage in vitro. It has two effective dosage ranges of approximate 0.5 and 20 microM, with about one-third the activity of 20 microM VM-26.

  6. Eliminating inhibition of enzymatic hydrolysis by lignosulfonate in unwashed sulfite-pretreated aspen using metal salts

    Treesearch

    Hao Liu; Junyong Zhu

    2010-01-01

    This study demonstrated the efficiency of Ca(II) and Mg(II) in removing inhibition of enzymatic hydrolysis by lignosulfonate through non-productive adsorption of enzymes. Adding 1 mmol/g cellulose of either metal salt restores approximately 65% of the activity lost when a pure cellulose/cellulase solution is spiked with lignosulfonate. Addition of either Ca(II) or Mg(...

  7. Microwave assisted transformation of N,N-diphenylamine as precursors of organic light emitting diodes (OLED)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jefri, Wahyuningrum, Deana

    2015-09-01

    In this research, study on the transformation of N,N-diphenylamine (DPA) using iodine (I2) utilizing solid state Microwave Assisted Organic Synthesis (MAOS) method has been carried out. The reaction was performed by variations of three parameters namely the mole of reagents, the amount and type of solid support (alumina/Al2O3), and the reaction conditions. Experimental results showed that neutral-alumina was a better solid support than basic-alumina. The optimum temperature for the reaction was approximately at 125-133 °C with reaction time of 15 minutes and microwave reactor power at 500-600 W. The separation of the yellowish green product solution with preparative Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) method using n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 4:1 (v/v) as eluent yielded two fractions (I and II) and both fractions can undergo fluorescence under 365 nm UV light. Based on the LC chromatogram with methanol:water = 95:5 (v/v) as eluent and its corresponding mass spectra (ESI+), fraction I contained three compounds, which were tetracarbazole A, triphenylamine, and impurities in the form of plasticizer such as bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. Fraction II also contained three compounds, which were tetracarbazole C, tetraphenylhydrazine, and plasticizer such as bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. Both FT-IR (KBr disks) and NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) spectra of fraction I and II confirmed the aromatic amine groups in those compounds. The observed fluorescence colors of fraction I and II were violet and violet-blue, respectively. Based on their structures and fluorescence characters, the compounds in fraction I and II have the potential to be used as Organic Light Emitting Diode (OLED) compound precursors.

  8. Microwave assisted transformation of N,N-diphenylamine as precursors of organic light emitting diodes (OLED)

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Jefri,; Wahyuningrum, Deana, E-mail: deana@chem.itb.ac.id

    2015-09-30

    In this research, study on the transformation of N,N-diphenylamine (DPA) using iodine (I2) utilizing solid state Microwave Assisted Organic Synthesis (MAOS) method has been carried out. The reaction was performed by variations of three parameters namely the mole of reagents, the amount and type of solid support (alumina/Al2O3), and the reaction conditions. Experimental results showed that neutral-alumina was a better solid support than basic-alumina. The optimum temperature for the reaction was approximately at 125-133 °C with reaction time of 15 minutes and microwave reactor power at 500-600 W. The separation of the yellowish green product solution with preparative Thin Layer Chromatographymore » (TLC) method using n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 4:1 (v/v) as eluent yielded two fractions (I and II) and both fractions can undergo fluorescence under 365 nm UV light. Based on the LC chromatogram with methanol:water = 95:5 (v/v) as eluent and its corresponding mass spectra (ESI+), fraction I contained three compounds, which were tetracarbazole A, triphenylamine, and impurities in the form of plasticizer such as bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. Fraction II also contained three compounds, which were tetracarbazole C, tetraphenylhydrazine, and plasticizer such as bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. Both FT-IR (KBr disks) and NMR (500 MHz, CDCl{sub 3}) spectra of fraction I and II confirmed the aromatic amine groups in those compounds. The observed fluorescence colors of fraction I and II were violet and violet-blue, respectively. Based on their structures and fluorescence characters, the compounds in fraction I and II have the potential to be used as Organic Light Emitting Diode (OLED) compound precursors.« less

  9. VizieR Online Data Catalog: The kinematics of the C II λ6578 line in PNe (Richer+, 2017)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Richer, M. G.; Suarez, G.; Lopez, J. A.; Garcia Diaz, M. T.

    2018-05-01

    All of our observations are drawn from the San Pedro Martir Kinematic Catalogue of Planetary Nebulae (henceforth, SPM Catalogue; Lopez et al. 2012RMxAA..48....3L; http://kincatpn.astrosen.unam.mx/). Most of these spectra were acquired with the Manchester Echelle Spectrograph (MES: Meaburn et al. 1984MNRAS.210..463M, 2003RMxAA..39..185M) attached to the 2.1 m telescope at the Observatorio Astronomico Nacional on the Sierra San Pedro Martir (OAN-SPM). The MES uses interference filters to isolate the spectral order of interest, order 87 in this case, covering approximately the wavelength range 6545-6595 Å and containing the [N II] λλ6548, 6584, He II λ6560 (when present), Hα, and C II λ6578 emission lines. For most of the observations, a 150 μm slit was used, resulting in a spectral resolution of approximately 11 km/s when converted to velocity. (2 data files).

  10. Self-consistent approximation beyond the CPA: Part II

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kaplan, T.; Gray, L.J.

    1981-08-01

    In Part I, Professor Leath has described the substantial efforts to generalize the CPA. In this second part, a particular self-consistent approximation for random alloys developed by Kaplan, Leath, Gray, and Diehl is described. This approximation is applicable to diagonal, off-diagonal and environmental disorder, includes cluster scattering, and yields a translationally invariant and analytic (Herglotz) average Green's function. Furthermore Gray and Kaplan have shown that an approximation for alloys with short-range order can be constructed from this theory.

  11. Parallel and Distributed Methods for Constrained Nonconvex Optimization—Part I: Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Scutari, Gesualdo; Facchinei, Francisco; Lampariello, Lorenzo

    2017-04-01

    In Part I of this paper, we proposed and analyzed a novel algorithmic framework for the minimization of a nonconvex (smooth) objective function, subject to nonconvex constraints, based on inner convex approximations. This Part II is devoted to the application of the framework to some resource allocation problems in communication networks. In particular, we consider two non-trivial case-study applications, namely: (generalizations of) i) the rate profile maximization in MIMO interference broadcast networks; and the ii) the max-min fair multicast multigroup beamforming problem in a multi-cell environment. We develop a new class of algorithms enjoying the following distinctive features: i) they are \\emph{distributed} across the base stations (with limited signaling) and lead to subproblems whose solutions are computable in closed form; and ii) differently from current relaxation-based schemes (e.g., semidefinite relaxation), they are proved to always converge to d-stationary solutions of the aforementioned class of nonconvex problems. Numerical results show that the proposed (distributed) schemes achieve larger worst-case rates (resp. signal-to-noise interference ratios) than state-of-the-art centralized ones while having comparable computational complexity.

  12. Simulation study of the second-generation MR-compatible SPECT system based on the inverted compound-eye gamma camera design

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lai, Xiaochun; Meng, Ling-Jian

    2018-02-01

    In this paper, we present simulation studies for the second-generation MRI compatible SPECT system, MRC-SPECT-II, based on an inverted compound eye (ICE) gamma camera concept. The MRC-SPECT-II system consists of a total of 1536 independent micro-pinhole-camera-elements (MCEs) distributed in a ring with an inner diameter of 6 cm. This system provides a FOV of 1 cm diameter and a peak geometrical efficiency of approximately 1.3% (the typical levels of 0.1%-0.01% found in modern pre-clinical SPECT instrumentations), while maintaining a sub-500 μm spatial resolution. Compared to the first-generation MRC-SPECT system (MRC-SPECT-I) (Cai 2014 Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. A 734 147-51) developed in our lab, the MRC-SPECT-II system offers a similar resolution with dramatically improved sensitivity and greatly reduced physical dimension. The latter should allow the system to be placed inside most clinical and pre-clinical MRI scanners for high-performance simultaneous MRI and SPECT imaging.

  13. Carbon recombination lines as a diagnostic of photodissociation regions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Natta, A.; Walmsley, C. M.; Tielens, A. G. G. M.

    1994-01-01

    We have observed the C91 alpha radio recombination line toward the Orion H II region. This narrow (approximately 3-5 km per sec full width at half maximum (FWHM)) line is spatially very extended (approximately 8 arcmin or 1 pc). These charateristics compare well with the observed characteristics of the C II fine structure line at 158 microns. Thus, the C91 alpha line originates in the predominantly neutral photodissociation regions separating the H II region from the molecular cloud. We have developed theoretical models for the C II radio recombination lines from photodissociation regions. The results show that the I(C91 alpha)/I(C158) intensity ratio is a sensitive function of the temperature and density of the emitting gas. We have also extended theoretical models for photodissociation regions to include the C II recombination lines. Comparison with these models show that, in the central portion of the Orion region, the C91 alpha line originates in dense (10(exp 6) per cu cm), warm (500-1000 K) gas. Even at large projected distances (approximately 1 pc), the inferred density is still high (10(exp 5) per cu cm) and implies extremely high thermal pressures. As in the case of the (C II) 158 microns line, the large extent of the C91 alpha line shows that (FUV) photons can penetrate to large distances from the illuminating source. The decline of the intensity of the incident radiation field with distance from Theta(sup 1) C seems to be dominated by geometrical dilution, rather than dust extinction. Finally, we have used our models to calculate the intensity of the 9850 A recombination line of C II. The physical conditions inferred from this line are in good agreement with those determined from the radio recombination and the far-infrared fine-structure lines. We show that the ratio of the 9850 A to the C91 alpha lines is a very good probe of very high density clumps.

  14. Basic Scientific Subroutines, Volume II.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Ruckdeschel, F. R.

    This book, second in a series dealing with scientific programing in the BASIC language, provides students, engineers, and scientists with a documented library of subroutines for scientific applications. Subjects of the eight chapters include: (1) least-squares approximation of functions and smoothing of data; (2) approximating functions by series…

  15. Rapid switching of TFIIH between RNA polymerase I and II transcription and DNA repair in vivo.

    PubMed

    Hoogstraten, Deborah; Nigg, Alex L; Heath, Helen; Mullenders, Leon H F; van Driel, Roel; Hoeijmakers, Jan H J; Vermeulen, Wim; Houtsmuller, Adriaan B

    2002-11-01

    The transcription/repair factor TFIIH operates as a DNA helix opener in RNA polymerase II (RNAP2) transcription and nucleotide excision repair. To study TFIIH in vivo, we generated cell lines expressing functional GFP-tagged TFIIH. TFIIH was homogeneously distributed throughout the nucleus with nucleolar accumulations. We provide in vivo evidence for involvement of TFIIH in RNA polymerase I (RNAP1) transcription. Photobleaching revealed that TFIIH moves freely and gets engaged in RNAP1 and RNAP2 transcription for approximately 25 and approximately 6 s, respectively. TFIIH readily switches between transcription and repair sites (where it is immobilized for approximately 4 min) without large-scale alterations in composition. Our findings support a model of diffusion and random collision of individual components that permits a quick and versatile response to changing conditions.

  16. Numerical simulation for turbulent heating around the forebody fairing of H-II rocket

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nomura, Shigeaki; Yamamoto, Yukimitsu; Fukushima, Yukio

    Concerning the heat transfer distributions around the nose fairing of the Japanese new launch vehicle H-II rocket, numerical simulations have been conducted for the conditions along its nominal ascent trajectory and some experimental tests have been conducted additionally to confirm the numerical results. The thin layer approximated Navier-Stokes equations with Baldwin-Lomax's algebraic turbulent model were solved by the time dependent finite difference method. Results of numerical simulations showed that a high peak heating would occur near the stagnation point on the spherical nose portion due to the transition to turbulent flow during the period when large stagnation point heating was predicted. The experiments were conducted under the condition of M = 5 and Re = 10 to the 6th which was similar to the flight condition where the maximum stagnation point heating would occur. The experimental results also showed a high peak heating near the stagnation point over the spherical nose portion.

  17. Rapid determination of ions by combined solid-phase extraction--diffuse reflectance spectroscopy

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Fritz, James S.; Arena, Matteo P.; Steiner, Steven A.; Porter, Marc D.

    2003-01-01

    We introduce colorimetric solid-phase extraction (C-SPE) for the rapid determination of selected ions. This new technique links the exhaustive concentration of an analyte by SPE onto a membrane disk surface for quantitative measurement with a hand-held diffuse reflectance spectrometer. The concentration/measurement procedure is complete in approximately 1 min and can be performed almost anywhere. This method has been used to monitor iodine and iodide in spacecraft water in the 0.1-5.0 ppm range and silver(I) in the range of 5.0-1000 microg/l. Applications to the trace analysis of copper(II), nickel(II), iron(III) and chromium(VI) are described. Studies on the mechanism of extraction showed that impregnation of the disk with a surfactant as well as a complexing reagent results in uptake of additional water, which markedly improves the extraction efficiency.

  18. Method of Simulating Flow-Through Area of a Pressure Regulator

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hass, Neal E. (Inventor); Schallhorn, Paul A. (Inventor)

    2011-01-01

    The flow-through area of a pressure regulator positioned in a branch of a simulated fluid flow network is generated. A target pressure is defined downstream of the pressure regulator. A projected flow-through area is generated as a non-linear function of (i) target pressure, (ii) flow-through area of the pressure regulator for a current time step and a previous time step, and (iii) pressure at the downstream location for the current time step and previous time step. A simulated flow-through area for the next time step is generated as a sum of (i) flow-through area for the current time step, and (ii) a difference between the projected flow-through area and the flow-through area for the current time step multiplied by a user-defined rate control parameter. These steps are repeated for a sequence of time steps until the pressure at the downstream location is approximately equal to the target pressure.

  19. Implant-Related Gingival Recession: Pilot Case Series Presents Novel Technique and Scoring Template.

    PubMed

    El Askary, Abd El Salam; Ghallab, Noha A; Tan, Shuh-Chern; Rosen, Paul S; Shawkat, Ahmad

    2016-07-01

    This article introduces a novel protocol for the predictable treatment of Class II division 2 implantrelated gingival recession and presents an innovative acrylic template for scoring the peri-implant soft-tissue gain, used before and after treatment. Ten patients with Class II division 2 single-implant-related gingival recession received combined double-papillary flap approximation and rotated subepithelial connective tissue grafting from the palate, along with any preferred optimal grafting technique that suits the type of preexisting defect. Clinical gingival recession was recorded using a scoring template at 4, 6, and 9 months postoperatively. At the end of the 9-month follow-up period, 80% of the cases showed improved soft-tissue coverage; two patients showed significant wound complications that were related to poor home-care measures. The scoring method used can be considered a diagnostic and prognostic tool for better understanding of implant-related gingival recession.

  20. Space Shuttle main engine product improvement

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lucci, A. D.; Klatt, F. P.

    1985-01-01

    The current design of the Space Shuttle Main Engine has passed 11 certification cycles, amassed approximately a quarter million seconds of engine test time in 1200 tests and successfully launched the Space Shuttle 17 times of 51 engine launches through May 1985. Building on this extensive background, two development programs are underway at Rocketdyne to improve the flow of hot gas through the powerhead and evaluate the changes to increase the performance margins in the engine. These two programs, called Phase II+ and Technology Test Bed Precursor program are described. Phase II+ develops a two-tube hot-gas manifold that improves the component environment. The Precursor program will evaluate a larger throat main combustion chamber, conduct combustion stability testing of a baffleless main injector, fabricate an experimental weld-free heat exchanger tube, fabricate and test a high pressure oxidizer turbopump with an improved inlet, and develop and test methods for reducing temperature transients at start and shutdown.

  1. Single photon emission computed tomographic studies (SPECT) of hepatic arterial perfusion scintigraphy (HAPS) in patients with colorectal liver metastases: improved tumour targetting by microspheres with angiotensin II.

    PubMed

    Goldberg, J A; Bradnam, M S; Kerr, D J; McKillop, J H; Bessent, R G; McArdle, C S; Willmott, N; George, W D

    1987-12-01

    As intra-arterial chemotherapy for liver metastases of colorectal origin becomes accepted, methods of further improving drug delivery to the tumour have been devised. Degradable microspheres have been shown to reduce regional blood flow by transient arteriolar capillary block, thereby improving uptake of a co-administered drug, when injected into the hepatic artery. In our study of five patients, we combined hepatic arterial perfusion scintigraphy (HAPS) and SPECT to assess the localization of approximately 1 X 10(5) labelled microspheres of human serum albumin (99Tcm MSA) in tumour. In addition, in three patients, we assessed the effect of an intra-arterial infusion of the vasoactive agent angiotension II during HAPS. Results were interpreted by comparing transaxial slices with corresponding slices of a tin colloid liver-spleen scan. Two of five patients showed good localization of 99Tcm MSA in tumour without an angiotensin II infusion. Of the three patients receiving angiotensin II, all showed good tumour targetting with the vasoconstrictor compared with only one of these three before its use. Thus, hepatic arterial infusion of angiotensin II greatly improves microsphere localization in tumour in some patients with colorectal liver metastases. This technique may be useful in the assessment of tumour targetting before and during locoregional therapy.

  2. Stellar model chromospheres. III - Arcturus /K2 III/

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ayres, T. R.; Linsky, J. L.

    1975-01-01

    Models are constructed for the upper photosphere and chromosphere of Arcturus based on the H, K, and IR triplet lines of Ca II and the h and k lines of Mg II. The chromosphere model is derived from complete redistribution solutions for a five-level Ca II ion and a two-level Mg II ion. A photospheric model is derived from the Ca II wings using first the 'traditional' complete-redistribution limit and then the more realistic partial-redistribution approximation. The temperature and mass column densities for the temperature-minimum region and the chromosphere-transition region boundary are computed, and the pressure in the transition region and corona are estimated. It is found that the ratio of minimum temperature to effective temperature is approximately 0.77 for Arcturus, Procyon, and the sun, and that mass tends to increase at the temperature minimum with decreasing gravity. The pressure is found to be about 1 percent of the solar value, and the surface brightness of the Arcturus transition region and coronal spectrum is estimated to be much less than for the sun. The partial-redistribution calculation for the Ca II K line indicates that the emission width is at least partially determined by damping rather than Doppler broadening, suggesting a reexamination of previous explanations for the Wilson-Bappu effect.

  3. Individual Differences Related to College Students' Course Performance in Calculus II

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hart, Sara A.; Daucourt, Mia; Ganley, Colleen M.

    2017-01-01

    In this study, we explore student achievement in a semester-long flipped Calculus II course, combining various predictor measures related to student attitudes (math anxiety, math confidence, math interest, math importance) and cognitive skills (spatial skills, approximate number system), as well as student engagement with the online system…

  4. Boundary-layer effects in composite laminates. I - Free-edge stress singularities. II - Free-edge stress solutions and basic characteristics

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wang, S. S.; Choi, I.

    1982-01-01

    The fundamental nature of the boundary-layer effect in fiber-reinforced composite laminates is formulated in terms of the theory of anisotropic elasticity. The basic structure of the boundary-layer field solution is obtained by using Lekhnitskii's stress potentials (1963). The boundary-layer stress field is found to be singular at composite laminate edges, and the exact order or strength of the boundary layer stress singularity is determined using an eigenfunction expansion method. A complete solution to the boundary-layer problem is then derived, and the convergence and accuracy of the solution are analyzed, comparing results with existing approximate numerical solutions. The solution method is demonstrated for a symmetric graphite-epoxy composite.

  5. Large-scale semidefinite programming for many-electron quantum mechanics.

    PubMed

    Mazziotti, David A

    2011-02-25

    The energy of a many-electron quantum system can be approximated by a constrained optimization of the two-electron reduced density matrix (2-RDM) that is solvable in polynomial time by semidefinite programming (SDP). Here we develop a SDP method for computing strongly correlated 2-RDMs that is 10-20 times faster than previous methods [D. A. Mazziotti, Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 213001 (2004)]. We illustrate with (i) the dissociation of N(2) and (ii) the metal-to-insulator transition of H(50). For H(50) the SDP problem has 9.4×10(6) variables. This advance also expands the feasibility of large-scale applications in quantum information, control, statistics, and economics. © 2011 American Physical Society

  6. Large-Scale Semidefinite Programming for Many-Electron Quantum Mechanics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mazziotti, David A.

    2011-02-01

    The energy of a many-electron quantum system can be approximated by a constrained optimization of the two-electron reduced density matrix (2-RDM) that is solvable in polynomial time by semidefinite programming (SDP). Here we develop a SDP method for computing strongly correlated 2-RDMs that is 10-20 times faster than previous methods [D. A. Mazziotti, Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 213001 (2004)PRLTAO0031-900710.1103/PhysRevLett.93.213001]. We illustrate with (i) the dissociation of N2 and (ii) the metal-to-insulator transition of H50. For H50 the SDP problem has 9.4×106 variables. This advance also expands the feasibility of large-scale applications in quantum information, control, statistics, and economics.

  7. Mechanism of high glucose induced angiotensin II production in rat vascular smooth muscle cells.

    PubMed

    Lavrentyev, Eduard N; Estes, Anne M; Malik, Kafait U

    2007-08-31

    Angiotensin II (Ang II), a circulating hormone that can be synthesized locally in the vasculature, has been implicated in diabetes-associated vascular complications. This study was conducted to determine whether high glucose (HG) (approximately 23.1 mmol/L), a diabetic-like condition, stimulates Ang II generation and the underlying mechanism of its production in rat vascular smooth muscle cells. The contribution of various enzymes involved in Ang II generation was investigated by silencing their expression with small interfering RNA in cells exposed to normal glucose (approximately 4.1 mmol/L) and HG. Angiotensin I (Ang I) was generated from angiotensinogen by cathepsin D in the presence of normal glucose or HG. Although HG did not affect the rate of angiotensinogen conversion, it decreased expression of angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE), downregulated ACE-dependent Ang II generation, and upregulated rat vascular chymase-dependent Ang II generation. The ACE inhibitor captopril reduced Ang II levels in the media by 90% in the presence of normal glucose and 19% in HG, whereas rat vascular chymase silencing reduced Ang II production in cells exposed to HG but not normal glucose. The glucose transporter inhibitor cytochalasin B, the aldose reductase inhibitor alrestatin, and the advanced glycation end product formation inhibitor aminoguanidine attenuated HG-induced Ang II generation. HG caused a transient increase in extracellular signal-regulated kinase (ERK)1/2 phosphorylation, and ERK1/2 inhibitors reduced Ang II accumulation by HG. These data suggest that polyol pathway metabolites and AGE can stimulate rat vascular chymase activity via ERK1/2 activation and increase Ang II production. In addition, decreased Ang II degradation, which, in part, could be attributable to a decrease in angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 expression observed in HG, contributes to increased accumulation of Ang II in vascular smooth muscle cells by HG.

  8. II-VI colloidal quantum-dot/quantum-rod heterostructures under electric field effect and their energy transfer rate to graphene

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zahra, H.; Elmaghroui, D.; Fezai, I.; Jaziri, S.

    2016-11-01

    We theoretically investigate the energy transfer between a CdSe/CdS Quantum-dot/Quantum-rod (QD/QR) core/shell structure and a weakly doped graphene layer, separated by a dielectric spacer. A numerical method assuming the realistic shape of the type I and quasi-type II CdSe/CdS QD/QR is developed in order to calculate their energy structure. An electric field is applied for both types to manipulate the carriers localization and the exciton energy. Our evaluation for the isolated QD/QR shows that a quantum confined Stark effect can be obtained with large negative electric filed while a small effect is observed with positive ones. Owing to the evolution of the carriers delocalization and their excitonic energy versus the electric field, both type I and quasi-type II QD/QR donors are suitable as sources of charge and energy. With a view to improve its absorption, the graphene sheet (acceptor) is placed at different distances from the QD/QR (donor). Using the random phase approximation and the massless Dirac Fermi approximation, the quenching rate integral is exactly evaluated. That reveals a high transfer rate that can be obtained with type I QD/QR with no dependence on the electric field. On the contrary, a high dependence is obtained for the quasi-type II donor and a high fluorescence rate from F = 80 kV/cm. Rather than the exciton energy, the transition dipole is found to be responsible for the evolution of the fluorescence rate. We find also that the fluorescence rate decreases with increasing the spacer thickness and shows a power low dependence. The QD/QR fluorescence quenching can be observed up to large distance which is estimated to be dependent only on the donor exciton energy.

  9. Instantaneous temperature field measurements using planar laser-induced fluorescence.

    PubMed

    Seitzman, J M; Kychakoff, G; Hanson, R K

    1985-09-01

    A single-pulse, laser-induced-fluorescence diagnostic for the measurement of two-dimensional temperature fields in combustion flows is described. The method uses sheet illumination from a tunable laser to excite planar laserinduced fluorescence in a stable tracer molecule, seeded at constant mole fraction into the flow field. The temporal resolution of this technique is determined by the laser pulse length. Experimental results are presented for a rodstabilized, premixed methane-air flame, using the Q(1) (22) line of the nitric oxide A(2) Sigma(+) (v = 0) ? X(2)II((1/2))(v = 0) transition (lambda approximately 225.6 nm).

  10. Modifications to the NASA SP-8072 Distributed Source Method II for Ares I Lift-off Environment Predictions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Haynes, Jared; Kenny, Jeremy

    2009-01-01

    Lift-off acoustic environments for NASA's Ares I - Crew Launch Vehicle are predicted using the second source distribution methodology described in the NASA SP-8072. Three modifications made to the model include a shorter core length approximation, a core termination procedure upon plume deflection, and a new set of directivity indices measured from static test firings of the Reusable Solid Rocket Motor (RSRM). The modified sound pressure level predictions increased more than 5 dB overall, and the peak levels shifted two third-octave bands higher in frequency.

  11. Design of cadmium-free colloidal II-VI semiconductor quantum dots exhibiting RGB emission

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Asano, Hiroshi; Omata, Takahisa

    2017-04-01

    The size and composition dependence of the optical gap of colloidal alloyed quantum dots (QDs) of Zn(Te1-xSex) and Zn(Te1-xSx) were calculated by the finite-depth-well effective mass approximation method. QDs that exhibited red, green and blue emission were explored to develop cadmium-free II-VI chalcogenide-based QD-phosphors. We considered that highly monodisperse colloidal QDs with diameters of 3-6 nm are easy to synthesize and II-VI semiconductor QDs usually exhibit a Stokes shift ranging between 50 and 150 meV. We showed that Zn(Te1-xSex) QDs with 0.02≤x≤0.68, and 0≤x≤0.06, and 0.66≤x≤0.9 may be expected to exhibit green, and blue emission, respectively. Zn(Te1-xSx) QDs with 0.26≤x≤0.37, 0.01≤x≤0.2 and 0.45≤x≤0.61, 0≤x≤0.02, and 0.63≤x≤0.72, should give red, green and blue emission respectively. On the basis of our calculations, we showed that Zn(Te,Se) and Zn(Te,S) QDs are very promising cadmium-free II-VI chalcogenide semiconductor QD phosphors.

  12. Approximate effective nonlinear coefficient of second-harmonic generation in KTiOPO(4).

    PubMed

    Asaumi, K

    1993-10-20

    A simplified approximate expression for the effective nonlinear coefficient of type-II second-harmonicgeneration in KTiOPO(4) was obtained by observing that the difference between the refractive indices n(x) and n(y) is 1 order of magnitude smaller than the difference between n(z) and n(y) (or n(x)). The agreement of this approximate equation with the true definition is good, with a maximum discrepancy of 4%.

  13. A comparison of the Stratospheric Aerosol and Gas Experiment II tropospheric water vapor to radiosonde measurements

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Larsen, J. C.; Chiou, E. W.; Chu, W. P.; Mccormick, M. P.; Mcmaster, L. R.; Oltmans, S.; Rind, D.

    1993-01-01

    Results are presented of a comparison beteen observations of the upper-tropospheric water vapor data obtained from the Stratospheric Aerosol and Gas Experiment II (SAGE II) instrument and radiosonde observations for 1987 and radiosonde-based climatologies. Colocated SAGE II-radiosonde measurement pairs are compared individually and in a zonal mean sense. A straight comparison of monthly zonal means between SAGE II and radiosondes for 1987 and Global Atmospheric Statistics (1963-1973) indicates that the clear-sky SAGE II climatology is approximately half the level of clear/cloudy sky of both radiosonde climatologies. Annual zonal means calculated from the set of profile pairs again showed SAGE II to be significantly drier in many altitude bands.

  14. Modified level II streambed-scour analysis for structure I-65-85-5527 crossing Sugar Creek in Johnson County, Indiana

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Robinson, B.A.; Voelker, D.C.; Miller, R.L.

    1997-01-01

    Level II scour evaluations follow a process in which hydrologic, hydraulic, and sediment transport data are evaluated to calculate the depth of scour that may result when a given discharge is routed through a bridge opening. The results of the modified Level II analysis for structure 1-65-85-5527 on Interstate 65 crossing Sugar Creek in Johnson County, Indiana, are presented. The site is near the town of Amity in the southeastern part of Johnson County. Scour depths were computed with the Water Surface PROfile model, version V050196, which incorporates the scour-calculation procedures outlined in Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 18. Total scour depths at the piers were approximately 26.8 feet for the modeled discharge of 26,000 cubic feet per second and approximately 30.8 feet for the modeled discharge of 34,100 cubic feet per second

  15. Modified level II streambed-scour analysis for structure I-74-32-4946 crossing Sugar Creek in Montgomery County, Indiana

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Miller, R.L.; Robinson, B.A.; Voelker, D.C.

    1997-01-01

    Level II scour evaluations follow a process in which hydrologic, hydraulic, and sedient-transport data are evaluated to calculate the depth of scour that may result when given discharge is routed through a bridge opening. The results of the modified Levell II analysis for structure I-74-32-4946 on Interstate 74 crossing Sugar Creek in Montgomery County, Indiana are presented. The site is near the town of Crawfordsville in the central part of Montgomery County. Scour depths were computed with the Water Surface PROfile model, version V050196, which incorporates the scour-calculation procedures outlined in Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 18. Total scour depths at the piers were approximately 13.0 feet for the modeled discharge of 3,000  cubic feet per second and approximately 15.1 feet for the modeled discharge of 41,900 cubic feet per second.

  16. Computational model for operation of 2 mum co-doped Tm,Ho solid state lasers.

    PubMed

    Louchev, Oleg A; Urata, Yoshiharu; Saito, Norihito; Wada, Satoshi

    2007-09-17

    A computational model for operation of co-doped Tm,Ho solid-state lasers is developed coupling (i) 8-level rate equations with (ii) TEM00 laser beam distribution, and (iii) complex heat dissipation model. Simulations done for Q-switched approximately 0.1 J giant pulse generation by Tm,Ho:YLF laser show that approximately 43% of the 785 nm light diode side-pumped energy is directly transformed into the heat inside the crystal, whereas approximately 45% is the spontaneously emitted radiation from (3)F(4), (5)I(7) , (3)H(4) and (3)H(5) levels. In water-cooled operation this radiation is absorbed inside the thermal boundary layer where the heat transfer is dominated by heat conduction. In high-power operation the resulting temperature increase is shown to lead to (i) significant decrease in giant pulse energy and (ii) thermal lensing.

  17. Exchange-driven growth.

    PubMed

    Ben-Naim, E; Krapivsky, P L

    2003-09-01

    We study a class of growth processes in which clusters evolve via exchange of particles. We show that depending on the rate of exchange there are three possibilities: (I) Growth-clusters grow indefinitely, (II) gelation-all mass is transformed into an infinite gel in a finite time, and (III) instant gelation. In regimes I and II, the cluster size distribution attains a self-similar form. The large size tail of the scaling distribution is Phi(x) approximately exp(-x(2-nu)), where nu is a homogeneity degree of the rate of exchange. At the borderline case nu=2, the distribution exhibits a generic algebraic tail, Phi(x) approximately x(-5). In regime III, the gel nucleates immediately and consumes the entire system. For finite systems, the gelation time vanishes logarithmically, T approximately [lnN](-(nu-2)), in the large system size limit N--> infinity. The theory is applied to coarsening in the infinite range Ising-Kawasaki model and in electrostatically driven granular layers.

  18. Laplace approximation for Bessel functions of matrix argument

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Butler, Ronald W.; Wood, Andrew T. A.

    2003-06-01

    We derive Laplace approximations to three functions of matrix argument which arise in statistics and elsewhere: matrix Bessel A[nu]; matrix Bessel B[nu]; and the type II confluent hypergeometric function of matrix argument, [Psi]. We examine the theoretical and numerical properties of the approximations. On the theoretical side, it is shown that the Laplace approximations to A[nu], B[nu] and [Psi] given here, together with the Laplace approximations to the matrix argument functions 1F1 and 2F1 presented in Butler and Wood (Laplace approximations to hyper-geometric functions with matrix argument, Ann. Statist. (2002)), satisfy all the important confluence relations and symmetry relations enjoyed by the original functions.

  19. CVD-MPFA full pressure support, coupled unstructured discrete fracture-matrix Darcy-flux approximations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ahmed, Raheel; Edwards, Michael G.; Lamine, Sadok; Huisman, Bastiaan A. H.; Pal, Mayur

    2017-11-01

    Two novel control-volume methods are presented for flow in fractured media, and involve coupling the control-volume distributed multi-point flux approximation (CVD-MPFA) constructed with full pressure support (FPS), to two types of discrete fracture-matrix approximation for simulation on unstructured grids; (i) involving hybrid grids and (ii) a lower dimensional fracture model. Flow is governed by Darcy's law together with mass conservation both in the matrix and the fractures, where large discontinuities in permeability tensors can occur. Finite-volume FPS schemes are more robust than the earlier CVD-MPFA triangular pressure support (TPS) schemes for problems involving highly anisotropic homogeneous and heterogeneous full-tensor permeability fields. We use a cell-centred hybrid-grid method, where fractures are modelled by lower-dimensional interfaces between matrix cells in the physical mesh but expanded to equi-dimensional cells in the computational domain. We present a simple procedure to form a consistent hybrid-grid locally for a dual-cell. We also propose a novel hybrid-grid for intersecting fractures, for the FPS method, which reduces the condition number of the global linear system and leads to larger time steps for tracer transport. The transport equation for tracer flow is coupled with the pressure equation and provides flow parameter assessment of the fracture models. Transport results obtained via TPS and FPS hybrid-grid formulations are compared with the corresponding results of fine-scale explicit equi-dimensional formulations. The results show that the hybrid-grid FPS method applies to general full-tensor fields and provides improved robust approximations compared to the hybrid-grid TPS method for fractured domains, for both weakly anisotropic permeability fields and very strong anisotropic full-tensor permeability fields where the TPS scheme exhibits spurious oscillations. The hybrid-grid FPS formulation is extended to compressible flow and the results demonstrate the method is also robust for transient flow. Furthermore, we present FPS coupled with a lower-dimensional fracture model, where fractures are strictly lower-dimensional in the physical mesh as well as in the computational domain. We present a comparison of the hybrid-grid FPS method and the lower-dimensional fracture model for several cases of isotropic and anisotropic fractured media which illustrate the benefits of the respective methods.

  20. TORO II simulations of induction heating in ferromagnetic materials

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Adkins, D.R.; Gartling, D.K.; Kelley, J.B.

    TORO II is a finite element computer program that is used in the simulation of electric and magnetic fields. This code, which was developed at Sandia National Laboratories, has been coupled with a finite element thermal code, COYOTE II, to predict temperature profiles in inductively heated parts. The development of an effective technique to account for the nonlinear behavior of the magnetic permeability in ferromagnetic parts is one of the more difficult aspects of solving induction heating problems. In the TORO II code, nonlinear, spatially varying magnetic permeability is approximated by an effective permeability on an element-by-element basis that effectivelymore » provides the same energy deposition that is produced when the true permeability is used. This approximation has been found to give an accurate estimate of the volumetric heating distribution in the part, and predicted temperature distributions have been experimentally verified using a medium carbon steel and a 10kW industrial induction heating unit. Work on the model was funded through a Cooperative Research and Development Agreement (CRADA) between the Department of Energy and General Motors` Delphi Saginaw Steering Systems.« less

  1. 27 CFR 9.97 - Sonoita.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... feet) in the Canelo Hills. (ii) From there in a straight line eastward for approximately 10 miles, to...-northwestward for approximately 21 miles in a straight line to the summit of Granite Peak (7,413 feet) in the... Mount Wrightson (9,543 feet) in the Santa Rita Mountains. (2) Boundary Description—(i) From the starting...

  2. 27 CFR 9.97 - Sonoita.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... feet) in the Canelo Hills. (ii) From there in a straight line eastward for approximately 10 miles, to...-northwestward for approximately 21 miles in a straight line to the summit of Granite Peak (7,413 feet) in the... Mount Wrightson (9,543 feet) in the Santa Rita Mountains. (2) Boundary Description—(i) From the starting...

  3. 27 CFR 9.97 - Sonoita.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... feet) in the Canelo Hills. (ii) From there in a straight line eastward for approximately 10 miles, to...-northwestward for approximately 21 miles in a straight line to the summit of Granite Peak (7,413 feet) in the... Mount Wrightson (9,543 feet) in the Santa Rita Mountains. (2) Boundary Description—(i) From the starting...

  4. 27 CFR 9.97 - Sonoita.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... feet) in the Canelo Hills. (ii) From there in a straight line eastward for approximately 10 miles, to...-northwestward for approximately 21 miles in a straight line to the summit of Granite Peak (7,413 feet) in the... Mount Wrightson (9,543 feet) in the Santa Rita Mountains. (2) Boundary Description—(i) From the starting...

  5. 27 CFR 9.97 - Sonoita.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... feet) in the Canelo Hills. (ii) From there in a straight line eastward for approximately 10 miles, to...-northwestward for approximately 21 miles in a straight line to the summit of Granite Peak (7,413 feet) in the... Mount Wrightson (9,543 feet) in the Santa Rita Mountains. (2) Boundary Description—(i) From the starting...

  6. 46 CFR 164.008-3 - Testing procedure.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... means of wire clips to a 10 cm. × 10 cm. frame of 1 mm. diameter. A wire handle approximately 75 cm. long attached to the frame would facilitate its use on the specimen. (3) When testing for cracks or... located approximately in the center of each quadrant of the steel plate (four thermocouples total). (ii...

  7. 46 CFR 164.008-3 - Testing procedure.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... means of wire clips to a 10 cm. × 10 cm. frame of 1 mm. diameter. A wire handle approximately 75 cm. long attached to the frame would facilitate its use on the specimen. (3) When testing for cracks or... located approximately in the center of each quadrant of the steel plate (four thermocouples total). (ii...

  8. Model reduction of dynamical systems by proper orthogonal decomposition: Error bounds and comparison of methods using snapshots from the solution and the time derivatives [Proper orthogonal decomposition model reduction of dynamical systems: error bounds and comparison of methods using snapshots from the solution and the time derivatives

    DOE PAGES

    Kostova-Vassilevska, Tanya; Oxberry, Geoffrey M.

    2017-09-17

    In this study, we consider two proper orthogonal decomposition (POD) methods for dimension reduction of dynamical systems. The first method (M1) uses only time snapshots of the solution, while the second method (M2) augments the snapshot set with time-derivative snapshots. The goal of the paper is to analyze and compare the approximation errors resulting from the two methods by using error bounds. We derive several new bounds of the error from POD model reduction by each of the two methods. The new error bounds involve a multiplicative factor depending on the time steps between the snapshots. For method M1 themore » factor depends on the second power of the time step, while for method 2 the dependence is on the fourth power of the time step, suggesting that method M2 can be more accurate for small between-snapshot intervals. However, three other factors also affect the size of the error bounds. These include (i) the norm of the second (for M1) and fourth derivatives (M2); (ii) the first neglected singular value and (iii) the spectral properties of the projection of the system’s Jacobian in the reduced space. Because of the interplay of these factors neither method is more accurate than the other in all cases. Finally, we present numerical examples demonstrating that when the number of collected snapshots is small and the first neglected singular value has a value of zero, method M2 results in a better approximation.« less

  9. Model reduction of dynamical systems by proper orthogonal decomposition: Error bounds and comparison of methods using snapshots from the solution and the time derivatives [Proper orthogonal decomposition model reduction of dynamical systems: error bounds and comparison of methods using snapshots from the solution and the time derivatives

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kostova-Vassilevska, Tanya; Oxberry, Geoffrey M.

    In this study, we consider two proper orthogonal decomposition (POD) methods for dimension reduction of dynamical systems. The first method (M1) uses only time snapshots of the solution, while the second method (M2) augments the snapshot set with time-derivative snapshots. The goal of the paper is to analyze and compare the approximation errors resulting from the two methods by using error bounds. We derive several new bounds of the error from POD model reduction by each of the two methods. The new error bounds involve a multiplicative factor depending on the time steps between the snapshots. For method M1 themore » factor depends on the second power of the time step, while for method 2 the dependence is on the fourth power of the time step, suggesting that method M2 can be more accurate for small between-snapshot intervals. However, three other factors also affect the size of the error bounds. These include (i) the norm of the second (for M1) and fourth derivatives (M2); (ii) the first neglected singular value and (iii) the spectral properties of the projection of the system’s Jacobian in the reduced space. Because of the interplay of these factors neither method is more accurate than the other in all cases. Finally, we present numerical examples demonstrating that when the number of collected snapshots is small and the first neglected singular value has a value of zero, method M2 results in a better approximation.« less

  10. A Study of the Vertical Structure of Tropical (20 deg S-20 deg N) Optically Thin Clouds from SAGE II Observations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wang, Pi-Huan; Minnis, Patrick; McCormick, M. Patrick; Kent, Geoffrey S.; Yue, Glenn K.; Young, David F.; Skeens, Kristi M.

    1998-01-01

    The tropical cloud data obtained by the satellite instrument of the Stratospheric Aerosol and Gas Experiment (SAGE) II from October 1984 to May 1991 have been used to study cloud vertical distribution, including thickness and multilayer structure, and to estimate cloud optical depth. The results indicate that the SAGE-II-observed clouds are generally optically thin clouds, corresponding to a range of optical depth between approximately 8 x 10(exp -4) and 3 x 10(exp -1) with a mean of about 0.035. Two-thirds are classified as subvisual cirrus and one-third thin cirrus. Clouds between 2- to 3-km thick occur most frequently. Approximately 30% of the SAGE II cloud measurements are isolated single-layer clouds, while 65% are high clouds contiguous with an underlying opaque cloud that terminates the SAGE II profile. Thin clouds above detached opaque clouds at altitudes greater than 6.5 km occur less often. Only about 3% of the SAGE II single-layer clouds are located above the tropopause, while 58% of the cloud layers never reach the tropopause. More than one-third of the clouds appear at the tropopause. This study also shows that clouds occur more frequently and extend higher above the tropopause over the western Pacific than than over the eastern Pacific, especially during northern winter. The uncertainty of the derived results due to the SAGE II sampling constraints, data processing, and cloud characteristics is discussed.

  11. The wide-angle equation and its solution through the short-time iterative Lanczos method.

    PubMed

    Campos-Martínez, José; Coalson, Rob D

    2003-03-20

    Properties of the wide-angle equation (WAEQ), a nonparaxial scalar wave equation used to propagate light through media characterized by inhomogeneous refractive-index profiles, are studied. In particular, it is shown that the WAEQ is not equivalent to the more complicated but more fundamental Helmholtz equation (HEQ) when the index of refraction profile depends on the position along the propagation axis. This includes all nonstraight waveguides. To study the quality of the WAEQ approximation, we present a novel method for computing solutions to the WAEQ. This method, based on a short-time iterative Lanczos (SIL) algorithm, can be applied directly to the full three-dimensional case, i.e., systems consisting of the propagation axis coordinate and two transverse coordinates. Furthermore, the SIL method avoids series-expansion procedures (e.g., Padé approximants) and thus convergence problems associated with such procedures. Detailed comparisons of solutions to the HEQ, WAEQ, and the paraxial equation (PEQ) are presented for two cases in which numerically exact solutions to the HEQ can be obtained by independent analysis, namely, (i) propagation in a uniform dielectric medium and (ii) propagation along a straight waveguide that has been tilted at an angle to the propagation axis. The quality of WAEQ and PEQ, compared with exact HEQ results, is investigated. Cases are found for which the WAEQ actually performs worse than the PEQ.

  12. Taking stock of medication wastage: Unused medications in US households.

    PubMed

    Law, Anandi V; Sakharkar, Prashant; Zargarzadeh, Amir; Tai, Bik Wai Bilvick; Hess, Karl; Hata, Micah; Mireles, Rudolph; Ha, Carolyn; Park, Tony J

    2015-01-01

    Despite the potential deleterious impact on patient safety, environmental safety and health care expenditures, the extent of unused prescription medications in US households and reasons for nonuse remain unknown. To estimate the extent, type and cost of unused medications and the reasons for their nonuse among US households. A cross-sectional, observational two-phased study was conducted using a convenience sample in Southern California. A web-based survey (Phase I, n = 238) at one health sciences institution and paper-based survey (Phase II, n = 68) at planned drug take-back events at three community pharmacies were conducted. The extent, type, and cost of unused medications and the reasons for their nonuse were collected. Approximately 2 of 3 prescription medications were reported unused; disease/condition improved (42.4%), forgetfulness (5.8%) and side effects (6.5%) were reasons cited for their nonuse. "Throwing medications in the trash" was found being the common method of disposal (63%). In phase I, pain medications (23.3%) and antibiotics (18%) were most commonly reported as unused, whereas in Phase II, 17% of medications for chronic conditions (hypertension, diabetes, cholesterol, heart disease) and 8.3% for mental health problems were commonly reported as unused. Phase II participants indicated pharmacy as a preferred location for drug disposal. The total estimated cost for unused medications was approximately $59,264.20 (average retail Rx price) to $152,014.89 (AWP) from both phases, borne largely by private health insurance. When extrapolated to a national level, it was approximately $2.4B for elderly taking five prescription medications to $5.4B for the 52% of US adults who take one prescription medication daily. Two out of three dispensed medications were unused, with national projected costs ranging from $2.4B to $5.4B. This wastage raises concerns about adherence, cost and safety; additionally, it points to the need for public awareness and policy to reduce wastage. Pharmacists can play an important role by educating patients both on appropriate medication use and disposal. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  13. A fast Bayesian approach to discrete object detection in astronomical data sets - PowellSnakes I

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Carvalho, Pedro; Rocha, Graça; Hobson, M. P.

    2009-03-01

    A new fast Bayesian approach is introduced for the detection of discrete objects immersed in a diffuse background. This new method, called PowellSnakes, speeds up traditional Bayesian techniques by (i) replacing the standard form of the likelihood for the parameters characterizing the discrete objects by an alternative exact form that is much quicker to evaluate; (ii) using a simultaneous multiple minimization code based on Powell's direction set algorithm to locate rapidly the local maxima in the posterior and (iii) deciding whether each located posterior peak corresponds to a real object by performing a Bayesian model selection using an approximate evidence value based on a local Gaussian approximation to the peak. The construction of this Gaussian approximation also provides the covariance matrix of the uncertainties in the derived parameter values for the object in question. This new approach provides a speed up in performance by a factor of `100' as compared to existing Bayesian source extraction methods that use Monte Carlo Markov chain to explore the parameter space, such as that presented by Hobson & McLachlan. The method can be implemented in either real or Fourier space. In the case of objects embedded in a homogeneous random field, working in Fourier space provides a further speed up that takes advantage of the fact that the correlation matrix of the background is circulant. We illustrate the capabilities of the method by applying to some simplified toy models. Furthermore, PowellSnakes has the advantage of consistently defining the threshold for acceptance/rejection based on priors which cannot be said of the frequentist methods. We present here the first implementation of this technique (version I). Further improvements to this implementation are currently under investigation and will be published shortly. The application of the method to realistic simulated Planck observations will be presented in a forthcoming publication.

  14. Increasing Trends in Schedule II Opioid Use and Doctor Shopping during 1999–2007 in California

    PubMed Central

    Han, Huijun; Kass, Philip H.; Wilsey, Barth L.; Li, Chin-Shang

    2013-01-01

    Purpose To examine the age and gender-specific trends of schedule II opioid use among California residents, with special reference to multiple provider users (“doctor shoppers”). Methods Utilizing data from the California Prescription Drug Monitoring Program, we examined age and gender-specific trends of Schedule II opioid use during calendar years 1999–2007. Specifically, we analyzed: 1) the prevalence of Schedule II opioid users among California’s population, and 2) the proportion of these opioid users who were doctor shoppers (defined as an individual who used more than five different prescribers for all schedule II opioids he/she obtained in a calendar year). Results Among all age and gender groups, the prevalence of Schedule II opioid users in California increased by 150%–280% and the prevalence of doctor shoppers among users increased by 111%–213% over nine years. The prevalence of opioid users was lowest among 18–44 year-old males (1.25%) and highest among 65 years and older females (5.31%) by 2007. The prevalence of doctor shoppers was approximately 1.4% among those up to age 64 and 0.5% among those 65 years and older. The gender difference in doctor shoppers among all age groups was negligible. On average, the cumulative morphine-equivalent amount of Schedule II opioid per individual obtained per year was three- to six-fold higher for doctor shoppers than for the general population across different age and gender groups. Conclusions Age and gender differences in opioid use were relatively small, while the trends for use of opioids and multiple providers grew at a disquieting rate. PMID:23956137

  15. Interactions of photosystem II with bicarbonate, formate and acetate.

    PubMed

    Shevela, Dmitriy; Klimov, Vyacheslav; Messinger, Johannes

    2007-01-01

    In this study, we probe the effects of bicarbonate (hydrogencarbonate), BC, removal from photosystem II in spinach thylakoids by measuring flash-induced oxygen evolution patterns (FIOPs) with a Joliot-type electrode. For this we compared three commonly employed methods: (1) washing in BC-free medium, (2) formate addition, and (3) acetate addition. Washing of the samples with buffers depleted of BC and CO2 by bubbling with argon (Method 1) under our conditions leads to an increase in the double hit parameter of the first flash (beta 1), while the miss parameter and the overall activity remain unchanged. In contrast, addition of 40-50 mM formate or acetate results in a significant increase in the miss parameter and to an approximately 50% (formate) and approximately 10% (acetate) inhibition of the overall oxygen evolution activity, but not to an increased beta 1 parameter. All described effects could be reversed by washing with formate/acetate free buffer and/or addition of 2-10 mM bicarbonate. The redox potential of the water-oxidizing complex (WOC) in samples treated by Method 1 is compared to samples containing 2 mM bicarbonate in two ways: (1) The lifetimes of the S0, S2, and S3 states were measured, and no differences were found between the two sample types. (2) The S1, S0, S(-1), and S(-2) states were probed by incubation with small concentrations of NH2OH. These experiments displayed a subtle, yet highly reproducible difference in the apparent Si/S(-i) state distribution which is shown to arise from the interaction of BC with PSII in the already reduced states of the WOC. These data are discussed in detail by also taking into account the CO2 concentrations present in the buffers after argon bubbling and during the measurements. These values were measured by membrane-inlet mass spectrometry (MIMS).

  16. Light Scattering by Fractal Dust Aggregates. II. Opacity and Asymmetry Parameter

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tazaki, Ryo; Tanaka, Hidekazu

    2018-06-01

    Optical properties of dust aggregates are important at various astrophysical environments. To find a reliable approximation method for optical properties of dust aggregates, we calculate the opacity and the asymmetry parameter of dust aggregates by using a rigorous numerical method, the T-Matrix Method, and then the results are compared to those obtained by approximate methods: the Rayleigh–Gans–Debye (RGD) theory, the effective medium theory (EMT), and the distribution of hollow spheres method (DHS). First of all, we confirm that the RGD theory breaks down when multiple scattering is important. In addition, we find that both EMT and DHS fail to reproduce the optical properties of dust aggregates with fractal dimensions of 2 when the incident wavelength is shorter than the aggregate radius. In order to solve these problems, we test the mean field theory (MFT), where multiple scattering can be taken into account. We show that the extinction opacity of dust aggregates can be well reproduced by MFT. However, it is also shown that MFT is not able to reproduce the scattering and absorption opacities when multiple scattering is important. We successfully resolve this weak point of MFT, by newly developing a modified mean field theory (MMF). Hence, we conclude that MMF can be a useful tool to investigate radiative transfer properties of various astrophysical environments. We also point out an enhancement of the absorption opacity of dust aggregates in the Rayleigh domain, which would be important to explain the large millimeter-wave opacity inferred from observations of protoplanetary disks.

  17. 21 CFR 161.173 - Canned wet pack shrimp in transparent or nontransparent containers.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... (dorsal tract, back vein, or sand vein). (ii) Deveined shrimp containing not less than 95 percent by...) Acceptable quality level (AQL). The maximum percent of defective sample units permitted in a lot that will be accepted approximately 95 percent of the time. (ii) Sampling plans: Acceptable Quality Level 6.5 Lot size...

  18. Gene Scanning of an Internalin B Gene Fragment Using High-Resolution Melting Curve Analysis as a Tool for Rapid Typing of Listeria monocytogenes

    PubMed Central

    Pietzka, Ariane T.; Stöger, Anna; Huhulescu, Steliana; Allerberger, Franz; Ruppitsch, Werner

    2011-01-01

    The ability to accurately track Listeria monocytogenes strains involved in outbreaks is essential for control and prevention of listeriosis. Because current typing techniques are time-consuming, cost-intensive, technically demanding, and difficult to standardize, we developed a rapid and cost-effective method for typing of L. monocytogenes. In all, 172 clinical L. monocytogenes isolates and 20 isolates from culture collections were typed by high-resolution melting (HRM) curve analysis of a specific locus of the internalin B gene (inlB). All obtained HRM curve profiles were verified by sequence analysis. The 192 tested L. monocytogenes isolates yielded 15 specific HRM curve profiles. Sequence analysis revealed that these 15 HRM curve profiles correspond to 18 distinct inlB sequence types. The HRM curve profiles obtained correlated with the five phylogenetic groups I.1, I.2, II.1, II.2, and III. Thus, HRM curve analysis constitutes an inexpensive assay and represents an improvement in typing relative to classical serotyping or multiplex PCR typing protocols. This method provides a rapid and powerful screening tool for simultaneous preliminary typing of up to 384 samples in approximately 2 hours. PMID:21227395

  19. Central corneal thickness measurements in unoperated eyes and eyes after PRK for myopia using Pentacam, Orbscan II, and ultrasonic pachymetry.

    PubMed

    Kim, Sun Woong; Byun, Yeo Jue; Kim, Eung Kweon; Kim, Tae-im

    2007-11-01

    To compare central corneal thickness measurements obtained in unoperated eyes and eyes after myopic photorefractive keratectomy (PRK) using a rotating Scheimpflug camera (Pentacam), a scanning slit corneal topography system (Orbscan II), and ultrasonic pachymetry. Corneal thickness was measured using Pentacam, Orbscan II, and ultrasonic pachymetry in 25 unoperated eyes (unoperated group), 24 eyes 1 to 3 months after myopic PRK (early postoperative PRK group), and 21 eyes 4 months or more after myopic PRK (late postoperative PRK group). In the unoperated group, corneal thickness measurements were similar for all three methods (P=.125). In the early postoperative PRK group, Orbscan measurements were thinner than Pentacam and ultrasonic measurements by a mean of 69.4 microm and 63.4 microm (P<.001 and P=.002, respectively). In the late postoperative PRK group, Orbscan measurements were thinner than Pentacam measurements by a mean of 36.0 microm (P=.017). Pentacam and ultrasonic pachymetry measurements were similar for all three groups with a mean difference of approximately 10 microm. Following myopic PRK, Pentacam was comparable to ultrasonic pachymetry in measuring corneal thickness, whereas Orbscan measurements were thinner.

  20. Variational Bayesian identification and prediction of stochastic nonlinear dynamic causal models.

    PubMed

    Daunizeau, J; Friston, K J; Kiebel, S J

    2009-11-01

    In this paper, we describe a general variational Bayesian approach for approximate inference on nonlinear stochastic dynamic models. This scheme extends established approximate inference on hidden-states to cover: (i) nonlinear evolution and observation functions, (ii) unknown parameters and (precision) hyperparameters and (iii) model comparison and prediction under uncertainty. Model identification or inversion entails the estimation of the marginal likelihood or evidence of a model. This difficult integration problem can be finessed by optimising a free-energy bound on the evidence using results from variational calculus. This yields a deterministic update scheme that optimises an approximation to the posterior density on the unknown model variables. We derive such a variational Bayesian scheme in the context of nonlinear stochastic dynamic hierarchical models, for both model identification and time-series prediction. The computational complexity of the scheme is comparable to that of an extended Kalman filter, which is critical when inverting high dimensional models or long time-series. Using Monte-Carlo simulations, we assess the estimation efficiency of this variational Bayesian approach using three stochastic variants of chaotic dynamic systems. We also demonstrate the model comparison capabilities of the method, its self-consistency and its predictive power.

  1. Calculation of Scattering Amplitude Without Partial Analysis. II; Inclusion of Exchange

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Temkin, Aaron; Shertzer, J.; Fisher, Richard R. (Technical Monitor)

    2002-01-01

    There was a method for calculating the whole scattering amplitude, f(Omega(sub k)), directly. The idea was to calculate the complete wave function Psi numerically, and use it in an integral expression for f, which can be reduced to a 2 dimensional quadrature. The original application was for e-H scattering without exchange. There the Schrodinger reduces a 2-d partial differential equation (pde), which was solved using the finite element method (FEM). Here we extend the method to the exchange approximation. The S.E. can be reduced to a pair of coupled pde's, which are again solved by the FEM. The formal expression for f(Omega(sub k)) consists two integrals, f+/- = f(sub d) +/- f(sub e); f(sub d) is formally the same integral as the no-exchange f. We have also succeeded in reducing f(sub e) to a 2-d integral. Results will be presented at the meeting.

  2. Channels That Cooperatively Service a Data Stream and Voice Messages. II. Diffusion Approximations.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1979-11-01

    Leoczky, Profegsr J 2 ’ "-Carnegie-Mellon University D -1 " Gaver, Professor Department of Operations Research Reviewed by: Released by: Michael G...ered) REPORT DOCUMENTATION PAGE BFRE CNSTRUTINOR ~I4 REPORT-9Nu 2 . GOVT ACCESSION No. 3 RECIPIENT’S CATALOG NUMBER 4TITLE (and Sbtile) TPOFP0 ED...approximations valid for the extreme but realistic case in which n/p is large, and none give a Wiener approximation. 2 Rather than focus on this simple

  3. Explicit approximations to estimate the perturbative diffusivity in the presence of convectivity and damping. III. Cylindrical approximations for heat waves traveling inwards

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Berkel, M. van; Fellow of the Japan Society for the Promotion of Science; FOM Institute DIFFER-Dutch Institute for Fundamental Energy Research, Association EURATOM-FOM, Trilateral Euregio Cluster, P.O. Box 1207, 3430 BE Nieuwegein

    In this paper, a number of new explicit approximations are introduced to estimate the perturbative diffusivity (χ), convectivity (V), and damping (τ) in cylindrical geometry. For this purpose, the harmonic components of heat waves induced by localized deposition of modulated power are used. The approximations are based on the heat equation in cylindrical geometry using the symmetry (Neumann) boundary condition at the plasma center. This means that the approximations derived here should be used only to estimate transport coefficients between the plasma center and the off-axis perturbative source. If the effect of cylindrical geometry is small, it is also possiblemore » to use semi-infinite domain approximations presented in Part I and Part II of this series. A number of new approximations are derived in this part, Part III, based upon continued fractions of the modified Bessel function of the first kind and the confluent hypergeometric function of the first kind. These approximations together with the approximations based on semi-infinite domains are compared for heat waves traveling towards the center. The relative error for the different derived approximations is presented for different values of the frequency, transport coefficients, and dimensionless radius. Moreover, it is shown how combinations of different explicit formulas can be used to estimate the transport coefficients over a large parameter range for cases without convection and damping, cases with damping only, and cases with convection and damping. The relative error between the approximation and its underlying model is below 2% for the case, where only diffusivity and damping are considered. If also convectivity is considered, the diffusivity can be estimated well in a large region, but there is also a large region in which no suitable approximation is found. This paper is the third part (Part III) of a series of three papers. In Part I, the semi-infinite slab approximations have been treated. In Part II, cylindrical approximations are treated for heat waves traveling towards the plasma edge assuming a semi-infinite domain.« less

  4. Photochemical organic oxidations and dechlorinations with a mu-oxo bridged heme/non-heme diiron complex.

    PubMed

    Wasser, Ian M; Fry, H Christopher; Hoertz, Paul G; Meyer, Gerald J; Karlin, Kenneth D

    2004-12-27

    Steady state and laser flash photolysis studies of the heme/non-heme mu-oxo diiron complex [((6)L)Fe(III)-O-Fe(III)-Cl](+) (1) have been undertaken. The anaerobic photolysis of benzene solutions of 1 did not result in the buildup of any photoproduct. However, the addition of excess triphenylphosphine resulted in the quantitative photoreduction of 1 to [((6)L)Fe(II)...Fe(II)-Cl](+) (2), with concomitant production by oxo-transfer of 1 equiv of triphenylphosphine oxide. Under aerobic conditions and excess triphenylphosphine, the reaction produces multiple turnovers (approximately 28) before the diiron complex is degraded. The anaerobic photolysis of tetrahydrofuran (THF) or toluene solutions of 1 likewise results in the buildup of 2. The oxidation products from these reactions included gamma-butyrolactone (approximately 15%) for the reaction in THF and benzaldehyde (approximately 23%) from the reaction in toluene. In either case, the O-atom which is incorporated into the carbonyl product is derived from dioxygen present under workup or under aerobic photolysis conditions. Transient absorption measurements of low-temperature THF solutions of 1 revealed the presence of an (P)Fe(II)-like [P = tetraaryl porphyrinate dianion] species suggesting that the reactive species is a formal (heme)Fe(II)/Fe(IV)=O(non-heme) pair. The non-heme Fe(IV)=O is thus most likely responsible for C-H bond cleavage and subsequent radical chemistry. The photolysis of 1 in chlorobenzene or 1,2-dichlorobenzene resulted in C-Cl cleavage reactions and the formation of [[((6)L)Fe(III)-Cl...Fe(III)-Cl](2)O](2+) (3), with chloride ligands that are derived from solvent dehalogenation chemistry. The resulting organic products are biphenyl trichlorides or biphenyl monochlorides, derived from dichlorobenzene and chlorobenzene, respectively. Similarly, product 3 is obtained by the photolysis of benzene-benzyl chloride solutions of 1; the organic product is benzaldehyde (approximately 70%). A brief discussion of the dehalogenation chemistry, along with relevant environmental perspectives, is included.

  5. Comparison of the ligand binding properties of two homologous rat apocellular retinol-binding proteins expressed in Escherichia coli.

    PubMed

    Levin, M S; Locke, B; Yang, N C; Li, E; Gordon, J I

    1988-11-25

    Cellular retinol-binding protein (CRBP) and cellular retinol-binding protein II (CRBP II) are 132-residue cytosolic proteins which have 56% amino acid sequence identity and bind all-trans-retinol as their endogenous ligand. They belong to a family of cytoplasmic proteins which have evolved to bind distinct hydrophobic ligands. Their patterns of tissue-specific and developmental regulation are distinct. We have compared the ligand binding properties of rat apo-CRBP and apo-CRBP II that have been expressed in Escherichia coli. Several observations indicate that the E. coli-derived apoproteins are structurally similar to the native rat proteins: they co-migrate on isoelectric focusing gels; and when complexed with all-trans-retinol, their absorption and excitation/emission spectra are nearly identical to those of the authentic rat holoproteins. Comparative lifetime and acrylamide quenching studies suggest that there are differences in the conformations of apo-CRBP and apo-CRBP II. The interaction of E. coli-derived apo-CRBP and apo-CRBP II with a variety of retinoids was analyzed using spectroscopic techniques. Both apoproteins formed high affinity complexes with all-trans-retinol (K'd approximately 10 nM). In direct binding assays, all-trans-retinal bound to both apoproteins (K'd approximately 50 nM for CRBP; K'd approximately 90 nM for CRBP II). However, all-trans-retinal could displace all-trans-retinol bound to CRBP II but not to CRBP. These observations suggests that there is a specific yet distinct interaction between these two proteins and all-trans-retinal. Apo-CRBP and apo-CRBP II did not demonstrate significant binding to either retinoic acid or methyl retinoate, an uncharged derivative of all-trans-retinoic acid. This indicates that the carboxymethyl group of methyl retinoate cannot be sterically accommodated in their binding pockets and that failure to bind retinoic acid probably is not simply due to the negative charge of its C-15 carboxylate group. Finally, neither all-trans-retinol nor retinoic acid bound to E. coli-derived rat intestinal fatty acid-binding protein, a homologous protein whose tertiary structure is known. Together, the data suggest that these three family members have acquired unique functional capabilities.

  6. Evaluation of medium-range ensemble flood forecasting based on calibration strategies and ensemble methods in Lanjiang Basin, Southeast China

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Li; Gao, Chao; Xuan, Weidong; Xu, Yue-Ping

    2017-11-01

    Ensemble flood forecasts by hydrological models using numerical weather prediction products as forcing data are becoming more commonly used in operational flood forecasting applications. In this study, a hydrological ensemble flood forecasting system comprised of an automatically calibrated Variable Infiltration Capacity model and quantitative precipitation forecasts from TIGGE dataset is constructed for Lanjiang Basin, Southeast China. The impacts of calibration strategies and ensemble methods on the performance of the system are then evaluated. The hydrological model is optimized by the parallel programmed ε-NSGA II multi-objective algorithm. According to the solutions by ε-NSGA II, two differently parameterized models are determined to simulate daily flows and peak flows at each of the three hydrological stations. Then a simple yet effective modular approach is proposed to combine these daily and peak flows at the same station into one composite series. Five ensemble methods and various evaluation metrics are adopted. The results show that ε-NSGA II can provide an objective determination on parameter estimation, and the parallel program permits a more efficient simulation. It is also demonstrated that the forecasts from ECMWF have more favorable skill scores than other Ensemble Prediction Systems. The multimodel ensembles have advantages over all the single model ensembles and the multimodel methods weighted on members and skill scores outperform other methods. Furthermore, the overall performance at three stations can be satisfactory up to ten days, however the hydrological errors can degrade the skill score by approximately 2 days, and the influence persists until a lead time of 10 days with a weakening trend. With respect to peak flows selected by the Peaks Over Threshold approach, the ensemble means from single models or multimodels are generally underestimated, indicating that the ensemble mean can bring overall improvement in forecasting of flows. For peak values taking flood forecasts from each individual member into account is more appropriate.

  7. A New Approach for Obtaining Cosmological Constraints from Type Ia Supernovae using Approximate Bayesian Computation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Jennings, Elise; Wolf, Rachel; Sako, Masao

    2016-11-09

    Cosmological parameter estimation techniques that robustly account for systematic measurement uncertainties will be crucial for the next generation of cosmological surveys. We present a new analysis method, superABC, for obtaining cosmological constraints from Type Ia supernova (SN Ia) light curves using Approximate Bayesian Computation (ABC) without any likelihood assumptions. The ABC method works by using a forward model simulation of the data where systematic uncertainties can be simulated and marginalized over. A key feature of the method presented here is the use of two distinct metrics, the `Tripp' and `Light Curve' metrics, which allow us to compare the simulated data to the observed data set. The Tripp metric takes as input the parameters of models fit to each light curve with the SALT-II method, whereas the Light Curve metric uses the measured fluxes directly without model fitting. We apply the superABC sampler to a simulated data set ofmore » $$\\sim$$1000 SNe corresponding to the first season of the Dark Energy Survey Supernova Program. Varying $$\\Omega_m, w_0, \\alpha$$ and $$\\beta$$ and a magnitude offset parameter, with no systematics we obtain $$\\Delta(w_0) = w_0^{\\rm true} - w_0^{\\rm best \\, fit} = -0.036\\pm0.109$$ (a $$\\sim11$$% 1$$\\sigma$$ uncertainty) using the Tripp metric and $$\\Delta(w_0) = -0.055\\pm0.068$$ (a $$\\sim7$$% 1$$\\sigma$$ uncertainty) using the Light Curve metric. Including 1% calibration uncertainties in four passbands, adding 4 more parameters, we obtain $$\\Delta(w_0) = -0.062\\pm0.132$$ (a $$\\sim14$$% 1$$\\sigma$$ uncertainty) using the Tripp metric. Overall we find a $17$% increase in the uncertainty on $$w_0$$ with systematics compared to without. We contrast this with a MCMC approach where systematic effects are approximately included. We find that the MCMC method slightly underestimates the impact of calibration uncertainties for this simulated data set.« less

  8. Rocket spectroscopy of zeta Orionis.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Smith, A. M.

    1972-01-01

    Analysis of a spectrum of zeta Ori extending from 922 to 1453 A with approximately 0.8 A resolution recorded at rocket altitudes. All lines used in existing models of stellar atmospheres appear in the recorded spectrum with the exception of those masked by telluric N2 or strong P Cygni-type profiles and by an O V line at 1371.29 A. Fifteen multiplets of subordinate lines have been reliably identified, indicating an approximate range of excitation from 0 to 50 eV. Transitions in C III (1176 A), N III (991 A), N V (1239, 1243 A), O VI (1032, 1038 A), Si IV (1394, 1403 A), S IV (1063, 1074 A), and S VI (933, 944 A) have been observed as P Cygni-type profiles presumably arising in a circumstellar envelope. The degree of ionization, transitions present, and mean radial velocities are all consistent with viewing the envelope as a hot (about 100,000 K), rarefied plasma in which collisional ionization is important. Interstellar lines in C I (1277, 1280 A), C II (1036, 1334 A), N I (1134-1135 A), N I (1200-1201 A), N II (1084-1086 A), O I (1302, 1305 A), Si II (1190, 1193 A), Si II (1260 A), and Si II (1304 A) have been definitely identified. Other transitions in Ar II, S I, C I, and Fe II are tentatively identified. The equivalent width of the L alpha line is found to be 10.4 plus or minus 1.6 A, corresponding to a columnar density of 2.0 plus or minus 0.7 x 10 to the 20th per cu cm.

  9. Synthesis and characterization of sulfate and dodecylbenzenesulfonate intercalated zinc iron layered double hydroxides by one-step coprecipitation route

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Hui; Wen, Xing; Wang, Yingxia

    2007-05-01

    Inorganic sulfate- and organic dodecylbenzenesulfonate (DBS)-intercalated zinc-iron layered double hydroxides (LDHs) materials were prepared by one-step coprecipitation method from a mixed salt solutions containing Zn(II), Fe(II) and Fe(III) salts. The as-prepared samples have been characterized by X-ray powder diffraction (XRD), Fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR), low-temperature nitrogen adsorption, scanning electron microscopy (SEM), inductively coupled plasma emission spectroscopy (ICP), and Mössbauer spectroscopy (MS). The XRD analyses demonstrate the typical LDH-like layered structural characteristics of both products. The room temperature MS results reveal the characteristics of both the Fe(II) and Fe(III) species for SO 42--containing product, while only the Fe(III) characteristic for DBS-containing one. The combination characterization results and Rietveld analysis illustrate that the SO 42--containing product possesses the Green Rust two (GR2)-like crystal structure with an approximate chemical composition of [Zn 0.435·Fe II0.094·Fe III0.470·(OH) 2]·(SO 42-) 0.235·1.0H 2O, while the DBS-containing one exhibits the common LDH compound-like structure. The contact angle measurement indicates the evident hydrophobic properties of DBS-containing nanocomposite, compared with SO 42--containing product, due to the modification of the internal and external surface of LDHs by the organic hydrophobic chain of DBS.

  10. Accurate frequency domain measurement of the best linear time-invariant approximation of linear time-periodic systems including the quantification of the time-periodic distortions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Louarroudi, E.; Pintelon, R.; Lataire, J.

    2014-10-01

    Time-periodic (TP) phenomena occurring, for instance, in wind turbines, helicopters, anisotropic shaft-bearing systems, and cardiovascular/respiratory systems, are often not addressed when classical frequency response function (FRF) measurements are performed. As the traditional FRF concept is based on the linear time-invariant (LTI) system theory, it is only approximately valid for systems with varying dynamics. Accordingly, the quantification of any deviation from this ideal LTI framework is more than welcome. The “measure of deviation” allows us to define the notion of the best LTI (BLTI) approximation, which yields the best - in mean square sense - LTI description of a linear time-periodic LTP system. By taking into consideration the TP effects, it is shown in this paper that the variability of the BLTI measurement can be reduced significantly compared with that of classical FRF estimators. From a single experiment, the proposed identification methods can handle (non-)linear time-periodic [(N)LTP] systems in open-loop with a quantification of (i) the noise and/or the NL distortions, (ii) the TP distortions and (iii) the transient (leakage) errors. Besides, a geometrical interpretation of the BLTI approximation is provided, leading to a framework called vector FRF analysis. The theory presented is supported by numerical simulations as well as real measurements mimicking the well-known mechanical Mathieu oscillator.

  11. Comparison of fluid neutral models for one-dimensional plasma edge modeling with a finite volume solution of the Boltzmann equation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Horsten, N., E-mail: niels.horsten@kuleuven.be; Baelmans, M.; Dekeyser, W.

    2016-01-15

    We derive fluid neutral approximations for a simplified 1D edge plasma model, suitable to study the neutral behavior close to the target of a nuclear fusion divertor, and compare its solutions to the solution of the corresponding kinetic Boltzmann equation. The plasma is considered as a fixed background extracted from a detached 2D simulation. We show that the Maxwellian equilibrium distribution is already obtained very close to the target, justifying the use of a fluid approximation. We compare three fluid neutral models: (i) a diffusion model; (ii) a pressure-diffusion model (i.e., a combination of a continuity and momentum equation) assumingmore » equal neutral and ion temperatures; and (iii) the pressure-diffusion model coupled to a neutral energy equation taking into account temperature differences between neutrals and ions. Partial reflection of neutrals reaching the boundaries is included in both the kinetic and fluid models. We propose two methods to obtain an incident neutral flux boundary condition for the fluid models: one based on a diffusion approximation and the other assuming a truncated Chapman-Enskog distribution. The pressure-diffusion model predicts the plasma sources very well. The diffusion boundary condition gives slightly better results overall. Although including an energy equation still improves the results, the assumption of equal ion and neutral temperature already gives a very good approximation.« less

  12. Vibrationally resolved photoelectron spectra of lower diamondoids: A time-dependent approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xiong, Tao; Włodarczyk, Radosław; Gallandi, Lukas; Körzdörfer, Thomas; Saalfrank, Peter

    2018-01-01

    Vibrationally resolved lowest-energy bands of the photoelectron spectra (PES) of adamantane, diamantane, and urotropine were simulated by a time-dependent correlation function approach within the harmonic approximation. Geometries and normal modes for neutral and cationic molecules were obtained from B3LYP hybrid density functional theory (DFT). It is shown that the simulated spectra reproduce the experimentally observed vibrational finestructure (or its absence) quite well. Origins of the finestructure are discussed and related to recurrences of autocorrelation functions and dominant vibrations. Remaining quantitative and qualitative errors of the DFT-derived PES spectra refer to (i) an overall redshift by ˜0.5 eV and (ii) the absence of satellites in the high-energy region of the spectra. The former error is shown to be due to the neglect of many-body corrections to ordinary Kohn-Sham methods, while the latter has been argued to be due to electron-nuclear couplings beyond the Born-Oppenheimer approximation [Gali et al., Nat. Commun. 7, 11327 (2016)].

  13. A lightweight network anomaly detection technique

    DOE PAGES

    Kim, Jinoh; Yoo, Wucherl; Sim, Alex; ...

    2017-03-13

    While the network anomaly detection is essential in network operations and management, it becomes further challenging to perform the first line of detection against the exponentially increasing volume of network traffic. In this paper, we develop a technique for the first line of online anomaly detection with two important considerations: (i) availability of traffic attributes during the monitoring time, and (ii) computational scalability for streaming data. The presented learning technique is lightweight and highly scalable with the beauty of approximation based on the grid partitioning of the given dimensional space. With the public traffic traces of KDD Cup 1999 andmore » NSL-KDD, we show that our technique yields 98.5% and 83% of detection accuracy, respectively, only with a couple of readily available traffic attributes that can be obtained without the help of post-processing. Finally, the results are at least comparable with the classical learning methods including decision tree and random forest, with approximately two orders of magnitude faster learning performance.« less

  14. Forwardscattering corrections for optical extinction measurements in aerosol media. II - Polydispersions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Deepak, A.; Box, M. A.

    1978-01-01

    The paper presents a parametric study of the forwardscattering corrections for experimentally measured optical extinction coefficients in polydisperse particulate media, since some forward scattered light invariably enters, along with the direct beam, into the finite aperture of the detector. Forwardscattering corrections are computed by two methods: (1) using the exact Mie theory, and (2) the approximate Rayleigh diffraction formula for spherical particles. A parametric study of the dependence of the corrections on mode radii, real and imaginary parts of the complex refractive index, and half-angle of the detector's view cone has been carried out for three different size distribution functions of the modified gamma type. In addition, a study has been carried out to investigate the range of these parameters in which the approximate formulation is valid. The agreement is especially good for small-view cone angles and large particles, which improves significantly for slightly absorbing aerosol particles. Also discussed is the dependence of these corrections on the experimental design of the transmissometer systems.

  15. A lightweight network anomaly detection technique

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kim, Jinoh; Yoo, Wucherl; Sim, Alex

    While the network anomaly detection is essential in network operations and management, it becomes further challenging to perform the first line of detection against the exponentially increasing volume of network traffic. In this paper, we develop a technique for the first line of online anomaly detection with two important considerations: (i) availability of traffic attributes during the monitoring time, and (ii) computational scalability for streaming data. The presented learning technique is lightweight and highly scalable with the beauty of approximation based on the grid partitioning of the given dimensional space. With the public traffic traces of KDD Cup 1999 andmore » NSL-KDD, we show that our technique yields 98.5% and 83% of detection accuracy, respectively, only with a couple of readily available traffic attributes that can be obtained without the help of post-processing. Finally, the results are at least comparable with the classical learning methods including decision tree and random forest, with approximately two orders of magnitude faster learning performance.« less

  16. Phonon and magnetic structure in δ-plutonium from density-functional theory

    DOE PAGES

    Söderlind, Per; Zhou, F.; Landa, A.; ...

    2015-10-30

    We present phonon properties of plutonium metal obtained from a combination of density-functional-theory (DFT) electronic structure and the recently developed compressive sensing lattice dynamics (CSLD). The CSLD model is here trained on DFT total energies of several hundreds of quasi-random atomic configurations for best possible accuracy of the phonon properties. The calculated phonon dispersions compare better with experiment than earlier results obtained from dynamical mean-field theory. The density-functional model of the electronic structure consists of disordered magnetic moments with all relativistic effects and explicit orbital-orbital correlations. The magnetic disorder is approximated in two ways: (i) a special quasi-random structure andmore » (ii) the disordered-local-moment (DLM) method within the coherent potential approximation. Magnetism in plutonium has been debated intensely, However, the present magnetic approach for plutonium is validated by the close agreement between the predicted magnetic form factor and that of recent neutron-scattering experiments.« less

  17. Detection of the Compressed Primary Stellar Wind in eta Carinae

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Teodoro, Mairan Macedo; Madura, Thomas I.; Gull, Theodore R.; Corcoran, Michael F.; Hamaguchi, K.

    2014-01-01

    A series of three HST/STIS spectroscopic mappings, spaced approximately one year apart, reveal three partial arcs in [Fe II] and [Ni II] emissions moving outward from eta Carinae. We identify these arcs with the shell-like structures, seen in the 3D hydrodynamical simulations, formed by compression of the primary wind by the secondary wind during periastron passages.

  18. The impact of extended longitudinal observation on the assessment of personality disorders.

    PubMed

    Pedersen, G; Karterud, S; Hummelen, B; Wilberg, T

    2013-11-01

    Multiple sources of information are necessary for a valid assessment of personality disorders (PDs). This study investigates the impact of longitudinal observation. The sample comprised 1217 patients from 15 different treatment units. PDs were assessed at admission to treatment using the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV Axis II Personality Disorders (SCID-II) and additional clinical information (best estimate diagnosis). After approximately 18 weeks of treatment, the SCID-II protocols were re-examined at clinical conferences and the diagnostic status reassessed on the basis of longitudinal observations in multiple group situations (longitudinal, expert, all data principle). Using this procedure, 78% of the patients' diagnostic criteria sets were changed, and 32% of patients' diagnostic statuses were changed. Many (32%) patients who were evaluated initially as not having a PD received a PD diagnosis after re-examination. The information provided by customary clinical assessment has important limitations, and longitudinal observation provides additional information that may change the diagnostic status in approximately one-third of PD cases. Copyright © 2013 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  19. Metal-Metal Single Bonds with the Magnetic Anisotropy of Quadruple Bonds: A Systematic Series of Heterobimetallic Bismuth(II)-Rhodium(II) Formamidinate Complexes.

    PubMed

    Sunderland, Travis L; Berry, John F

    2016-12-19

    The first set of five heterobimetallic MM'(form) 4 (form=formamidinate) complexes containing a BiRh core has been successfully synthesized. The Bi-Rh bond lengths lie between 2.5196(6) and 2.572(2) Å, consistent with Bi-Rh single bonds. All complexes have rich electrochemistry, with the [BiRh] 4+/5+ redox couples spanning approximately 700 mV and showing a strong correlation to remote ligand substitution. Visible spectroscopy showed two features for complexes 1-5 at approximately 459 and 551 nm, unique to BiRh paddlewheel complexes that are attributed to LMCT bands into the Bi-Rh σ* orbital. The large spin-orbit coupling (SOC) of Bi creates a massive Bi-Rh magnetic anisotropy, Δχ, approximately -4800×10 -36  m 3 molecule -1 , which is the largest value reported for any single bond to date. © 2016 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  20. 76 FR 36533 - Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line Company, LLC; Notice of Request Under Blanket Authorization

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-06-22

    ...-000, for authorization to abandon in place: (i) Approximately 8.45 mile, 12- inch pipeline extending from South Marsh Island Block 38 to South Marsh Island Block 23, (ii) approximately 0.455 mile, 12-inch pipeline extending from production platform B in South Marsh Island Block 33 to South Marsh Island Block 38...

  1. Combining the Complete Active Space Self-Consistent Field Method and the Full Configuration Interaction Quantum Monte Carlo within a Super-CI Framework, with Application to Challenging Metal-Porphyrins.

    PubMed

    Li Manni, Giovanni; Smart, Simon D; Alavi, Ali

    2016-03-08

    A novel stochastic Complete Active Space Self-Consistent Field (CASSCF) method has been developed and implemented in the Molcas software package. A two-step procedure is used, in which the CAS configuration interaction secular equations are solved stochastically with the Full Configuration Interaction Quantum Monte Carlo (FCIQMC) approach, while orbital rotations are performed using an approximated form of the Super-CI method. This new method does not suffer from the strong combinatorial limitations of standard MCSCF implementations using direct schemes and can handle active spaces well in excess of those accessible to traditional CASSCF approaches. The density matrix formulation of the Super-CI method makes this step independent of the size of the CI expansion, depending exclusively on one- and two-body density matrices with indices restricted to the relatively small number of active orbitals. No sigma vectors need to be stored in memory for the FCIQMC eigensolver--a substantial gain in comparison to implementations using the Davidson method, which require three or more vectors of the size of the CI expansion. Further, no orbital Hessian is computed, circumventing limitations on basis set expansions. Like the parent FCIQMC method, the present technique is scalable on massively parallel architectures. We present in this report the method and its application to the free-base porphyrin, Mg(II) porphyrin, and Fe(II) porphyrin. In the present study, active spaces up to 32 electrons and 29 orbitals in orbital expansions containing up to 916 contracted functions are treated with modest computational resources. Results are quite promising even without accounting for the correlation outside the active space. The systems here presented clearly demonstrate that large CASSCF calculations are possible via FCIQMC-CASSCF without limitations on basis set size.

  2. A Serious Video Game to Increase Fruit and Vegetable Consumption Among Elementary Aged Youth (Squire’s Quest! II): Rationale, Design, and Methods

    PubMed Central

    Bhatt, Riddhi; Cullen, Karen; Baranowski, Janice; Baranowski, Tom

    2012-01-01

    Background Youths eat fewer fruits and vegetables than recommended. Effective methods are needed to increase and maintain their fruit and vegetable consumption. Goal setting has been an effective behavior change procedure among adults, but has had limited effectiveness among youths. Implementation intentions are specific plans to facilitate goal attainment. Redefining goal setting to include implementation intentions may be an effective way to increase effectiveness. Video games offer a controlled venue for conducting behavioral research and testing hypotheses to identify mechanisms of effect. Objective This report describes the protocol that guided the design and evaluation of Squire’s Quest! II, a video game aimed to increase child fruit and vegetable consumption. Methods Squire’s Quest! II is a 10-episode videogame promoting fruit and vegetable consumption to 4th and 5th grade children (approximately 9-11 year old youths). A four group randomized design (n=400 parent/child dyads) was used to systematically test the effect of two types of implementation intentions (action, coping) on fruit and vegetable goal attainment and consumption of 4th and 5th graders. Data collection occurred at baseline, immediately post game-play, and 3 months later. Child was the unit of assignment. Three dietary recalls were collected at each data collection period by trained interviewers using the Nutrient Data System for Research (NDSR 2009). Psychosocial and process data were also collected. Results To our knowledge, this is the first research to explore the effect of implementation intentions on child fruit and vegetable goal attainment and consumption. Conclusions This intervention will contribute valuable information regarding whether implementation intentions are effective with elementary age children. Trial Registration ClinicalTrials.gov NCT01004094 PMID:23612366

  3. Hydrothermal synthesis of coral-like Au/ZnO catalyst and photocatalytic degradation of Orange II dye

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Chen, P.K.; Lee, G.J.; Davies, S.H.

    Highlights: ► Coral-like Au/ZnO was successfully prepared using green synthetic method. ► Gold nanoparticles were deposited on the ZnO structure using NaBH{sub 4} and β-D-glucose. ► Coral-like Au/ZnO exhibited superior photocatalytic activity to degrade Orange II. - Abstract: A porous coral-like zinc oxide (c-ZnO) photocatalyst was synthesized by the hydrothermal method. The coral-like structure was obtained by precipitating Zn{sub 4}(CO{sub 3})(OH){sub 6}·H{sub 2}O (ZnCH), which forms nanosheets that aggregate together to form microspheres with the coral-like structure. X-ray diffraction (XRD) studies indicate that after heating at 550 °C the ZnCH microspheres can be converted to ZnO microspheres with a morphologymore » similar to that of ZnCH microspheres. Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) shows this conversion takes place at approximately 260 °C. A simple electrostatic self-assembly method has been employed to uniformly disperse Au nanoparticles (1 wt.%) on the ZnO surface. In this procedure β-D-glucose was used to stabilize the Au nanoparticles. Scanning electron microscope images indicate that the diameter of coral-like ZnO microspheres (c-ZnO) is about 8 μm. X-ray diffraction reveals that the ZnO is highly crystalline with a wurtzite structure and the Au metallic particles have an average size of about 13 nm. X-ray photoelectron spectroscopic (XPS) studies have confirmed the presence of ZnO and also showed that the Au is present in the metallic state. The photocatalytic degradation of Orange II dye, with either ultraviolet or visible light, is faster on Au/c-ZnO than on c-ZnO.« less

  4. Microscopic Modeling of Intersubband Optical Processes in Type II Semiconductor Quantum Wells: Linear Absorption

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Li, Jian-Zhong; Kolokolov, Kanstantin I.; Ning, Cun-Zheng

    2003-01-01

    Linear absorption spectra arising from intersubband transitions in semiconductor quantum well heterostructures are analyzed using quantum kinetic theory by treating correlations to the first order within Hartree-Fock approximation. The resulting intersubband semiconductor Bloch equations take into account extrinsic dephasing contributions, carrier-longitudinal optical phonon interaction and carrier-interface roughness interaction which is considered with Ando s theory. As input for resonance lineshape calculation, a spurious-states-free 8-band kp Hamiltonian is used, in conjunction with the envelop function approximation, to compute self-consistently the energy subband structure of electrons in type II InAs/AlSb single quantum well structures. We demonstrate the interplay of nonparabolicity and many-body effects in the mid-infrared frequency range for such heterostructures.

  5. Neutral hydrogen and optical properties of three amorphous galaxies

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hunter, Deidre A.; Woerden, Hugo Van; Gallagher, John S., III

    1994-01-01

    We present new interferometric H I and optical observations of three amorphous galaxies, systems with a smooth, high surface brightness but an asymmetrical distribution of light. All three galaxies are forming stars and have LMC-like emission-line ratios, low dust content, and high H I velocity dispersions. NGC 1140 has a boxy inner morphology with a hook off one corner. At low light levels unusual extensions of starlight are seen curving to the northwest and southeast. The galaxy contains a very luminous central star-forming region and a small chain of H II regions that coincide with the hook. The central H II region has broad H(alpha) velocity profiles full width at half maximum (FWHM) less than or equal to 140 km/s, and it is a radio continuum source. There is a rotating H I gas disk, 40 kpc in radius, at a position angle 51 deg from the optical major axis. The central gas ridge follows the chain of H II regions, and the H I peak is on the hook. The outer gas on the southeast side curves away from the H I major axis. The central gas density is high, and the surface density declines very slowly with radius. The rotation velocity yields a mass of 1 x 10(exp 11) solar mass at 3.3 Holmberg radii (R(sub H)). NGC 1800 has a hook that coincides with a large H II region, and an r(exp 1/4) luminosity distribution. There are numerous H II regions along the major axis and extraordinary filaments of ionized gas. Emanating from the major axis on either side of the galaxy are H(alpha) fingers approximately 750 pc long. About 2.3 kpc to the north is a web of filaments approximately 3 kpc in extent. H(alpha) profiles of H II regions and filaments are narrow. The H I gas disk has a position angle that is approximately 13 deg different from that of the optical axis. There are two peaks near the center, one of which is near the largest H II region. Beyond the Holmberg radius to the west is a 6 x 10(exp 6) solar mass H I cloud. Its velocity indicates a mass of approximately 6 x 10(exp 9) solar mass for NGC 1800 at 1.5 R(sub H). At approximately R(sub 25) to the east there is a large H I shell. Also at approximately R(sub 25) on both sides the velocity gradient switches by 90 deg, and in the interior the rotation is about the major axis. The central gas density is low and falls off slowly. In the inner regions NGC 4670 resembles an S0/a galaxy seen rather edge-on. It contains a central supergiant H II region with very high velocity widths (FWHM less than or equal to 180 km/s) and complex velocity structures. It is a radio continuum source as well. The H I gas is a single spherical cloud or a disk at low inclination centered on the galaxy with a slight elongation along the optical major axis and rotation about the minor axis. The central gas density is high, and there is a high degree of concentration. The rotation speed indicates a total mass of 5 x 10(exp 10) solar mass at 1.1 R(sub H). We compare these characteristics with properties of gas in the presence of stellar bar potentials, gas warps, and interacting and merging galaxy models. Although there are inconsistencies and uncertainties, we conclude that NGC 1140 is a spiral of low surface brightness that has undergone a merger, while NGC 1800 and NGC 4670 are, respectively, probably an Im system and a spiral that had an encounter of the Noguchi (1988a) kind.

  6. (Fe II) emission from high-density regions in the Orion Nebula

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bautista, Manuel A.; Pradhan, Anil K.; Osterbrock, Donald E.

    1994-01-01

    Direct spectroscopic evidence of high-density regions in the Orion Nebula, N(sub e) approximately equals 10(exp 5)-10(exp 7)/cu cm, is obtained from the forbidden optical and near-IR (Fe II) emission lines, using new atomic data. Calculations for level populations and line ratios are carried out using 16, 35, and 142 level collisional-radiative models for Fe II. Estimates of Fe(+) abundances derived from the near-infrared and the optical line intensities are consistent with a high density of 10(exp 6)/cu cm in the (Fe II) emitting regions. Important consequences for abundance determinations in the nebula are pointed out.

  7. Pb4(BO3)2(SO4) and Pb2[(BO2)(OH)](SO4): New lead(II) borate-sulfate mixed-anion compounds with two types of 3D network structures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ruan, Ting-Ting; Wang, Wen-Wen; Hu, Chun-Li; Xu, Xiang; Mao, Jiang-Gao

    2018-04-01

    Two new lead(II) borate-sulfate mixed-anion compounds, namely, Pb4(BO3)2(SO4) and Pb2[(BO2)(OH)](SO4), have been prepared by using high-temperature melt method or hydrothermal reaction. These compounds exhibit two different types of 3D structures composed of the same anionic units of BO3 triangles and SO4 tetrahedra which are interconnected by lead(II) cations. In Pb4(BO3)2(SO4), the lead(II) ions are bridged by borate anions into 3D [Pb4(BO3)2]2+ architectures with 1D tunnels of 8-member rings along the a-axis, which are filled by the sulfate anions. In Pb2[(BO2)(OH)](SO4), the lead(II) ions are interconnected by borate and sulfate anions into 2D Pb-B-O and Pb-S-O layers parallel to the ab plane, respectively, and these layers are further condensed into the 3D lead(II) borate-sulfate framework. TGA and DSC studies indicate that Pb4(BO3)2(SO4) is congruently melting with a melting point of 689 °C whereas Pb2[(BO2)(OH)](SO4) decomposes at approximately 335 °C. UV/Vis/NIR optical diffuse reflectance spectrum measurements reveal the optical band gaps of 4.03 and 4.08 eV for Pb4(BO3)2(SO4) and Pb2[(BO2)(OH)](SO4), respectively. Furthermore, the electronic structures of Pb4(BO3)2(SO4) have also been calculated.

  8. NADPH Oxidase 4 Induces Cardiac Fibrosis and Hypertrophy through Activating Akt/mTOR and NFκB Signaling Pathways

    PubMed Central

    Zhao, Qingwei David; Viswanadhapalli, Suryavathi; Williams, Paul; Shi, Qian; Tan, Chunyan; Yi, Xiaolan; Bhandari, Basant; Abboud, Hanna E.

    2015-01-01

    Background NADPH oxidase 4 (Nox4) has been implicated in cardiac remodeling, but its precise role in cardiac injury remains controversial. Furthermore, little is known about the downstream effector signaling pathways activated by Nox4-derived ROS in the myocardium. We investigated the role of Nox4 and Nox4 associated signaling pathways in the development of cardiac remodeling. Methods and Results Cardiac-specific human Nox4 transgenic mice (c-hNox4Tg) were generated. Four groups of mice were studied: 1) control mice (CTL): littermates that are negative for hNox4 transgene but Cre positive; 2) c-hNox4 Tg mice; 3) angiotensin II (AngII)-infused CTL mice and 4) c-hNox4Tg mice infused with AngII. The c-hNox4Tg mice exhibited approximately 10-fold increase in Nox4 protein expression and 8-fold increase in the production of reactive oxygen species, and manifested cardiac interstitial fibrosis. AngII-infusion to CTL mice increased cardiac Nox4 expression and induced fibrosis and hypertrophy. The Tg mice receiving AngII exhibited more advanced cardiac remodeling and robust elevation in Nox4 expression, indicating that AngII worsens cardiac injury, at least partially by enhancing Nox4 expression. Moreover, hNox4 transgene and/or AngII-infusion induced the expression of cardiac fetal genes and activated the Akt-mTOR and NFκB signaling pathways. Treatment of AngII-infused c-hNox4Tg mice with GKT137831, a Nox4/Nox1 inhibitor, abolished the increase in oxidative stress, suppressed Akt-mTOR and NFκB signaling pathway and attenuated cardiac remodeling. Conclusion Upregulation of Nox4 in the myocardium causes cardiac remodeling through activating Akt-mTOR and NFκB signaling pathways. Inhibition of Nox4 has therapeutic potential to treat cardiac remodeling. PMID:25589557

  9. Association between ApoA-II -265T/C polymorphism and oxidative stress in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus.

    PubMed

    Koohdani, Fariba; Sadrzadeh-Yeganeh, Haleh; Djalali, Mahmoud; Eshraghian, Mohammadreza; Keramat, Laleh; Mansournia, Mohammad-Ali; Zamani, Elham

    2015-01-01

    Apolipoprotein A-II (ApoA-II) constitutes approximately 20% of the total HDL protein content. The results of various studies on the relationship between cardiovascular diseases (CVD) and the plasma ApoA-II level are contradictory. The aim of this study was to determine the relationship between ApoA-II polymorphism and oxidative stress (OS) as a risk factor for CVD. The present comparative study was carried out on 180 obese and non-obese patients with type 2 diabetes, with equal numbers of CC, TC, and TT genotypes of ApoA-II -265T/C gene. The ApoA-II genotype was determined by the TaqMan assay method. The anthropometric measurements and serum levels of lipid profile, superoxide dismutase activity (SOD), total antioxidant capacity (TAC), and 8-isoprostaneF2α were measured. After adjusting for confounding factors, in the total study population and in obese and non-obese groups, the subjects with CC genotype had a lower mean serum SOD activity (p=0.002, p=0.007 and p=0.005, respectively) and higher mean 8-isoprostaneF2α concentration (p<0.001, p=0.003 and p=0.004, respectively) than the T-allele carriers. In the TT/TC group, the mean 8-isoprostanF2α concentration was significantly higher in the obese subjects than the non-obese subjects (p=0.009). In the CC group, no significant differences were found in the OS factors between obese and non-obese groups. The T allele in patients with type 2 diabetes is a protective factor against OS; obesity inhibits this protective effect. The results of this study represent the anti-atherogenic properties of ApoA-II. However, further studies are needed in this field. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  10. Softcopy quality ruler method: implementation and validation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jin, Elaine W.; Keelan, Brian W.; Chen, Junqing; Phillips, Jonathan B.; Chen, Ying

    2009-01-01

    A softcopy quality ruler method was implemented for the International Imaging Industry Association (I3A) Camera Phone Image Quality (CPIQ) Initiative. This work extends ISO 20462 Part 3 by virtue of creating reference digital images of known subjective image quality, complimenting the hardcopy Standard Reference Stimuli (SRS). The softcopy ruler method was developed using images from a Canon EOS 1Ds Mark II D-SLR digital still camera (DSC) and a Kodak P880 point-and-shoot DSC. Images were viewed on an Apple 30in Cinema Display at a viewing distance of 34 inches. Ruler images were made for 16 scenes. Thirty ruler images were generated for each scene, representing ISO 20462 Standard Quality Scale (SQS) values of approximately 2 to 31 at an increment of one just noticeable difference (JND) by adjusting the system modulation transfer function (MTF). A Matlab GUI was developed to display the ruler and test images side-by-side with a user-adjustable ruler level controlled by a slider. A validation study was performed at Kodak, Vista Point Technology, and Aptina Imaging in which all three companies set up a similar viewing lab to run the softcopy ruler method. The results show that the three sets of data are in reasonable agreement with each other, with the differences within the range expected from observer variability. Compared to previous implementations of the quality ruler, the slider-based user interface allows approximately 2x faster assessments with 21.6% better precision.

  11. Use of corrected centrifugal sudden approximations for the calculation of effective cross sections. II. The N sub 2 --He system

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Thachuk, M.; McCourt, F.R.W.

    1991-09-15

    A series of centrifugal sudden (CS) and infinite-order sudden (IOS) approximations together with their corrected versions, respectively, the corrected centrifugal sudden (CCS) and corrected infinite-order sudden (CIOS) approximations, originally introduced by McLenithan and Secrest (J. Chem. Phys. {bold 80}, 2480 (1987)), have been compared with the close-coupled (CC) method for the N{sub 2}--He interaction. This extends previous work using the H{sub 2}--He system (J. Chem. Phys. {bold 93}, 3931 (1990)) to an interaction which is more anisotropic and more classical in nature. A set of eleven energy dependent cross sections, including both relaxation and production types, has been calculated usingmore » the {ital LF}- and {ital LA}-labeling schemes for the CS approximation, as well as the {ital KI}-, {ital KF}-, {ital KA}-, and {ital KM}-labeling schemes for the IOS approximation. The latter scheme is defined as {ital KM}={ital K}=max({ital k}{sub {ital j}},{ital k}{sub {ital j}{sub {ital I}}}). Further, a number of temperature dependent cross sections formed from thermal averages of the above set have also been compared at 100 and 200 K. These comparisons have shown that the CS approximation produced accurate results for relaxation type cross sections regardless of the {ital L}-labeling scheme chosen, but inaccurate results for production type cross sections. Further, except for one particular cross section, the CCS approximation did not generally improve the accuracy of the CS results using either the {ital LF}- or {ital LA}-labeling schemes. The accuracy of the IOS results vary greatly between the cross sections with the most accurate values given by the {ital KM}-labeling scheme. The CIOS approximation generally increases the accuracy of the corresponding IOS results but does not completely eliminate the errors associated with them.« less

  12. Fe(III) and Fe(II) induced photodegradation of nonylphenol polyethoxylate (NPEO) oligomer in aqueous solution and toxicity evaluation of the irradiated solution.

    PubMed

    Wang, Lei; Zhang, Junjie; Duan, Zhenghua; Sun, Hongwen

    2017-06-01

    Photodegradation of nonylphenol tri-ethoxylate (NPEO 3 ) in aqueous solution, and the effects of Fe(III) or Fe(II) were studied. The increasing degradation kinetics of NPEO 3 were observed when 500µM Fe(III) or Fe(II) was present in the solutions. Altered formation of NPEO oligomers with shorter EO chains, including nonyphenol (NP), NPEO 1 and NPEO 2 , was observed in water and in solutions containing Fe(III) or Fe(II). The molar percentage yields of NP and NPEO 1,2 production from NPEO 3 photodegradation were approximately 20% in NPEO 3 solution, while NPEO 3 solution with Fe(III), this percentage increased to approximately 50%. In solution with Fe(II), the molar balance between the photodegradation of NPEO 3 and the production of NP and NPEO 1,2 was observed. A luminescent bacterium, Vibrio fischeri, was used to identify changes in the toxicity of NPEO 3 solutions during the photodegradation process under different conditions, while dose addition (DA) model was used to estimate the toxicity of products. Toxicity of NPEO 3 /water solution increased significantly following the irradiation of UVA/UVB mixture. In contrast, obviously decreasing toxicity was observed when NPEO 3 underwent photodegradation in the presence of Fe(III). Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier Inc.

  13. Design and evaluation of an intelligent artificial anal sphincter system powered by an adaptive transcutaneous energy transfer system.

    PubMed

    Ke, Lei; Yan, Guozheng; Wang, Yongbing; Wang, Zhiwu; Liu, Dasheng

    2015-03-01

    The aim of this study was to optimize an intelligent artificial anal sphincter system (AASS) II for patients with severe fecal incontinence. Redesigning and integrating a pressure sensor into the sphincter prosthesis allows us to reduce the sensor volume and makes it suitable for a chronic, ambulatory application. Furthermore, a close-loop frequency control method was designed for the transcutaneous energy transfer system. Finally, a longer working time of the implanted device was obtained by the low-power design of the hardware and software. The new model was implanted in 2 dogs and studied for periods of up to 5 weeks. The output voltage induced on the load of 30 Ω, for a variation range in k of 0.12 ~ 0.42, was maintained at approximately 6.8 V with a frequency control range of the 270 ~ 320 kHz. The minimum and maximum output voltages of the pressure sensor were found to be 1.7 V and 2.34 V, respectively, which corresponded to a pressure range of 90 ~ 120 kPa with maximum change rate of approximately 3.7% caused by the temperature variations. Moreover, compared with AASS I, the low-power design resulting in 94% reduction in power consumption. The efficacy of the device in achieving continence and sensing the need to defecate was assessed in an animal model. The technical concept and the design of the AASS II turned out to be capable of fulfilling the medical requirements.

  14. Plasma simulations that meet the challenges of HST & JWST Active Nuclei & Starburst observations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ferland, Gary

    2017-08-01

    Recent HST AGN monitoring programs, such as the STORM Campaign, have resulted in the definitive set of emission-line-continuum lag measurements. The goals are to measure the structure of the inner regions of an AGN, understand the physics driving the variability, and use this to place black hole mass determinations on an even firmer footing. Photoionization models make it possible to convert these observations into physical parameters such as cloud density or location. Here I propose to improve the treatment of emission from species like C IV, C III], Mg II, or Fe II in the spectral / plasma simulation code Cloudy. Like all plasma codes, Cloudy uses a modified two-level approximation to solve for the ionization of many-electron ions. I have participated in meetings on modeling Tokamak plasmas, which share many of the properties of the BLR of AGN and have the advantage of being a controlled laboratory environment. These discussions have led to the development of tests to show the density range over which the two-level approximation is valid. It fails at the densities where the strong UV lines form. I will use the atomic data available within the fusion modeling community, along with the methods they have developed, to improve Cloudy models so that they can better inform us of the message in the UV spectrum. The improvements will be part of future releases of Cloudy, which is openly available and updated on a regular basis.

  15. The Role of Healthy Lifestyle in the Implementation of Regressing Suboptimal Health Status among College Students in China: A Nested Case-Control Study

    PubMed Central

    Chen, Jieyu; Xiang, Hongjie; Jiang, Pingping; Yu, Lin; Jing, Yuan; Li, Fei; Wu, Shengwei; Fu, Xiuqiong; Liu, Yanyan; Kwan, Hiuyee; Luo, Ren; Zhao, Xiaoshan; Sun, Xiaomin

    2017-01-01

    Background: Suboptimal health status (SHS) is the intermediate health state between health and disease, it is medically undiagnosed and is also termed functional somatic syndrome. Although its clinical manifestations are complicated and various, SHS has not reached the disease status. Unhealthy lifestyle is associated with many chronic diseases and mortality. In accordance with the impact of lifestyle on health, it is intriguing to determine the association between unhealthy lifestyle and SHS risk. Methods: We conducted a nested case-control study among healthy Chinese college students from March 2012 to September 2013, which was nested in a prospective cohort of 5676 students. We performed 1:1 incidence density sampling with matched controls for birth year, sex, grade, specialty and individual character. SHS was evaluated using the medical examination report and Sub-health Measurement Scale V1.0 (SHMS V1.0). Exposure was defined as an unhealthy lifestyle per the frequency of six behavioral dimensions from the Health-promoting Lifestyle Profile (HPLP-II). Results: We matched 543 cases of SHS (42.66%) in a cohort of 1273 students during the 1.5 years mean follow-up time with controls. A significant difference (t = 9.79, p < 0.001) and a reduction in HPLP-II total score was present at 1.5 years follow-up (135.93 ± 17.65) compared to baseline (144.48 ± 18.66). A level-response effect was recorded with an increase of the total HPLP-II (every dimension was correlated with a decreased SHS risk). Compared to respondents with the least exposure (excellent level), those reporting a general HPLP-II level were approximately 2.3 times more likely to develop SHS (odd ratio = 2.333, 95% CI = 1.471 to 3.700); and those with less HPLP-II level (good level) were approximately 1.6 times more likely (1.644, 1.119–2.414) to develop SHS (p < 0.05). Our data indicated that unhealthy lifestyle behavior with respect to behavioral dimensions significantly affected SHS likelihood. Further analyses revealed a marked increase (average increased 14.73 points) in lifestyle level among those SHS regression to health after 1.5 years, with respect to the HPLP-II behavioral dimensions, in addition to the total score (t = −15.34, p < 0.001). Conclusions: SHS is highly attributable to unhealthy lifestyles, and the mitigation of modifiable lifestyle risk factors may lead to SHS regression. Increased efforts to modify unhealthy lifestyles are necessary to prevent SHS. PMID:28264509

  16. Palladium and gold removal and recovery from precious metal solutions and electronic scrap leachates by Desulfovibrio desulfuricans.

    PubMed

    Creamer, Neil J; Baxter-Plant, Victoria S; Henderson, John; Potter, M; Macaskie, Lynne E

    2006-09-01

    Biomass of Desulfovibrio desulfuricans was used to recover Au(III) as Au(0) from test solutions and from waste electronic scrap leachate. Au(0) was precipitated extracellularly by a different mechanism from the biodeposition of Pd(0). The presence of Cu(2+) ( approximately 2000 mg/l) in the leachate inhibited the hydrogenase-mediated removal of Pd(II) but pre-palladisation of the cells in the absence of added Cu(2+) facilitated removal of Pd(II) from the leachate and more than 95% of the Pd(II) was removed autocatalytically from a test solution supplemented with Cu(II) and Pd(II). Metal recovery was demonstrated in a gas-lift electrobioreactor with electrochemically generated hydrogen, followed by precipitation of recovered metal under gravity. A 3-stage bioseparation process for the recovery of Au(III), Pd(II) and Cu(II) is proposed.

  17. Complexation equilibria and spectrophotometric determination of iron(III) with 1-amino-4-hydroxyanthraquinone.

    PubMed

    Abu-Bakr, M S; Sedaira, H; Hashem, E Y

    1994-10-01

    The complex equilibria of iron(III) with 1-amino-4-hydroxyanthraquinone (AMHA) were studied spectrophotometrically in 40% (v/v) ethanol and an ionic strength of 0.1M (NaClO(4)). The complexation reactions were demonstrated and characterized using graphical logarithmic analysis of the absorbance-pH graphs. A simple, rapid, selective and sensitive method for the spectrophotometric determination of trace amounts of Fe(III) is developed based on the formation of Fe(AMHA) complex at pH 2.5 (lambda(max) = 640 nm, epsilon approximately = 2.1 x 10(4) L. mol(-1) . cm(-1)) in the presence of a large number of foreign ions. Interferences caused by palladium(II) was masked by the addition of cyanide ions. The method has been applied to the determination of iron in some synthetic samples and polymetallic iron ores.

  18. Calculation of the Full Scattering Amplitude without Partial Wave Decomposition II

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Shertzer, J.; Temkin, A.

    2003-01-01

    As is well known, the full scattering amplitude can be expressed as an integral involving the complete scattering wave function. We have shown that the integral can be simplified and used in a practical way. Initial application to electron-hydrogen scattering without exchange was highly successful. The Schrodinger equation (SE) can be reduced to a 2d partial differential equation (pde), and was solved using the finite element method. We have now included exchange by solving the resultant SE, in the static exchange approximation. The resultant equation can be reduced to a pair of coupled pde's, to which the finite element method can still be applied. The resultant scattering amplitudes, both singlet and triplet, as a function of angle can be calculated for various energies. The results are in excellent agreement with converged partial wave results.

  19. Direct application of Padé approximant for solving nonlinear differential equations.

    PubMed

    Vazquez-Leal, Hector; Benhammouda, Brahim; Filobello-Nino, Uriel; Sarmiento-Reyes, Arturo; Jimenez-Fernandez, Victor Manuel; Garcia-Gervacio, Jose Luis; Huerta-Chua, Jesus; Morales-Mendoza, Luis Javier; Gonzalez-Lee, Mario

    2014-01-01

    This work presents a direct procedure to apply Padé method to find approximate solutions for nonlinear differential equations. Moreover, we present some cases study showing the strength of the method to generate highly accurate rational approximate solutions compared to other semi-analytical methods. The type of tested nonlinear equations are: a highly nonlinear boundary value problem, a differential-algebraic oscillator problem, and an asymptotic problem. The high accurate handy approximations obtained by the direct application of Padé method shows the high potential if the proposed scheme to approximate a wide variety of problems. What is more, the direct application of the Padé approximant aids to avoid the previous application of an approximative method like Taylor series method, homotopy perturbation method, Adomian Decomposition method, homotopy analysis method, variational iteration method, among others, as tools to obtain a power series solutions to post-treat with the Padé approximant. 34L30.

  20. Differential equation based method for accurate approximations in optimization

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pritchard, Jocelyn I.; Adelman, Howard M.

    1990-01-01

    This paper describes a method to efficiently and accurately approximate the effect of design changes on structural response. The key to this new method is to interpret sensitivity equations as differential equations that may be solved explicitly for closed form approximations, hence, the method is denoted the Differential Equation Based (DEB) method. Approximations were developed for vibration frequencies, mode shapes and static displacements. The DEB approximation method was applied to a cantilever beam and results compared with the commonly-used linear Taylor series approximations and exact solutions. The test calculations involved perturbing the height, width, cross-sectional area, tip mass, and bending inertia of the beam. The DEB method proved to be very accurate, and in msot cases, was more accurate than the linear Taylor series approximation. The method is applicable to simultaneous perturbation of several design variables. Also, the approximations may be used to calculate other system response quantities. For example, the approximations for displacement are used to approximate bending stresses.

  1. Differential equation based method for accurate approximations in optimization

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pritchard, Jocelyn I.; Adelman, Howard M.

    1990-01-01

    A method to efficiently and accurately approximate the effect of design changes on structural response is described. The key to this method is to interpret sensitivity equations as differential equations that may be solved explicitly for closed form approximations, hence, the method is denoted the Differential Equation Based (DEB) method. Approximations were developed for vibration frequencies, mode shapes and static displacements. The DEB approximation method was applied to a cantilever beam and results compared with the commonly-used linear Taylor series approximations and exact solutions. The test calculations involved perturbing the height, width, cross-sectional area, tip mass, and bending inertia of the beam. The DEB method proved to be very accurate, and in most cases, was more accurate than the linear Taylor series approximation. The method is applicable to simultaneous perturbation of several design variables. Also, the approximations may be used to calculate other system response quantities. For example, the approximations for displacements are used to approximate bending stresses.

  2. New density estimation methods for charged particle beams with applications to microbunching instability

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Terzić, Balša; Bassi, Gabriele

    2011-07-01

    In this paper we discuss representations of charge particle densities in particle-in-cell simulations, analyze the sources and profiles of the intrinsic numerical noise, and present efficient methods for their removal. We devise two alternative estimation methods for charged particle distribution which represent significant improvement over the Monte Carlo cosine expansion used in the 2D code of Bassi et al. [G. Bassi, J. A. Ellison, K. Heinemann, and R. Warnock, Phys. Rev. ST Accel. Beams 12, 080704 (2009); PRABFM1098-440210.1103/PhysRevSTAB.12.080704G. Bassi and B. Terzić, in Proceedings of the 23rd Particle Accelerator Conference, Vancouver, Canada, 2009 (IEEE, Piscataway, NJ, 2009), TH5PFP043], designed to simulate coherent synchrotron radiation (CSR) in charged particle beams. The improvement is achieved by employing an alternative beam density estimation to the Monte Carlo cosine expansion. The representation is first binned onto a finite grid, after which two grid-based methods are employed to approximate particle distributions: (i) truncated fast cosine transform; and (ii) thresholded wavelet transform (TWT). We demonstrate that these alternative methods represent a staggering upgrade over the original Monte Carlo cosine expansion in terms of efficiency, while the TWT approximation also provides an appreciable improvement in accuracy. The improvement in accuracy comes from a judicious removal of the numerical noise enabled by the wavelet formulation. The TWT method is then integrated into the CSR code [G. Bassi, J. A. Ellison, K. Heinemann, and R. Warnock, Phys. Rev. ST Accel. Beams 12, 080704 (2009)PRABFM1098-440210.1103/PhysRevSTAB.12.080704], and benchmarked against the original version. We show that the new density estimation method provides a superior performance in terms of efficiency and spatial resolution, thus enabling high-fidelity simulations of CSR effects, including microbunching instability.

  3. Detection of the Compressed Primary Stellar Wind in eta Carinae*

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Teodoro, M.; Madura, T. I.; Gull, T. R.; Corcoran, M. F.; Hamaguchi, K.

    2013-01-01

    A series of three Hubble Space Telescope Space Telescope Imaging Spectrograph (HST/STIS) spectroscopic mappings, spaced approximately one year apart, reveal three partial arcs in [Fe II] and [Ni II] emissions moving outward from ? Carinae. We identify these arcs with the shell-like structures, seen in the 3D hydrodynamical simulations, formed by compression of the primary wind by the secondary wind during periastron passages.

  4. Coulomb couplings in solubilised light harvesting complex II (LHCII): challenging the ideal dipole approximation from TDDFT calculations.

    PubMed

    López-Tarifa, P; Liguori, Nicoletta; van den Heuvel, Naudin; Croce, Roberta; Visscher, Lucas

    2017-07-19

    The light harvesting complex II (LHCII), is a pigment-protein complex responsible for most of the light harvesting in plants. LHCII harvests sunlight and transfers excitation energy to the reaction centre of the photo-system, where the water oxidation process takes place. The energetics of LHCII can be modulated by means of conformational changes allowing a switch from a harvesting to a quenched state. In this state, the excitation energy is no longer transferred but converted into thermal energy to prevent photooxidation. Based on molecular dynamics simulations at the microsecond time scale, we have recently proposed that the switch between different fluorescent states can be probed by correlating shifts in the chromophore-chromophore Coulomb interactions to particular protein movements. However, these findings are based upon calculations in the ideal point dipole approximation (IDA) where the Coulomb couplings are simplified as first order dipole-dipole interactions, also assuming that the chromophore transition dipole moments lay in particular directions of space with constant moduli (FIX-IDA). In this work, we challenge this approximation using the time-dependent density functional theory (TDDFT) combined with the frozen density embedding (FDE) approach. Our aim is to establish up to which limit FIX-IDA can be applied and which chromophore types are better described under this approximation. For that purpose, we use the classical trajectories of solubilised light harvesting complex II (LHCII) we have recently reported [Liguori et al., Sci. Rep., 2015, 5, 15661] and selected three pairs of chromophores containing chlorophyll and carotenoids (Chl and Car): Chla611-Chla612, Chlb606-Chlb607 and Chla612-Lut620. Using the FDE in the Tamm-Dancoff approximation (FDEc-TDA), we show that IDA is accurate enough for predicting Chl-Chl Coulomb couplings. However, the FIX-IDA largely overestimates Chl-Car interactions mainly because the transition dipole for the Cars is not trivially oriented on the polyene chain.

  5. Approximation of the breast height diameter distribution of two-cohort stands by mixture models II Goodness-of-fit tests

    Treesearch

    Rafal Podlaski; Francis .A. Roesch

    2013-01-01

    The goals of this study are (1) to analyse the accuracy of the approximation of empirical distributions of diameter at breast height (dbh) using two-component mixtures of either the Weibull distribution or the gamma distribution in two−cohort stands, and (2) to discuss the procedure of choosing goodness−of−fit tests. The study plots were...

  6. When can time-dependent currents be reproduced by the Landauer steady-state approximation?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Carey, Rachel; Chen, Liping; Gu, Bing; Franco, Ignacio

    2017-05-01

    We establish well-defined limits in which the time-dependent electronic currents across a molecular junction subject to a fluctuating environment can be quantitatively captured via the Landauer steady-state approximation. For this, we calculate the exact time-dependent non-equilibrium Green's function (TD-NEGF) current along a model two-site molecular junction, in which the site energies are subject to correlated noise, and contrast it with that obtained from the Landauer approach. The ability of the steady-state approximation to capture the TD-NEGF behavior at each instant of time is quantified via the same-time correlation function of the currents obtained from the two methods, while their global agreement is quantified by examining differences in the average currents. The Landauer steady-state approach is found to be a useful approximation when (i) the fluctuations do not disrupt the degree of delocalization of the molecular eigenstates responsible for transport and (ii) the characteristic time for charge exchange between the molecule and leads is fast with respect to the molecular correlation time. For resonant transport, when these conditions are satisfied, the Landauer approach is found to accurately describe the current, both on average and at each instant of time. For non-resonant transport, we find that while the steady-state approach fails to capture the time-dependent transport at each instant of time, it still provides a good approximation to the average currents. These criteria can be employed to adopt effective modeling strategies for transport through molecular junctions in interaction with a fluctuating environment, as is necessary to describe experiments.

  7. The relaxation matrix for symmetric tops with inversion symmetry. I. Effects of line coupling on self-broadened ν1 and pure rotational bands of NH3.

    PubMed

    Ma, Q; Boulet, C

    2016-06-14

    The Robert-Bonamy formalism has been commonly used to calculate half-widths and shifts of spectral lines for decades. This formalism is based on several approximations. Among them, two have not been fully addressed: the isolated line approximation and the neglect of coupling between the translational and internal motions. Recently, we have shown that the isolated line approximation is not necessary in developing semi-classical line shape theories. Based on this progress, we have been able to develop a new formalism that enables not only to reduce uncertainties on calculated half-widths and shifts, but also to model line mixing effects on spectra starting from the knowledge of the intermolecular potential. In our previous studies, the new formalism had been applied to linear and asymmetric-top molecules. In the present study, the method has been extended to symmetric-top molecules with inversion symmetry. As expected, the inversion splitting induces a complete failure of the isolated line approximation. We have calculated the complex relaxation matrices of self-broadened NH3. The half-widths and shifts in the ν1 and the pure rotational bands are reported in the present paper. When compared with measurements, the calculated half-widths match the experimental data very well, since the inapplicable isolated line approximation has been removed. With respect to the shifts, only qualitative results are obtained and discussed. Calculated off-diagonal elements of the relaxation matrix and a comparison with the observed line mixing effects are reported in the companion paper (Paper II).

  8. The Relaxation Matrix for Symmetric Tops with Inversion Symmetry. I. Effects of Line Coupling on Self-Broadened v (sub 1) and Pure Rotational Bands of NH3

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ma, Q.; Boulet, C.

    2016-01-01

    The Robert-Bonamy formalism has been commonly used to calculate half-widths and shifts of spectral lines for decades. This formalism is based on several approximations. Among them, two have not been fully addressed: the isolated line approximation and the neglect of coupling between the translational and internal motions. Recently, we have shown that the isolated line approximation is not necessary in developing semi-classical line shape theories. Based on this progress, we have been able to develop a new formalism that enables not only to reduce uncertainties on calculated half-widths and shifts, but also to model line mixing effects on spectra starting from the knowledge of the intermolecular potential. In our previous studies, the new formalism had been applied to linear and asymmetric-top molecules. In the present study, the method has been extended to symmetric-top molecules with inversion symmetry. As expected, the inversion splitting induces a complete failure of the isolated line approximation. We have calculated the complex relaxation matrices of selfbroadened NH3. The half-widths and shifts in the ?1 and the pure rotational bands are reported in the present paper. When compared with measurements, the calculated half-widths match the experimental data very well, since the inapplicable isolated line approximation has been removed. With respect to the shifts, only qualitative results are obtained and discussed. Calculated off-diagonal elements of the relaxation matrix and a comparison with the observed line mixing effects are reported in the companion paper (Paper II).

  9. Light scattering by hexagonal ice crystals with distributed inclusions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Panetta, R. Lee; Zhang, Jia-Ning; Bi, Lei; Yang, Ping; Tang, Guanlin

    2016-07-01

    Inclusions of air bubbles or soot particles have significant effects on the single-scattering properties of ice crystals, effects that in turn have significant impacts on the radiation budget of an atmosphere containing the crystals. This study investigates some of the single-scattering effects in the case of hexagonal ice crystals, including effects on the backscattering depolarization ratio, a quantity of practical importance in the interpretation of lidar observations. One distinguishing feature of the study is an investigation of scattering properties at a visible wavelength for a crystal with size parameter (x) above 100, a size regime where one expects some agreement between exact methods and geometrical optics methods. This expectation is generally borne out in a test comparison of how the sensitivity of scattering properties to the distribution of a given volume fraction of included air is represented using (i) an approximate Monte Carlo Ray Tracing (MCRT) method and (ii) a numerically exact pseudo-spectral time-domain (PSTD) method. Another distinguishing feature of the study is a close examination, using the numerically exact Invariant-Imbedding T-Matrix (II-TM) method, of how some optical properties of importance to satellite remote sensing vary as the volume fraction of inclusions and size of crystal are varied. Although such an investigation of properties in the x>100 regime faces serious computational burdens that force a large number of idealizations and simplifications in the study, the results nevertheless provide an intriguing glimpse of what is evidently a quite complex sensitivity of optical scattering properties to inclusions of air or soot as volume fraction and size parameter are varied.

  10. OSO 8 observations of wave propagation in the solar chromosphere and transition region

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chipman, E. G.

    1978-01-01

    The University of Colorado instrument on OSO 8 has been used to observe relative phases of the 300-s intensity variation between the temperature-minimum region and several emission lines formed in the solar chromosphere and chromosphere-corona transition region. The lines used are due to Fe II, Si II, C II, Si IV, and C IV. The scattered light in the spectrograph, which originates almost entirely in the spectral region between 1700 and 1900 A, was used as a probe of the temperature-minimum region. The lines of Fe II, Si II, and C II show almost identical delays of approximately 30 s relative to the temperature minimum, while the intensity oscillations of the lines of Si IV and C IV appear to lead the temperature-minimum intensity oscillations by about 10 s.

  11. Axially deformed solution of the Skyrme-Hartree-Fock-Bogoliubov equations using the transformed harmonic oscillator basis (II) HFBTHO v2.00d: A new version of the program

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Stoitsov, M. V.; Schunck, N.; Kortelainen, M.; Michel, N.; Nam, H.; Olsen, E.; Sarich, J.; Wild, S.

    2013-06-01

    We describe the new version 2.00d of the code HFBTHO that solves the nuclear Skyrme-Hartree-Fock (HF) or Skyrme-Hartree-Fock-Bogoliubov (HFB) problem by using the cylindrical transformed deformed harmonic oscillator basis. In the new version, we have implemented the following features: (i) the modified Broyden method for non-linear problems, (ii) optional breaking of reflection symmetry, (iii) calculation of axial multipole moments, (iv) finite temperature formalism for the HFB method, (v) linear constraint method based on the approximation of the Random Phase Approximation (RPA) matrix for multi-constraint calculations, (vi) blocking of quasi-particles in the Equal Filling Approximation (EFA), (vii) framework for generalized energy density with arbitrary density-dependences, and (viii) shared memory parallelism via OpenMP pragmas. Program summaryProgram title: HFBTHO v2.00d Catalog identifier: ADUI_v2_0 Program summary URL:http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/ADUI_v2_0.html Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen's University, Belfast, N. Ireland Licensing provisions: GNU General Public License version 3 No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 167228 No. of bytes in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 2672156 Distribution format: tar.gz Programming language: FORTRAN-95. Computer: Intel Pentium-III, Intel Xeon, AMD-Athlon, AMD-Opteron, Cray XT5, Cray XE6. Operating system: UNIX, LINUX, WindowsXP. RAM: 200 Mwords Word size: 8 bits Classification: 17.22. Does the new version supercede the previous version?: Yes Catalog identifier of previous version: ADUI_v1_0 Journal reference of previous version: Comput. Phys. Comm. 167 (2005) 43 Nature of problem: The solution of self-consistent mean-field equations for weakly-bound paired nuclei requires a correct description of the asymptotic properties of nuclear quasi-particle wave functions. In the present implementation, this is achieved by using the single-particle wave functions of the transformed harmonic oscillator, which allows for an accurate description of deformation effects and pairing correlations in nuclei arbitrarily close to the particle drip lines. Solution method: The program uses the axial Transformed Harmonic Oscillator (THO) single- particle basis to expand quasi-particle wave functions. It iteratively diagonalizes the Hartree-Fock-Bogoliubov Hamiltonian based on generalized Skyrme-like energy densities and zero-range pairing interactions until a self-consistent solution is found. A previous version of the program was presented in: M.V. Stoitsov, J. Dobaczewski, W. Nazarewicz, P. Ring, Comput. Phys. Commun. 167 (2005) 43-63. Reasons for new version: Version 2.00d of HFBTHO provides a number of new options such as the optional breaking of reflection symmetry, the calculation of axial multipole moments, the finite temperature formalism for the HFB method, optimized multi-constraint calculations, the treatment of odd-even and odd-odd nuclei in the blocking approximation, and the framework for generalized energy density with arbitrary density-dependences. It is also the first version of HFBTHO to contain threading capabilities. Summary of revisions: The modified Broyden method has been implemented, Optional breaking of reflection symmetry has been implemented, The calculation of all axial multipole moments up to λ=8 has been implemented, The finite temperature formalism for the HFB method has been implemented, The linear constraint method based on the approximation of the Random Phase Approximation (RPA) matrix for multi-constraint calculations has been implemented, The blocking of quasi-particles in the Equal Filling Approximation (EFA) has been implemented, The framework for generalized energy density functionals with arbitrary density-dependence has been implemented, Shared memory parallelism via OpenMP pragmas has been implemented. Restrictions: Axial- and time-reversal symmetries are assumed. Unusual features: The user must have access to the LAPACK subroutines DSYEVD, DSYTRF and DSYTRI, and their dependences, which compute eigenvalues and eigenfunctions of real symmetric matrices, the LAPACK subroutines DGETRI and DGETRF, which invert arbitrary real matrices, and the BLAS routines DCOPY, DSCAL, DGEMM and DGEMV for double-precision linear algebra (or provide another set of subroutines that can perform such tasks). The BLAS and LAPACK subroutines can be obtained from the Netlib Repository at the University of Tennessee, Knoxville: http://netlib2.cs.utk.edu/. Running time: Highly variable, as it depends on the nucleus, size of the basis, requested accuracy, requested configuration, compiler and libraries, and hardware architecture. An order of magnitude would be a few seconds for ground-state configurations in small bases N≈8-12, to a few minutes in very deformed configuration of a heavy nucleus with a large basis N>20.

  12. Connections between EM2-containing terminals and GABA/μ-opioid receptor co-expressing neurons in the rat spinal trigeminal caudal nucleus

    PubMed Central

    Li, Meng-Ying; Wu, Zhen-Yu; Lu, Ya-Cheng; Yin, Jun-Bin; Wang, Jian; Zhang, Ting; Dong, Yu-Lin; Wang, Feng

    2014-01-01

    Endomorphin-2 (EM2) demonstrates a potent antinociceptive effect via the μ-opioid receptor (MOR). To provide morphological evidence for the pain control effect of EM2, the synaptic connections between EM2-immunoreactive (IR) axonal terminals and γ-amino butyric acid (GABA)/MOR co-expressing neurons in lamina II of the spinal trigeminal caudal nucleus (Vc) were investigated in the rat. Dense EM2-, MOR- and GABA-IR fibers and terminals were mainly observed in lamina II of the Vc. Within lamina II, GABA- and MOR-neuronal cell bodies were also encountered. The results of immunofluorescent histochemical triple-staining showed that approximately 14.2 or 18.9% of GABA-IR or MOR-IR neurons also showed MOR- or GABA-immunopositive staining in lamina II; approximately 45.2 and 36.1% of the GABA-IR and MOR-IR neurons, respectively, expressed FOS protein in their nuclei induced by injecting formalin into the left lower lip of the mouth. Most of the GABA/MOR, GABA/FOS, and MOR/FOS double-labeled neurons made close contacts with EM2-IR fibers and terminals. Immuno-electron microscopy confirmed that the EM2-IR terminals formed synapses with GABA-IR or MOR-IR dendritic processes and neuronal cell bodies in lamina II of the Vc. These results suggest that EM2 might participate in pain transmission and modulation by binding to MOR-IR and GABAergic inhibitory interneuron in lamina II of the Vc to exert inhibitory effect on the excitatory interneuron in lamina II and projection neurons in laminae I and III. PMID:25386121

  13. Comparison of toxicity rankings of six aircraft cabin polymers by lethality and by incapacitation in rats.

    PubMed

    Sanders, D C; Endecott, B R; Chaturvedi, A K

    1992-10-01

    Polymeric aircraft cabin materials have the potential to produce toxic gases in fires. Lethality (LC50) in animal models is a standard index to rank polymers on the basis of their combustion toxicity. However, the use of times-to-incapacitation (ti) may be more realistic for predicting relative escape times from a fire. Therefore, LC50 and ti for polymers, polyamide (I), polystyrene (II), Nylon 6/6 (III), polysulfone (IV), polyethylene (V) and chlorinated polyethylene (VI), of different chemical classes were determined and compared. Male rats, 12/fuel loading, were exposed to the pyrolysis products from selected weights of each polymer for 30 min in a 265-L combustion/exposure system, and LC50 values were determined following a 14-d observation period. For each polymer, ti was measured at 16 g and at its respective LC50 using the inability of rats (n greater than or equal to 12) to walk in rotating cages as a criterion for incapacitation. LC50 (45.7-87.5 mg/L) of the polymers had the order of I less than II approximately III less than IV less than V less than VI, while their ti (6.6-21.1 min) at 16 g (60 mg/L) had the order of III approximately I less than V approximately II less than VI less than IV. Based on ti at LC50, polymers were grouped into III & V; I, II & VI; and IV. LC50 and ti did not exhibit the same relative toxic hazard rankings for these polymers; ti were also not equal at the LC50 concentrations. These findings demonstrate the possible involvement of different mechanisms of action for the combustion products of these polymers at the selected end points.

  14. One-range addition theorems for derivatives of Slater-type orbitals.

    PubMed

    Guseinov, Israfil

    2004-06-01

    Using addition theorems for STOs introduced by the author with the help of complete orthonormal sets of psi(alpha)-ETOs (Guseinov II (2003) J Mol Model 9:190-194), where alpha=1, 0, -1, -2, ..., a large number of one-range addition theorems for first and second derivatives of STOs are established. These addition theorems are especially useful for computation of multicenter-multielectron integrals over STOs that arise in the Hartree-Fock-Roothaan approximation and also in the Hylleraas function method, which play a significant role for the study of electronic structure and electron-nuclei interaction properties of atoms, molecules, and solids. The relationships obtained are valid for arbitrary quantum numbers, screening constants and location of STOs.

  15. Outer-sphere Pb(II) adsorbed at specific surface sites on single crystal α-alumina

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Bargar, John R.; Towle, Steven N.; Brown, Gordon E.; Parks, George A.

    1996-01-01

    Solvated Pb(II) ions were found to adsorb as structurally well-defined outer-sphere complexes at specific sites on the α-Al2O3 (0001) single crystal surface, as determined by grazing-incidence X-ray absorption fine structure (GI-XAFS) measurements. The XAFS results suggest that the distance between Pb(II) adions and the alumina surface is approximately 4.2 Å. In contrast, Pb(II) adsorbs as more strongly bound inner-sphere complexes on α-Al2O3 (102). The difference in reactivities of the two alumina surfaces has implications for modeling surface complexation reactions of contaminants in natural environments, catalysis, and compositional sector zoning of oxide crystals.

  16. Solid-state properties and crystallization behavior of PHA-739521 polymorphs.

    PubMed

    Sun, Changquan Calvin

    2006-08-17

    PHA-739521 is an experimental compound that exhibits polymorphism. The two anhydrous crystal forms, I and II, are characterized using powder X-ray diffractometry, thermal analyses, moisture sorption gravimetry. Both Forms I and II are non-hygroscopic and are stable to compaction pressure. The melting temperature is about 152 degrees C for Form I and 168 degrees C for Form II. Forms I and II are enantiotropically related where Form I is more stable below a transition temperature of approximately 70 degrees C. Crystallization behavior of this compound from solutions and during heating is also studied. Information obtained is used to design an appropriate crystallization process to successfully manufacture desired polymorph at large scale.

  17. HST images of very compact blue galaxies at z approximately 0.2

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Koo, David C.; Bershady, Matthew A.; Wirth, Gregory D.; Stanford, S. Adam; Majewski, Steven R.

    1994-01-01

    We present the results of Hubble Space Telescope (HST) Wide-Field Camera (WFC) imaging of seven very compact, very blue galaxies with B less than or equal to 21 and redshifts z approximately 0.1 to 0.35. Based on deconvolved images, we estimate typical half-light diameters of approximately 0.65 sec, corresponding to approximately 1.4 h(exp -1) kpc at redshifts z approximately 0.2. The average rest frame surface brightness within this diameter is mu(sub v) approximately 20.5 mag arcsec(exp -2), approximately 1 mag brighter than that of typical late-type blue galaxies. Ground-based spectra show strong, narrow emission lines indicating high ionization; their very blue colors suggest recent bursts of star-formation; their typical luminosities are approximately 4 times fainter than that of field galaxies. These characteristics suggest H II galaxies as likely local counterparts of our sample, though our most luminous targets appear to be unusually compact for their luminosities.

  18. The impact of sample non-normality on ANOVA and alternative methods.

    PubMed

    Lantz, Björn

    2013-05-01

    In this journal, Zimmerman (2004, 2011) has discussed preliminary tests that researchers often use to choose an appropriate method for comparing locations when the assumption of normality is doubtful. The conceptual problem with this approach is that such a two-stage process makes both the power and the significance of the entire procedure uncertain, as type I and type II errors are possible at both stages. A type I error at the first stage, for example, will obviously increase the probability of a type II error at the second stage. Based on the idea of Schmider et al. (2010), which proposes that simulated sets of sample data be ranked with respect to their degree of normality, this paper investigates the relationship between population non-normality and sample non-normality with respect to the performance of the ANOVA, Brown-Forsythe test, Welch test, and Kruskal-Wallis test when used with different distributions, sample sizes, and effect sizes. The overall conclusion is that the Kruskal-Wallis test is considerably less sensitive to the degree of sample normality when populations are distinctly non-normal and should therefore be the primary tool used to compare locations when it is known that populations are not at least approximately normal. © 2012 The British Psychological Society.

  19. Further aspects of ochratoxin A-cation interactions: complex formation with zinc ions and a novel analytical application of ochratoxin A-magnesium interaction in the HPLC-FLD system.

    PubMed

    Poór, Miklós; Kuzma, Mónika; Matisz, Gergely; Li, Yin; Perjési, Pál; Kunsági-Máté, Sándor; Kőszegi, Tamás

    2014-04-10

    Ochratoxin A (OTA) is a mycotoxin produced by different Aspergillus and Penicillium species. Since its mechanism of action is not fully understood yet, it is important to gain further insight into different interactions of OTA at the molecular level. OTA is found worldwide in many foods and drinks. Moreover, it can also be detected in human and animal tissues and body fluids, as well. Therefore, the development of highly sensitive quantitative methods for the determination of OTA is of utmost importance. OTA most likely forms complexes with divalent cations, both in cells and body fluids. In the present study, the OTA-zinc interaction was investigated and compared to OTA-magnesium complex formation using fluorescence spectroscopy and molecular modeling. Our results show that zinc(II) ion forms a two-fold higher stable complex with OTA than magnesium(II) ion. In addition, based on the enhanced fluorescence emission of OTA in its magnesium-bound form, a novel RP-HPLC-fluorescence detector (FLD) method was also established. Our results highlight that the application of magnesium chloride in alkaline eluents results in an approximately two-fold increase in sensitivity using the HPLC-FLD technique.

  20. A comparison of accuracy validation methods for genomic and pedigree-based predictions of swine litter size traits using Large White and simulated data.

    PubMed

    Putz, A M; Tiezzi, F; Maltecca, C; Gray, K A; Knauer, M T

    2018-02-01

    The objective of this study was to compare and determine the optimal validation method when comparing accuracy from single-step GBLUP (ssGBLUP) to traditional pedigree-based BLUP. Field data included six litter size traits. Simulated data included ten replicates designed to mimic the field data in order to determine the method that was closest to the true accuracy. Data were split into training and validation sets. The methods used were as follows: (i) theoretical accuracy derived from the prediction error variance (PEV) of the direct inverse (iLHS), (ii) approximated accuracies from the accf90(GS) program in the BLUPF90 family of programs (Approx), (iii) correlation between predictions and the single-step GEBVs from the full data set (GEBV Full ), (iv) correlation between predictions and the corrected phenotypes of females from the full data set (Y c ), (v) correlation from method iv divided by the square root of the heritability (Y ch ) and (vi) correlation between sire predictions and the average of their daughters' corrected phenotypes (Y cs ). Accuracies from iLHS increased from 0.27 to 0.37 (37%) in the Large White. Approximation accuracies were very consistent and close in absolute value (0.41 to 0.43). Both iLHS and Approx were much less variable than the corrected phenotype methods (ranging from 0.04 to 0.27). On average, simulated data showed an increase in accuracy from 0.34 to 0.44 (29%) using ssGBLUP. Both iLHS and Y ch approximated the increase well, 0.30 to 0.46 and 0.36 to 0.45, respectively. GEBV Full performed poorly in both data sets and is not recommended. Results suggest that for within-breed selection, theoretical accuracy using PEV was consistent and accurate. When direct inversion is infeasible to get the PEV, correlating predictions to the corrected phenotypes divided by the square root of heritability is adequate given a large enough validation data set. © 2017 Blackwell Verlag GmbH.

  1. A New Equivalence Theory Method for Treating Doubly Heterogeneous Fuel - II. Verifications

    DOE PAGES

    Choi, Sooyoung; Kong, Chidong; Lee, Deokjung; ...

    2015-03-09

    A new methodology has been developed recently to treat resonance self-shielding in systems for which the fuel compact region of a reactor lattice consists of small fuel grains dispersed in a graphite matrix. The theoretical development adopts equivalence theory in both micro- and macro-level heterogeneities to provide approximate analytical expressions for the shielded cross sections, which may be interpolated from a table of resonance integrals or Bondarenko factors using a modified background cross section as the interpolation parameter. This paper describes the first implementation of the theoretical equations in a reactor analysis code. In order to reduce discrepancies caused bymore » use of the rational approximation for collision probabilities in the original derivation, a new formulation for a doubly heterogeneous Bell factor is developed in this paper to improve the accuracy of doubly heterogeneous expressions. This methodology is applied to a wide range of pin cell and assembly test problems with varying geometry parameters, material compositions, and temperatures, and the results are compared with continuous-energy Monte Carlo simulations to establish the accuracy and range of applicability of the new approach. It is shown that the new doubly heterogeneous self-shielding method including the Bell factor correction gives good agreement with reference Monte Carlo results.« less

  2. Efficient radiative transfer techniques in hydrodynamic simulations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mercer, A.; Stamatellos, D.; Dunhill, A.

    2018-05-01

    Radiative transfer is an important component of hydrodynamic simulations as it determines the thermal properties of a physical system. It is especially important in cases where heating and cooling regulate significant processes, such as in the collapse of molecular clouds, the development of gravitational instabilities in protostellar discs, disc-planet interactions, and planet migration. We compare two approximate radiative transfer methods which indirectly estimate optical depths within hydrodynamic simulations using two different metrics: (i) the gravitational potential and density of the gas (Stamatellos et al.), and (ii) the pressure scale-height (Lombardi et al.). We find that both methods are accurate for spherical configurations e.g. in collapsing molecular clouds and within clumps that form in protostellar discs. However, the pressure scale-height approach is more accurate in protostellar discs (low and high-mass discs, discs with spiral features, discs with embedded planets). We also investigate the β-cooling approximation which is commonly used when simulating protostellar discs, and in which the cooling time is proportional to the orbital period of the gas. We demonstrate that the use of a constant β cannot capture the wide range of spatial and temporal variations of cooling in protostellar discs, which may affect the development of gravitational instabilities, planet migration, planet mass growth, and the orbital properties of planets.

  3. Spectral (Finite) Volume Method for Conservation Laws on Unstructured Grids II: Extension to Two Dimensional Scalar Equation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wang, Z. J.; Liu, Yen; Kwak, Dochan (Technical Monitor)

    2002-01-01

    The framework for constructing a high-order, conservative Spectral (Finite) Volume (SV) method is presented for two-dimensional scalar hyperbolic conservation laws on unstructured triangular grids. Each triangular grid cell forms a spectral volume (SV), and the SV is further subdivided into polygonal control volumes (CVs) to supported high-order data reconstructions. Cell-averaged solutions from these CVs are used to reconstruct a high order polynomial approximation in the SV. Each CV is then updated independently with a Godunov-type finite volume method and a high-order Runge-Kutta time integration scheme. A universal reconstruction is obtained by partitioning all SVs in a geometrically similar manner. The convergence of the SV method is shown to depend on how a SV is partitioned. A criterion based on the Lebesgue constant has been developed and used successfully to determine the quality of various partitions. Symmetric, stable, and convergent linear, quadratic, and cubic SVs have been obtained, and many different types of partitions have been evaluated. The SV method is tested for both linear and non-linear model problems with and without discontinuities.

  4. Excitation energy spectrum in helium II

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lu, P.; Chan, C.K.

    1979-11-01

    We obtain the roton part of the excitation energy spectrum in He II qualitatively. We point out that the distinct difference between this calculation and that of Parry and Ter Haar is that we do not use the Born approximation in the evaluation of t-matrix elements. We found that in addition to the contribution due to the hard-core part, the attractive potential helps to form the roton dip.

  5. CRTS-II Detection of Increased Optical Activity from CTA 102

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Djorgovski, S. G.; Drake, A. J.; Mahabal, A. A.; Graham, M. J.; Christensen, E.; Larson, S. M.

    2017-12-01

    We report the detection of significant optical brightening of FSRQ CTA 102 by CRTS-II on 2017 Dec. 8.15 UT. At that time CTA 102 was seen to have risen approximately 1.4 mags (to V_CSS = 14.15) compared with previous observations taken on 2017 Nov. 23 UT. Additional survey observations taken on 2017 Dec. 15 UT show CTA 102 at V_CSS = 14.05.

  6. Electronic structure of PrBa2Cu3O7: A local-spin-density approximation with on-site Coulomb interaction

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Biagini, M.; Calandra, C.; Ossicini, Stefano

    1995-10-01

    Electronic structure calculations based on the local-spin-density approximation (LSDA) fail to reproduce the antiferromagnetic ground state of PrBa2Cu3O7 (PBCO). We have performed linear muffin-tin orbital-atomic sphere approximation calculations, based on the local-spin-density approximation with on-site Coulomb correlation applied to Cu(1) and Cu(2) 3d states. We have found that inclusion of the on-site Coulomb interaction modifies qualitatively the electronic structure of PBCO with respect to the LSDA results, and gives Cu spin moments in good agreement with the experimental values. The Cu(2) upper Hubbard band lies about 1 eV above the Fermi energy, indicating a CuII oxidation state. On the other hand, the Cu(1) upper Hubbard band is located across the Fermi level, which implies an intermediate oxidation state for the Cu(1) ion, between CuI and CuII. The metallic character of the CuO chains is preserved, in agreement with optical reflectivity [K. Takenaka et al., Phys. Rev. B 46, 5833 (1992)] and positron annihilation experiments [L. Hoffmann et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 71, 4047 (1993)]. These results support the view of an extrinsic origin of the insulating character of PrBa2Cu3O7.

  7. Evaluation of a reflectance model used in the SeaWiFS ocean color algorithm: implications for chlorophyll concentration retrievals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yan, Banghua; Stamnes, Knut; Toratani, Mitsuhiro; Li, Wei; Stamnes, Jakob J.

    2002-10-01

    For the atmospheric correction of ocean-color imagery obtained over Case I waters with the Sea-Viewing Wide Field-of-View Sensor (SeaWiFS) instrument the method currently used to relax the black-pixel assumption in the near infrared (NIR) relies on (1) an approximate model for the nadir NIR remote-sensing reflectance and (2) an assumption that the water-leaving radiance is isotropic over the upward hemisphere. Radiance simulations based on a comprehensive radiative-transfer model for the coupled atmosphere-ocean system and measurements of the nadir remote-sensing reflectance at 670 nm compiled in the SeaWiFS Bio-optical Algorithm Mini-Workshop (SeaBAM) database are used to assess the validity of this method. The results show that (1) it is important to improve the flexibility of the reflectance model to provide more realistic predictions of the nadir NIR water-leaving reflectance for different ocean regions and (2) the isotropic assumption should be avoided in the retrieval of ocean color, if the chlorophyll concentration is larger than approximately 6, 10, and 40 mg m-3 when the aerosol optical depth is approximately 0.05, 0.1, and 0.3, respectively. Finally, we extend our scope to Case II ocean waters to gain insight and enhance our understanding of the NIR aspects of ocean color. The results show that the isotropic assumption is invalid in a wider range than in Case I waters owing to the enhanced water-leaving reflectance resulting from oceanic sediments in the NIR wavelengths.

  8. Final analysis of proton form factor ratio data at Q2=4.0, 4.8, and 5.6 GeV2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Puckett, A. J. R.; Brash, E. J.; Gayou, O.; Jones, M. K.; Pentchev, L.; Perdrisat, C. F.; Punjabi, V.; Aniol, K. A.; Averett, T.; Benmokhtar, F.; Bertozzi, W.; Bimbot, L.; Calarco, J. R.; Cavata, C.; Chai, Z.; Chang, C.-C.; Chang, T.; Chen, J. P.; Chudakov, E.; De Leo, R.; Dieterich, S.; Endres, R.; Epstein, M. B.; Escoffier, S.; Fissum, K. G.; Fonvieille, H.; Frullani, S.; Gao, J.; Garibaldi, F.; Gilad, S.; Gilman, R.; Glamazdin, A.; Glashausser, C.; Gomez, J.; Hansen, J.-O.; Higinbotham, D.; Huber, G. M.; Iodice, M.; de Jager, C. W.; Jiang, X.; Khandaker, M.; Kozlov, S.; Kramer, K. M.; Kumbartzki, G.; LeRose, J. J.; Lhuillier, D.; Lindgren, R. A.; Liyanage, N.; Lolos, G. J.; Margaziotis, D. J.; Marie, F.; Markowitz, P.; McCormick, K.; Michaels, R.; Milbrath, B. D.; Nanda, S. K.; Neyret, D.; Piskunov, N. M.; Ransome, R. D.; Raue, B. A.; Roché, R.; Rvachev, M.; Salgado, C.; Sirca, S.; Sitnik, I.; Strauch, S.; Todor, L.; Tomasi-Gustafsson, E.; Urciuoli, G. M.; Voskanyan, H.; Wijesooriya, K.; Wojtsekhowski, B. B.; Zheng, X.; Zhu, L.

    2012-04-01

    Precise measurements of the proton electromagnetic form factor ratio R=μpGEp/GMp using the polarization transfer method at Jefferson Lab have revolutionized the understanding of nucleon structure by revealing the strong decrease of R with momentum transfer Q2 for Q2≳1 GeV2, in strong disagreement with previous extractions of R from cross-section measurements. In particular, the polarization transfer results have exposed the limits of applicability of the one-photon-exchange approximation and highlighted the role of quark orbital angular momentum in the nucleon structure. The GEp-II experiment in Jefferson Lab's Hall A measured R at four Q2 values in the range 3.5GeV2≤Q2≤5.6GeV2. A possible discrepancy between the originally published GEp-II results and more recent measurements at higher Q2 motivated a new analysis of the GEp-II data. This article presents the final results of the GEp-II experiment, including details of the new analysis, an expanded description of the apparatus, and an overview of theoretical progress since the original publication. The key result of the final analysis is a systematic increase in the results for R, improving the consistency of the polarization transfer data in the high-Q2 region. This increase is the result of an improved selection of elastic events which largely removes the systematic effect of the inelastic contamination, underestimated by the original analysis.

  9. Out-of-plane spin polarization of edge currents in Chern insulator with Rashba spin-orbit interaction

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Tsung-Wei; Hsiao, Chin-Lun; Hu, Chong-Der

    2016-07-01

    We investigate the change in the non-zero Chern number and out-of-plane spin polarization of the edge currents in a honeycomb lattice with the Haldane-Rashba interaction. This interaction breaks the time-reversal symmetry due to the Haldane phase caused by a current loop at the site-I and site-II atoms, and also accounts for the Rashba-type spin-orbit interaction. The Rashba spin-orbit interaction increases the number of Dirac points and the band-touching phenomenon can be generated by tuning the on-site potential in the non-zero Haldane phase. By using the Pontryagin winding number and numerical Berry curvature methods, we find that the Chern number pattern is {+2, -1, 0} and {-2, +1, 0} for the positive and negative Haldane phase, respectively. A non-zero Chern number is called a Chern-insulating phase. We discovered that changes in both the Haldane phase and on-site potential leads to a change in the orientation of the bulk spin polarization of site-I and site-II atoms. Interestingly, in a ribbon with a zigzag edge, which naturally has site-I atoms at one outer edge and site-II atoms at the opposite outer edge, the spin polarization of the edge states approximately obeys the properties of bulk spin polarization regardless of the change in the Chern number. In addition, even when the Chern number changes from  +2 to  -1 (or  -2 to  +1), by tuning the strength of the on-site potential, the sign of the spin polarization of the edge states persists. This approximate bulk-edge correspondence of the spin polarization in the Haldane-Rashba system would play an important role in spintronics, because it enables us to control the orientation of the spin polarization in a single Chern-insulating phase.

  10. Out-of-plane spin polarization of edge currents in Chern insulator with Rashba spin-orbit interaction.

    PubMed

    Chen, Tsung-Wei; Hsiao, Chin-Lun; Hu, Chong-Der

    2016-07-13

    We investigate the change in the non-zero Chern number and out-of-plane spin polarization of the edge currents in a honeycomb lattice with the Haldane-Rashba interaction. This interaction breaks the time-reversal symmetry due to the Haldane phase caused by a current loop at the site-I and site-II atoms, and also accounts for the Rashba-type spin-orbit interaction. The Rashba spin-orbit interaction increases the number of Dirac points and the band-touching phenomenon can be generated by tuning the on-site potential in the non-zero Haldane phase. By using the Pontryagin winding number and numerical Berry curvature methods, we find that the Chern number pattern is {+2, -1, 0} and {-2, +1, 0} for the positive and negative Haldane phase, respectively. A non-zero Chern number is called a Chern-insulating phase. We discovered that changes in both the Haldane phase and on-site potential leads to a change in the orientation of the bulk spin polarization of site-I and site-II atoms. Interestingly, in a ribbon with a zigzag edge, which naturally has site-I atoms at one outer edge and site-II atoms at the opposite outer edge, the spin polarization of the edge states approximately obeys the properties of bulk spin polarization regardless of the change in the Chern number. In addition, even when the Chern number changes from  +2 to  -1 (or  -2 to  +1), by tuning the strength of the on-site potential, the sign of the spin polarization of the edge states persists. This approximate bulk-edge correspondence of the spin polarization in the Haldane-Rashba system would play an important role in spintronics, because it enables us to control the orientation of the spin polarization in a single Chern-insulating phase.

  11. Psychometric Evaluation of the Overexcitability Questionnaire-Two Applying Bayesian Structural Equation Modeling (BSEM) and Multiple-Group BSEM-Based Alignment with Approximate Measurement Invariance

    PubMed Central

    De Bondt, Niki; Van Petegem, Peter

    2015-01-01

    The Overexcitability Questionnaire-Two (OEQ-II) measures the degree and nature of overexcitability, which assists in determining the developmental potential of an individual according to Dabrowski's Theory of Positive Disintegration. Previous validation studies using frequentist confirmatory factor analysis, which postulates exact parameter constraints, led to model rejection and a long series of model modifications. Bayesian structural equation modeling (BSEM) allows the application of zero-mean, small-variance priors for cross-loadings, residual covariances, and differences in measurement parameters across groups, better reflecting substantive theory and leading to better model fit and less overestimation of factor correlations. Our BSEM analysis with a sample of 516 students in higher education yields positive results regarding the factorial validity of the OEQ-II. Likewise, applying BSEM-based alignment with approximate measurement invariance, the absence of non-invariant factor loadings and intercepts across gender is supportive of the psychometric quality of the OEQ-II. Compared to males, females scored significantly higher on emotional and sensual overexcitability, and significantly lower on psychomotor overexcitability. PMID:26733931

  12. Psychometric Evaluation of the Overexcitability Questionnaire-Two Applying Bayesian Structural Equation Modeling (BSEM) and Multiple-Group BSEM-Based Alignment with Approximate Measurement Invariance.

    PubMed

    De Bondt, Niki; Van Petegem, Peter

    2015-01-01

    The Overexcitability Questionnaire-Two (OEQ-II) measures the degree and nature of overexcitability, which assists in determining the developmental potential of an individual according to Dabrowski's Theory of Positive Disintegration. Previous validation studies using frequentist confirmatory factor analysis, which postulates exact parameter constraints, led to model rejection and a long series of model modifications. Bayesian structural equation modeling (BSEM) allows the application of zero-mean, small-variance priors for cross-loadings, residual covariances, and differences in measurement parameters across groups, better reflecting substantive theory and leading to better model fit and less overestimation of factor correlations. Our BSEM analysis with a sample of 516 students in higher education yields positive results regarding the factorial validity of the OEQ-II. Likewise, applying BSEM-based alignment with approximate measurement invariance, the absence of non-invariant factor loadings and intercepts across gender is supportive of the psychometric quality of the OEQ-II. Compared to males, females scored significantly higher on emotional and sensual overexcitability, and significantly lower on psychomotor overexcitability.

  13. Analysis of solar ultraviolet lines

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chipman, E.

    1971-01-01

    The formation of the strongest ultra-violet emission lines of Mg II, O I, C II, and C III in the solar atmosphere is studied in detail. The equations of statistical equilibrium and radiative transfer for each ion are solved using a general computer program that is capable of solving non-LTE line-formation problems for arbitrary atmospheric and atomic models. Interpreting the results in terms of the structure of the solar atmosphere, it is concluded that the HSRA atmosphere has a temperature too low by about 500 K near h = 1100 km and that a temperature plateau with T sub e approximately = 18,000 K and width close to 60 km exists in the upper chromosphere. The structure of the solar atmosphere in the range 20,000 to 100,000 K and the effects of microturbulence on the formation of lines are also investigated. Approximate analytic line-formation problems are solved, and more exact solutions are derived later. An attempt is made to make the best possible fit to the Ca II K line center-to-limb profiles with a one-component atmosphere, with an assumed source function and microturbulent velocity.

  14. Preliminary assessment of possible aerosol contamination effects on SAGE ozone trends in the lower stratosphere

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cunnold, Derek M.; Veiga, Robert E.

    1991-01-01

    An investigation of the validity of long-term ozone trends in the lower stratosphere derived from SAGE I and II measurements is described. At altitudes below approximately 20 km, it is important to separate the ozone and aerosol contributions to SAGE extinction at 600 nm. The correlation between SAGE II measurements of ozone and aerosols indicates that most of the variability in these parameters is associated with physically induced variations resulting from quasi-horizontal motions of air parcels. The SAGE ozone measurements are however found to be as much as 20 percent larger than coincident ozonesonde measurements between 15 and 20 km altitude. A sudden change in the difference at approximately 14.5 km altitude for which there is a change in the SAGE aerosol retrieval procedure suggests that SAGE ozone trends below 20 km altitude may be more sensitive to aerosol variations. Between 20 and 25 km altitude, however, both SAGE and the ozonesondes indicate a reduction in ozone of approximately 0.5 percent/year over the period 1979 to 1989 at midlatitudes of the Northern Hemisphere.

  15. Photometry of resolved galaxies. IV - Holmberg I and Holmberg II

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hoessel, J. G.; Danielson, G. E.

    1984-01-01

    Colors and magnitudes are presented for 279 resolved stars in the Holmberg I dwarf galaxy and 468 resolved stars in Holmberg II. Both systems are Magellanic type dwarf members of the M81-NGC 2403 Group, which lies at approximately 3 Mpc from the Local Group. The photometry was done in the GRI passbands using CCD detectors. Color-magnitude diagrams and luminosity functions are constructed; these are compared with results for several Local Group galaxies and with theoretical work. Holmberg I is found to have a low present star formation rate, while Holmberg II is very active at present.

  16. Variola virus immune evasion proteins.

    PubMed

    Dunlop, Lance R; Oehlberg, Katherine A; Reid, Jeremy J; Avci, Dilek; Rosengard, Ariella M

    2003-09-01

    Variola virus, the causative agent of smallpox, encodes approximately 200 proteins. Over 80 of these proteins are located in the terminal regions of the genome, where proteins associated with host immune evasion are encoded. To date, only two variola proteins have been characterized. Both are located in the terminal regions and demonstrate immunoregulatory functions. One protein, the smallpox inhibitor of complement enzymes (SPICE), is homologous to a vaccinia virus virulence factor, the vaccinia virus complement-control protein (VCP), which has been found experimentally to be expressed early in the course of vaccinia infection. Both SPICE and VCP are similar in structure and function to the family of mammalian complement regulatory proteins, which function to prevent inadvertent injury to adjacent cells and tissues during complement activation. The second variola protein is the variola virus high-affinity secreted chemokine-binding protein type II (CKBP-II, CBP-II, vCCI), which binds CC-chemokine receptors. The vaccinia homologue of CKBP-II is secreted both early and late in infection. CKBP-II proteins are highly conserved among orthopoxviruses, sharing approximately 85% homology, but are absent in eukaryotes. This characteristic sets it apart from other known virulence factors in orthopoxviruses, which share sequence homology with known mammalian immune regulatory gene products. Future studies of additional variola proteins may help illuminate factors associated with its virulence, pathogenesis and strict human tropism. In addition, these studies may also assist in the development of targeted therapies for the treatment of both smallpox and human immune-related diseases.

  17. A variation-perturbation method for atomic and molecular interactions. I - Theory. II - The interaction potential and van der Waals molecule for Ne-HF

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gallup, G. A.; Gerratt, J.

    1985-09-01

    The van der Waals energy between the two parts of a system is a very small fraction of the total electronic energy. In such cases, calculations have been based on perturbation theory. However, such an approach involves certain difficulties. For this reason, van der Waals energies have also been directly calculated from total energies. But such a method has definite limitations as to the size of systems which can be treated, and recently ab initio calculations have been combined with damped semiempirical long-range dispersion potentials to treat larger systems. In this procedure, large basis set superposition errors occur, which must be removed by the counterpoise method. The present investigation is concerned with an approach which is intermediate between the previously considered procedures. The first step in the new approach involves a variational calculation based upon valence bond functions. The procedure includes also the optimization of excited orbitals, and an approximation of atomic integrals and Hamiltonian matrix elements.

  18. Oxidation of cyclohexane catalyzed by metal-ion-exchanged zeolites.

    PubMed

    Sökmen, Ilkay; Sevin, Fatma

    2003-08-01

    The ion-exchange rates and capacities of the zeolite NaY for the Cu(II), Co(II), and Pb(II) metal ions were investigated. Ion-exchange equilibria were achieved in approximately 72 h for all the metal ions. The maximum ion exchange of metal ions into the zeolite was found to be 120 mg Pb(II), 110 mg Cu(II), and 100 mg Co(II) per gram of zeolite NaY. It is observed that the exchange capacity of a zeolite varies with the exchanged metal ion and the amount of metal ions exchanged into zeolite decreases in the sequence Pb(II) > Cu(II) > Co(II). Application of the metal-ion-exchanged zeolites in oxidation of cyclohexane in liquid phase with visible light was examined and it is observed that the order of reactivity of the zeolites for the conversion of cyclohexane to cyclohexanone and cyclohexanol is CuY > CoY > PbY. It is found that conversion increases by increase of the empty active sites of a zeolite and the formation of cyclohexanol is favored initially, but the cyclohexanol is subsequently converted to cyclohexanone.

  19. A multistage gene normalization system integrating multiple effective methods.

    PubMed

    Li, Lishuang; Liu, Shanshan; Li, Lihua; Fan, Wenting; Huang, Degen; Zhou, Huiwei

    2013-01-01

    Gene/protein recognition and normalization is an important preliminary step for many biological text mining tasks. In this paper, we present a multistage gene normalization system which consists of four major subtasks: pre-processing, dictionary matching, ambiguity resolution and filtering. For the first subtask, we apply the gene mention tagger developed in our earlier work, which achieves an F-score of 88.42% on the BioCreative II GM testing set. In the stage of dictionary matching, the exact matching and approximate matching between gene names and the EntrezGene lexicon have been combined. For the ambiguity resolution subtask, we propose a semantic similarity disambiguation method based on Munkres' Assignment Algorithm. At the last step, a filter based on Wikipedia has been built to remove the false positives. Experimental results show that the presented system can achieve an F-score of 90.1%, outperforming most of the state-of-the-art systems.

  20. Ewald Electrostatics for Mixtures of Point and Continuous Line Charges.

    PubMed

    Antila, Hanne S; Tassel, Paul R Van; Sammalkorpi, Maria

    2015-10-15

    Many charged macro- or supramolecular systems, such as DNA, are approximately rod-shaped and, to the lowest order, may be treated as continuous line charges. However, the standard method used to calculate electrostatics in molecular simulation, the Ewald summation, is designed to treat systems of point charges. We extend the Ewald concept to a hybrid system containing both point charges and continuous line charges. We find the calculated force between a point charge and (i) a continuous line charge and (ii) a discrete line charge consisting of uniformly spaced point charges to be numerically equivalent when the separation greatly exceeds the discretization length. At shorter separations, discretization induces deviations in the force and energy, and point charge-point charge correlation effects. Because significant computational savings are also possible, the continuous line charge Ewald method presented here offers the possibility of accurate and efficient electrostatic calculations.

  1. Spatial correlations in driven-dissipative photonic lattices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Biondi, Matteo; Lienhard, Saskia; Blatter, Gianni; Türeci, Hakan E.; Schmidt, Sebastian

    2017-12-01

    We study the nonequilibrium steady-state of interacting photons in cavity arrays as described by the driven-dissipative Bose–Hubbard and spin-1/2 XY model. For this purpose, we develop a self-consistent expansion in the inverse coordination number of the array (∼ 1/z) to solve the Lindblad master equation of these systems beyond the mean-field approximation. Our formalism is compared and benchmarked with exact numerical methods for small systems based on an exact diagonalization of the Liouvillian and a recently developed corner-space renormalization technique. We then apply this method to obtain insights beyond mean-field in two particular settings: (i) we show that the gas–liquid transition in the driven-dissipative Bose–Hubbard model is characterized by large density fluctuations and bunched photon statistics. (ii) We study the antibunching–bunching transition of the nearest-neighbor correlator in the driven-dissipative spin-1/2 XY model and provide a simple explanation of this phenomenon.

  2. Positron production in heavy-ion collisions. II. Application of the formalism to the case of the U+U collision

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Tomoda, T.

    1982-07-01

    The method developed in the preceding paper is applied to the calculation of the spectra of positrons produced in the U + U collision. Matrix elements of the radial derivative operator between adiabatic basis states are calculated in the monopole approximation, with the finite nuclear size taken into account. These matrix elements are then modified for the supercritical case with the use of the analytical method presented in paper I of this series. The coupled differential equations for the occupation amplitudes of the basis states are solved and the positron spectra are obtained for the U + U collision. Itmore » is shown that the decomposition of the production probability into a spontaneous and an induced part depends on the definition of the resonance state and cannot be given unambiguously. The results are compared with those obtained by Reinhardt et al.« less

  3. Complex patterns of abnormal heartbeats

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Schulte-Frohlinde, Verena; Ashkenazy, Yosef; Goldberger, Ary L.; Ivanov, Plamen Ch; Costa, Madalena; Morley-Davies, Adrian; Stanley, H. Eugene; Glass, Leon

    2002-01-01

    Individuals having frequent abnormal heartbeats interspersed with normal heartbeats may be at an increased risk of sudden cardiac death. However, mechanistic understanding of such cardiac arrhythmias is limited. We present a visual and qualitative method to display statistical properties of abnormal heartbeats. We introduce dynamical "heartprints" which reveal characteristic patterns in long clinical records encompassing approximately 10(5) heartbeats and may provide information about underlying mechanisms. We test if these dynamics can be reproduced by model simulations in which abnormal heartbeats are generated (i) randomly, (ii) at a fixed time interval following a preceding normal heartbeat, or (iii) by an independent oscillator that may or may not interact with the normal heartbeat. We compare the results of these three models and test their limitations to comprehensively simulate the statistical features of selected clinical records. This work introduces methods that can be used to test mathematical models of arrhythmogenesis and to develop a new understanding of underlying electrophysiologic mechanisms of cardiac arrhythmia.

  4. A standardised protocol for texture feature analysis of endoscopic images in gynaecological cancer.

    PubMed

    Neofytou, Marios S; Tanos, Vasilis; Pattichis, Marios S; Pattichis, Constantinos S; Kyriacou, Efthyvoulos C; Koutsouris, Dimitris D

    2007-11-29

    In the development of tissue classification methods, classifiers rely on significant differences between texture features extracted from normal and abnormal regions. Yet, significant differences can arise due to variations in the image acquisition method. For endoscopic imaging of the endometrium, we propose a standardized image acquisition protocol to eliminate significant statistical differences due to variations in: (i) the distance from the tissue (panoramic vs close up), (ii) difference in viewing angles and (iii) color correction. We investigate texture feature variability for a variety of targets encountered in clinical endoscopy. All images were captured at clinically optimum illumination and focus using 720 x 576 pixels and 24 bits color for: (i) a variety of testing targets from a color palette with a known color distribution, (ii) different viewing angles, (iv) two different distances from a calf endometrial and from a chicken cavity. Also, human images from the endometrium were captured and analysed. For texture feature analysis, three different sets were considered: (i) Statistical Features (SF), (ii) Spatial Gray Level Dependence Matrices (SGLDM), and (iii) Gray Level Difference Statistics (GLDS). All images were gamma corrected and the extracted texture feature values were compared against the texture feature values extracted from the uncorrected images. Statistical tests were applied to compare images from different viewing conditions so as to determine any significant differences. For the proposed acquisition procedure, results indicate that there is no significant difference in texture features between the panoramic and close up views and between angles. For a calibrated target image, gamma correction provided an acquired image that was a significantly better approximation to the original target image. In turn, this implies that the texture features extracted from the corrected images provided for better approximations to the original images. Within the proposed protocol, for human ROIs, we have found that there is a large number of texture features that showed significant differences between normal and abnormal endometrium. This study provides a standardized protocol for avoiding any significant texture feature differences that may arise due to variability in the acquisition procedure or the lack of color correction. After applying the protocol, we have found that significant differences in texture features will only be due to the fact that the features were extracted from different types of tissue (normal vs abnormal).

  5. SkICAT: A cataloging and analysis tool for wide field imaging surveys

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Weir, N.; Fayyad, U. M.; Djorgovski, S. G.; Roden, J.

    1992-01-01

    We describe an integrated system, SkICAT (Sky Image Cataloging and Analysis Tool), for the automated reduction and analysis of the Palomar Observatory-ST ScI Digitized Sky Survey. The Survey will consist of the complete digitization of the photographic Second Palomar Observatory Sky Survey (POSS-II) in three bands, comprising nearly three Terabytes of pixel data. SkICAT applies a combination of existing packages, including FOCAS for basic image detection and measurement and SAS for database management, as well as custom software, to the task of managing this wealth of data. One of the most novel aspects of the system is its method of object classification. Using state-of-theart machine learning classification techniques (GID3* and O-BTree), we have developed a powerful method for automatically distinguishing point sources from non-point sources and artifacts, achieving comparably accurate discrimination a full magnitude fainter than in previous Schmidt plate surveys. The learning algorithms produce decision trees for classification by examining instances of objects classified by eye on both plate and higher quality CCD data. The same techniques will be applied to perform higher-level object classification (e.g., of galaxy morphology) in the near future. Another key feature of the system is the facility to integrate the catalogs from multiple plates (and portions thereof) to construct a single catalog of uniform calibration and quality down to the faintest limits of the survey. SkICAT also provides a variety of data analysis and exploration tools for the scientific utilization of the resulting catalogs. We include initial results of applying this system to measure the counts and distribution of galaxies in two bands down to Bj is approximately 21 mag over an approximate 70 square degree multi-plate field from POSS-II. SkICAT is constructed in a modular and general fashion and should be readily adaptable to other large-scale imaging surveys.

  6. Isotropic, anisotropic, and borehole washout analyses in Gulf of Mexico Gas Hydrate Joint Industry Project Leg II, Alaminos Canyon well 21-A

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Lee, Myung W.

    2012-01-01

    Through the use of three-dimensional seismic amplitude mapping, several gas hydrate prospects were identified in the Alaminos Canyon area of the Gulf of Mexico. Two of the prospects were drilled as part of the Gulf of Mexico Gas Hydrate Joint Industry Program Leg II in May 2009, and a suite of logging-while-drilling logs was acquired at each well site. Logging-while-drilling logs at the Alaminos Canyon 21–A site indicate that resistivities of approximately 2 ohm-meter and P-wave velocities of approximately 1.9 kilometers per second were measured in a possible gas-hydrate-bearing target sand interval between 540 and 632 feet below the sea floor. These values are slightly elevated relative to those measured in the hydrate-free sediment surrounding the sands. The initial well log analysis is inconclusive in determining the presence of gas hydrate in the logged sand interval, mainly because large washouts in the target interval degraded well log measurements. To assess gas-hydrate saturations, a method of compensating for the effect of washouts on the resistivity and acoustic velocities is required. To meet this need, a method is presented that models the washed-out portion of the borehole as a vertical layer filled with seawater (drilling fluid). Owing to the anisotropic nature of this geometry, the apparent anisotropic resistivities and velocities caused by the vertical layer are used to correct measured log values. By incorporating the conventional marine seismic data into the well log analysis of the washout-corrected well logs, the gas-hydrate saturation at well site AC21–A was estimated to be in the range of 13 percent. Because gas hydrates in the vertical fractures were observed, anisotropic rock physics models were also applied to estimate gas-hydrate saturations.

  7. Randomized DNA libraries construction tool: a new 3-bp 'frequent cutter' TthHB27I/sinefungin endonuclease with chemically-induced specificity.

    PubMed

    Krefft, Daria; Papkov, Aliaksei; Prusinowski, Maciej; Zylicz-Stachula, Agnieszka; Skowron, Piotr M

    2018-05-11

    Acoustic or hydrodynamic shearing, sonication and enzymatic digestion are used to fragment DNA. However, these methods have several disadvantages, such as DNA damage, difficulties in fragmentation control, irreproducibility and under-representation of some DNA segments. The DNA fragmentation tool would be a gentle enzymatic method, offering cleavage frequency high enough to eliminate DNA fragments distribution bias and allow for easy control of partial digests. Only three such frequently cleaving natural restriction endonucleases (REases) were discovered: CviJI, SetI and FaiI. Therefore, we have previously developed two artificial enzymatic specificities, cleaving DNA approximately every ~ 3-bp: TspGWI/sinefungin (SIN) and TaqII/SIN. In this paper we present the third developed specificity: TthHB27I/SIN(SAM) - a new genomic tool, based on Type IIS/IIC/IIG Thermus-family REases-methyltransferases (MTases). In the presence of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and S-adenosyl-L-methionine (SAM) or its analogue SIN, the 6-bp cognate TthHB27I recognition sequence 5'-CAARCA-3' is converted into a combined 3.2-3.0-bp 'site' or its statistical equivalent, while a cleavage distance of 11/9 nt is retained. Protocols for various modes of limited DNA digestions were developed. In the presence of DMSO and SAM or SIN, TthHB27I is transformed from rare 6-bp cutter to a very frequent one, approximately 3-bp. Thus, TthHB27I/SIN(SAM) comprises a new tool in the very low-represented segment of such prototype REases specificities. Moreover, this modified TthHB27I enzyme is uniquely suited for controlled DNA fragmentation, due to partial DNA cleavage, which is an inherent feature of the Thermus-family enzymes. Such tool can be used for quasi-random libraries generation as well as for other DNA manipulations, requiring high frequency cleavage and uniform distribution of cuts along DNA.

  8. Abundances of O, Mg, S, Cr, Mn, Ti, NI and Zn from absorption lines of neutral gas in the Large Magellanic Cloud in front of R136

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    de Boer, K. S.; Fitzpatrick, E. L.; Savage, B. D.

    1985-11-01

    The authors have searched six high-dispersion IUE spectra of R136 for weak absorption lines of C I, O I, Mg I, Mg II, Si I, Si II, P I, Cl I, Cr II, Mn II, Fe I, Ni II, Zn II, CO and C2. The absorption detected is from neutral gas in front of the 30 Doradus H II region. For the first time abundances of Mg, Cr, Mn, Ti, Ni, and Zn are determined for an extragalactic system. The LMC abundances from the absorption lines are a factor of 2 to 3 below those of the Milky Way, in agreement with general results from emission line studies. The density and temperature of the neutral gas are estimates from the observed excitation and ionization at approximately n(H) = 300 cm-3 and T = 100K, implying a gas pressure of about 3×104cm-3K.

  9. Evaluating a Novel Eye Tracking Tool to Detect Invalid Responding in Neurocognitive Assessment

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2014-05-07

    Learning Test-II (CVLT-II; 63), Rey Auditory Verbal Learning Test (RAVLT; 231), Warrington’s Recognition Memory Test (RMT; 274), and Seashore Rhythm...history of brain injury (BR) and unbiased responders without a history of brain injury (UR). Demographics (e.g., age, sex , race/ethnicity, years of...project (i.e., “true” invalid responding) is rarely observed with certainty or experimentally induced . However, behavior that approximates true invalid

  10. Conceptual Design of a Synoptic Interplanetary Monitor Platform at L sub 1 (SIMPL).

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1985-11-01

    solar events. -159- . . . .. . 105 II1II" -I .5 year mission at Earth-Sun- libration point plus transfer orbit eDashed line is approximate true dose as...Design .. ...................................... 27 4.1 The L Libration Point .......................... 27 4.2 L Orbit Options...34) to provide power, attitude control, communications, and other support to maintain the instruments in a halo orbit around the L libration point ; 4. a

  11. SAM II aerosol profile measurements, Poker Flat, Alaska; July 16-19, 1979

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mccormick, M. P.; Chu, W. P.; Mcmaster, L. R.; Grams, G. W.; Herman, B. M.; Pepin, T. J.; Russell, P. B.; Swissler, T. J.

    1981-01-01

    SAM II satellite measurements during the July 1979 Poker Flat mission, yielded an aerosol extinction coefficient of 0.0004/km at 1.0 micron wavelength, in the region of the stratospheric aerosol mixing ratio peak (12-16 km). The stratospheric aerosol optical depth for these data, calculated from the tropopause through 30 km, is approximately 0.001. These results are consistent with the average 1979 summertime values found throughout the Arctic.

  12. Osteomyelitis and Discitis Following Translumbar Repair of a Type II Endoleak

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Sella, David M., E-mail: Sella.david@mayo.edu; Frey, Gregory T., E-mail: Frey.gregory@mayo.edu; Giesbrandt, Kirk, E-mail: giesbrandt.kirk@mayo.edu

    2016-03-15

    Here we present the case of an 80-year-old man who developed a type II endoleak following endovascular abdominal aortic aneurysm repair. Initial attempts at treating the endoleak via a transarterial approach were unsuccessful; therefore the patient underwent percutaneous translumbar endoleak embolization. Approximately 1 month following the translumbar procedure, he developed back pain, with subsequent workup revealing osteomyelitis and discitis as a complication following repair via the translumbar approach.

  13. Extensions to the Speech Disorders Classification System (SDCS)

    PubMed Central

    Shriberg, Lawrence D.; Fourakis, Marios; Hall, Sheryl D.; Karlsson, Heather B.; Lohmeier, Heather L.; McSweeny, Jane L.; Potter, Nancy L.; Scheer-Cohen, Alison R.; Strand, Edythe A.; Tilkens, Christie M.; Wilson, David L.

    2010-01-01

    This report describes three extensions to a classification system for pediatric speech sound disorders termed the Speech Disorders Classification System (SDCS). Part I describes a classification extension to the SDCS to differentiate motor speech disorders from speech delay and to differentiate among three subtypes of motor speech disorders. Part II describes the Madison Speech Assessment Protocol (MSAP), an approximately two-hour battery of 25 measures that includes 15 speech tests and tasks. Part III describes the Competence, Precision, and Stability Analytics (CPSA) framework, a current set of approximately 90 perceptual- and acoustic-based indices of speech, prosody, and voice used to quantify and classify subtypes of Speech Sound Disorders (SSD). A companion paper, Shriberg, Fourakis, et al. (2010) provides reliability estimates for the perceptual and acoustic data reduction methods used in the SDCS. The agreement estimates in the companion paper support the reliability of SDCS methods and illustrate the complementary roles of perceptual and acoustic methods in diagnostic analyses of SSD of unknown origin. Examples of research using the extensions to the SDCS described in the present report include diagnostic findings for a sample of youth with motor speech disorders associated with galactosemia (Shriberg, Potter, & Strand, 2010) and a test of the hypothesis of apraxia of speech in a group of children with autism spectrum disorders (Shriberg, Paul, Black, & van Santen, 2010). All SDCS methods and reference databases running in the PEPPER (Programs to Examine Phonetic and Phonologic Evaluation Records; [Shriberg, Allen, McSweeny, & Wilson, 2001]) environment will be disseminated without cost when complete. PMID:20831378

  14. From analytical solutions of solute transport equations to multidimensional time-domain random walk (TDRW) algorithms

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bodin, Jacques

    2015-03-01

    In this study, new multi-dimensional time-domain random walk (TDRW) algorithms are derived from approximate one-dimensional (1-D), two-dimensional (2-D), and three-dimensional (3-D) analytical solutions of the advection-dispersion equation and from exact 1-D, 2-D, and 3-D analytical solutions of the pure-diffusion equation. These algorithms enable the calculation of both the time required for a particle to travel a specified distance in a homogeneous medium and the mass recovery at the observation point, which may be incomplete due to 2-D or 3-D transverse dispersion or diffusion. The method is extended to heterogeneous media, represented as a piecewise collection of homogeneous media. The particle motion is then decomposed along a series of intermediate checkpoints located on the medium interface boundaries. The accuracy of the multi-dimensional TDRW method is verified against (i) exact analytical solutions of solute transport in homogeneous media and (ii) finite-difference simulations in a synthetic 2-D heterogeneous medium of simple geometry. The results demonstrate that the method is ideally suited to purely diffusive transport and to advection-dispersion transport problems dominated by advection. Conversely, the method is not recommended for highly dispersive transport problems because the accuracy of the advection-dispersion TDRW algorithms degrades rapidly for a low Péclet number, consistent with the accuracy limit of the approximate analytical solutions. The proposed approach provides a unified methodology for deriving multi-dimensional time-domain particle equations and may be applicable to other mathematical transport models, provided that appropriate analytical solutions are available.

  15. Induction of indolamine 2,3-dioxygenase and kynurenine 3-monooxygenase in rat brain following a systemic inflammatory challenge: a role for IFN-gamma?

    PubMed

    Connor, Thomas J; Starr, Neasa; O'Sullivan, Joan B; Harkin, Andrew

    2008-08-15

    Inflammation-mediated dysregulation of the kynurenine pathway has been implicated as a contributor to a number of major brain disorders. Consequently, we examined the impact of a systemic inflammatory challenge on kynurenine pathway enzyme expression in rat brain. Indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase (IDO) expression was induced in cortex and hippocampus following systemic lipopolysaccharide (LPS) administration. Whilst IDO expression was paralleled by increased circulating interferon (IFN)-gamma concentrations, IFN-gamma expression in the brain was only modestly altered following LPS administration. In contrast, induction of IDO was associated with increased central tumour necrosis factor (TNF)-alpha and interleukin (IL)-6 expression. Similarly, in cultured glial cells LPS-induced IDO expression was accompanied by increased TNF-alpha and IL-6 expression, whereas IFN-gamma was not detectable. These findings indicate that IFN-gamma is not required for LPS-induced IDO expression in brain. A robust increase in kynurenine-3-monooxygenase (KMO) expression was observed in rat brain 24h post LPS, without any change in kynurenine aminotransferase II (KAT II) expression. In addition, we report that constitutive expression of KAT II is approximately 8-fold higher than KMO in cortex and 20-fold higher in hippocampus. Similarly, in glial cells constitutive expression of KAT II was approximately 16-fold higher than KMO, and expression of KMO but not KAT II was induced by LPS. These data are the first to demonstrate that a systemic inflammatory challenge stimulates KMO expression in brain; a situation that is likely to favour kynurenine metabolism in a neurotoxic direction. However, our observation that expression of KAT II is much higher than KMO in rat brain is likely to counteract potential neurotoxicity that could arise from KMO induction following an acute inflammation.

  16. Recovery of Elemental Palladium by Shewanella putrefaciens

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Akasaka, S.; Xia, X.; Sawada, K.; Enokida, Y.; Yamamoto, I.; Ohnuki, T.

    2006-12-01

    Microbial reduction of metals plays an important role in environmental behavior and provides a technique for the recovery of metals from industrial wastewater. Recently, demand for platinum group metals (PGMs) increases by their catalytic properties. The extreme rarity of PGMs have led to a growing interest in their recovery. Palladium, one of PGMs, has different oxidation states of Pd(II) and Pd(0). The oxidized form of Pd(II) is soluble, while the reduced form of Pd(0) is insoluble. In this study, microbial reduction of palladium by Fe(III)- reducing bacterium, Shewanella putrefaceins was conducted. This bacterium is known to be capable of reducing metals, such as Mn(IV), U(VI), or Tc(VII) with organic C or H2 as an electron donor. In order to investigate the potential of S. putrefaciens to reduce Pd(II) in solution, resting cells or heat-killed cells were suspended under anaerobic conditions with lactate or H2 as an electron donor. The cells of S. putrefaciens (NBRC3908) were grown in aerobic medium, harvested by centrifugation, and then washed with 25 mmol/dm3 HEPES and 100 mmol/dm3 NaCl (HEPES-NaCl) solution (pH 7.0). The heat-killed cells were autoclaved for 20 min at 121 degrees C. The cell suspension (21.5 mg in dry weight) was resuspended in the HEPES-NaCl solution which contained 1.0 mmol/dm3 Na2PdCl4 (Wako Pure chemical Industries, Ltd). The suspensions were bubbled with N2 for 15 min before 10 mmol/dm3 lactate or 4.8 v/v% H2 was added. The suspensions were then incubated at 30 degrees C. Redox potential (Eh) and pH of the solutions were measured in an inert glove box with Ar gas. Concentration of Pd(II) was measured by Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometer (ICP-AES). Deposited Pd and cells were analyzed by X-ray powder diffraction (XRD) and Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) with Energy-Dispersive Spectroscopy (EDS). Approximately 86% of Pd(II) of the initial concentration was removed from solution by the resting cells within 24 h when lactate was used as an electron donor. A black precipitates were observed in the solution, that was confirmed as Pd(0) by XRD analysis. SEM and EDS analyses identified that Pd bearing precipitates were present on and/or in the cells. The size of the precipitates associated with cells was approximately 100 nm in diameter. Approximately 23% of Pd(II) was removed by the heat-killed cells within 24 h. The precipitates between 200 and 300 nm in diameter were observed to be associated with the heat-killed cells by SEM and EDS analyses. No removal of Pd(II) was obtained without cells. On the contrary, complete removal of Pd(II) was occurred within 4 h after exposure of the resting cells to Pd(II) solution when H2 was used as an electron donor. Approximately 88 and 80% of Pd(II) was removed within 4 h with the heat-killed cells and without cells, respectively. The measured Eh and pH values were plotted in the Eh-pH diagram calculated for Pd-Cl-H2O system indicated that chemical conditions in the solutions were saturated with respect to Pd(0) at 24 or 4 h of incubation regardless the electron donor. These findings indicate that S. putrefaciens is capable to enhance the precipitation of palladium from solution by reducing Pd(II) to Pd(0) with lactate or H2 as an electron donor.

  17. Topological Phase Transitions in Zinc-Blende Semimetals Driven Exclusively by Electronic Temperature

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Trushin, Egor; Görling, Andreas

    2018-04-01

    We show that electronic phase transitions in zinc-blende semimetals with quadratic band touching (QBT) at the center of the Brillouin zone, like GaBi, InBi, or HgTe, can occur exclusively due to a change of the electronic temperature without the need to involve structural transformations or electron-phonon coupling. The commonly used Kohn-Sham density-functional methods based on local and semilocal density functionals employing the local density approximation (LDA) or generalized gradient approximations (GGAs), however, are not capable of describing such phenomena because they lack an intrinsic temperature dependence and account for temperature only via the occupation of bands, which essentially leads only to a shift of the Fermi level without changing the shape or topology of bands. Kohn-Sham methods using the exact temperature-dependent exchange potential, not to be confused with the Hartree-Fock exchange potential, on the other hand, describe such phase transitions. A simple modeling of correlation effects can be achieved by screening of the exchange. In the considered zinc-blende compounds the QBT is unstable at low temperatures and a transition to electronic states without QBT takes place. In the case of HgTe and GaBi Weyl points of type I and type II, respectively, emerge during the transitions. This demonstrates that Kohn-Sham methods can describe such topological phase transitions provided they are based on functionals more accurate than those within the LDA or GGA. Moreover, the electronic temperature is identified as a handle to tune topological materials.

  18. Fast and Accurate Multivariate Gaussian Modeling of Protein Families: Predicting Residue Contacts and Protein-Interaction Partners

    PubMed Central

    Feinauer, Christoph; Procaccini, Andrea; Zecchina, Riccardo; Weigt, Martin; Pagnani, Andrea

    2014-01-01

    In the course of evolution, proteins show a remarkable conservation of their three-dimensional structure and their biological function, leading to strong evolutionary constraints on the sequence variability between homologous proteins. Our method aims at extracting such constraints from rapidly accumulating sequence data, and thereby at inferring protein structure and function from sequence information alone. Recently, global statistical inference methods (e.g. direct-coupling analysis, sparse inverse covariance estimation) have achieved a breakthrough towards this aim, and their predictions have been successfully implemented into tertiary and quaternary protein structure prediction methods. However, due to the discrete nature of the underlying variable (amino-acids), exact inference requires exponential time in the protein length, and efficient approximations are needed for practical applicability. Here we propose a very efficient multivariate Gaussian modeling approach as a variant of direct-coupling analysis: the discrete amino-acid variables are replaced by continuous Gaussian random variables. The resulting statistical inference problem is efficiently and exactly solvable. We show that the quality of inference is comparable or superior to the one achieved by mean-field approximations to inference with discrete variables, as done by direct-coupling analysis. This is true for (i) the prediction of residue-residue contacts in proteins, and (ii) the identification of protein-protein interaction partner in bacterial signal transduction. An implementation of our multivariate Gaussian approach is available at the website http://areeweb.polito.it/ricerca/cmp/code. PMID:24663061

  19. Anodic stripping voltammetry with carbon paste electrodes for rapid Ag(I) and Cu(II) determinations.

    PubMed

    Labar, C; Lamberts, L

    1997-05-01

    The simultaneous determination of silver(I) and copper(II) is realized for the routine analysis of trace levels of these elements by anodic stripping voltammetry (ASV) at the carbon paste electrode (CPE). The electrochemical response is studied in 14 different supporting electrolytes, ranging from acidic solutions (pH 0.1) to neutral and basic (pH 9.7) media, and the parameters governing electrodeposition and stripping steps are characterized for each medium by the use of pseudo-voltammograms. Comparison between different modes of matter transport mechanisms is also given. The dynamic range of the method is 0.05 to 150 mug 1(-1) Ag(I) in the majority of the media studied and can be extended to 400 mug l(-1) in selected media, with a general reproducibility in the +/- 2% range for five replicate measurements. The total analysis time lies between approximately 30 s and 10 min. Activation of the CPE surface has been studied, but this pretreatment is demonstrated to be unfavourable and is replaced by a simpler unique 'cleaning' procedure of dipping the CPE in diluted nitric acid.

  20. Exploring EUV Spicules Using 304 Angstrom He II Data from SDO AIA

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Snyder, Ian R.; Sterling, Alphonse C.; Falconer, David A.; Moore, Ron L.

    2014-01-01

    We present results from a statistical study of He II 304 Angstrom Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) spicules at the limb of the Sun. We also measured properties of one macrospicule; macrospicules are longer than most spicules, and much broader in width than spicules. We use high-cadence (12 second) and high-resolution (0.6 arcseconds pixels) resolution data from the Atmospheric Imaging Array (AIA) instrument on the Solar Dynamic Observatory (SDO). All of the observed events occurred near the solar north pole, where quiet Sun or coronal hole environments ensued. We examined the maximum lengths, maximum rise velocities, and lifetimes of 33 Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) spicules and the macrospicule. For the bulk of the Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) spicules these quantities are, respectively, approximately 10,000-40,000 kilometers, 20-100 kilometers per second, and approximately 100- approximately 1000 seconds. For the macrospicule the corresponding quantities were respectively approximately 60,000 kilometers, approximately 130 kilometers per second, approximately 1800 seconds, which is typical of macrospicules measured by other workers. Therefore macrospicules are taller, longer-lived, and faster than most Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) spicules. The rise profiles of both the spicules and the macrospicules match well a second-order ("parabolic" ) trajectory, although the acceleration was often weaker than that of solar gravity in the profiles fitted to the trajectories. Our macrospicule also had an obvious brightening at its base at birth, while such brightening was not apparent for the Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) spicules. Most of the Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) spicules remained visible during their descent back to the solar surface, although a small percentage of the spicules and the macrospicule faded out before falling back to the surface. Our sample of macrospicules is not yet large enough to determine whether their initiation mechanism is identical to that of Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) spicules.

  1. On the origin independence of the Verdet tensor†

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Caputo, M. C.; Coriani, S.; Pelloni, S.; Lazzeretti, P.

    2013-07-01

    The condition for invariance under a translation of the coordinate system of the Verdet tensor and the Verdet constant, calculated via quantum chemical methods using gaugeless basis sets, is expressed by a vanishing sum rule involving a third-rank polar tensor. The sum rule is, in principle, satisfied only in the ideal case of optimal variational electronic wavefunctions. In general, it is not fulfilled in non-variational calculations and variational calculations allowing for the algebraic approximation, but it can be satisfied for reasons of molecular symmetry. Group-theoretical procedures have been used to determine (i) the total number of non-vanishing components and (ii) the unique components of both the polar tensor appearing in the sum rule and the axial Verdet tensor, for a series of symmetry groups. Test calculations at the random-phase approximation level of accuracy for water, hydrogen peroxide and ammonia molecules, using basis sets of increasing quality, show a smooth convergence to zero of the sum rule. Verdet tensor components calculated for the same molecules converge to limit values, estimated via large basis sets of gaugeless Gaussian functions and London orbitals.

  2. Extension of geometrical-optics approximation to on-axis Gaussian beam scattering. II. By a spheroidal particle with end-on incidence.

    PubMed

    Xu, Feng; Ren, Kuan Fang; Cai, Xiaoshu; Shen, Jianqi

    2006-07-10

    On the basis of our previous work on the extension of the geometrical-optics approximation to Gaussian beam scattering by a spherical particle, we present a further extension of the method to the scattering of a transparent or absorbing spheroidal particle with the same symmetric axis as the incident beam. As was done for the spherical particle, the phase shifts of the emerging rays due to focal lines, optical path, and total reflection are carefully considered. The angular position of the geometric rainbow of primary order is theoretically predicted. Compared with our results, the Möbius prediction of the rainbow angle has a discrepancy of less than 0.5 degrees for a spheroidal droplet of aspect radio kappa within 0.95 and 1.05 and less than 2 degrees for kappa within 0.89 and 1.11. The flux ratio index F, which qualitatively indicates the effect of a surface wave, is also studied and found to be dependent on the size, refractive index, and surface curvature of the particle.

  3. Quadratic canonical transformation theory and higher order density matrices.

    PubMed

    Neuscamman, Eric; Yanai, Takeshi; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

    2009-03-28

    Canonical transformation (CT) theory provides a rigorously size-extensive description of dynamic correlation in multireference systems, with an accuracy superior to and cost scaling lower than complete active space second order perturbation theory. Here we expand our previous theory by investigating (i) a commutator approximation that is applied at quadratic, as opposed to linear, order in the effective Hamiltonian, and (ii) incorporation of the three-body reduced density matrix in the operator and density matrix decompositions. The quadratic commutator approximation improves CT's accuracy when used with a single-determinant reference, repairing the previous formal disadvantage of the single-reference linear CT theory relative to singles and doubles coupled cluster theory. Calculations on the BH and HF binding curves confirm this improvement. In multireference systems, the three-body reduced density matrix increases the overall accuracy of the CT theory. Tests on the H(2)O and N(2) binding curves yield results highly competitive with expensive state-of-the-art multireference methods, such as the multireference Davidson-corrected configuration interaction (MRCI+Q), averaged coupled pair functional, and averaged quadratic coupled cluster theories.

  4. Efficient Posterior Probability Mapping Using Savage-Dickey Ratios

    PubMed Central

    Penny, William D.; Ridgway, Gerard R.

    2013-01-01

    Statistical Parametric Mapping (SPM) is the dominant paradigm for mass-univariate analysis of neuroimaging data. More recently, a Bayesian approach termed Posterior Probability Mapping (PPM) has been proposed as an alternative. PPM offers two advantages: (i) inferences can be made about effect size thus lending a precise physiological meaning to activated regions, (ii) regions can be declared inactive. This latter facility is most parsimoniously provided by PPMs based on Bayesian model comparisons. To date these comparisons have been implemented by an Independent Model Optimization (IMO) procedure which separately fits null and alternative models. This paper proposes a more computationally efficient procedure based on Savage-Dickey approximations to the Bayes factor, and Taylor-series approximations to the voxel-wise posterior covariance matrices. Simulations show the accuracy of this Savage-Dickey-Taylor (SDT) method to be comparable to that of IMO. Results on fMRI data show excellent agreement between SDT and IMO for second-level models, and reasonable agreement for first-level models. This Savage-Dickey test is a Bayesian analogue of the classical SPM-F and allows users to implement model comparison in a truly interactive manner. PMID:23533640

  5. An Evaluation of the Addition of Critical Congenital Heart Defect Screening in Georgia Newborn Screening Procedures.

    PubMed

    Rentmeester, Shelby T; Pringle, Johanna; Hogue, Carol R

    2017-11-01

    Objectives Each year in the U.S., approximately 7200 infants are born with a critical congenital heart defect (CCHD). The Georgia Department of Public Health (DPH) mandated routine screening for CCHD starting January 2015. The current study evaluated hospital performance of the mandated CCHD screenings in Georgia. Methods Utilizing the DPH newborn screening surveillance system, data from 6 months before and after the mandate were analyzed for reports submitted and positive CCHD screening results. Chi square tests of independence were performed to examine the association between reporting of results for CCHD screening after the mandate and hospital nursery level [level I (well-baby/newborn); level II (special care); level III (neonatal intensive care unit-NICU)] and NICU submissions. Results In the 6 months following implementation, reports of the screening increased, but the DPH had not received information for approximately 40% of newborns. Hospitals with level III nurseries had poorer reporting rates compared to hospitals with level I or II nurseries. Newborn screening (NBS) cards submitted by NICUs were less likely to contain the CCHD screening results compared to cards submitted by regular Labor and Delivery units. Conclusions for Practice Further attention should focus on improving both CCHD screening and reporting of screening results within hospitals with level III nurseries and from NICUs at all hospital levels. Identifying and addressing the root of the issue, whether it be hospital compliance with CCHD screening or reporting of the results, will help to improve screening rates for all newborns, especially those most vulnerable.

  6. An accurate and efficient method for evaluating the kernel of the integral equation relating pressure to normalwash in unsteady potential flow

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Desmarais, R. N.

    1982-01-01

    This paper describes an accurate economical method for generating approximations to the kernel of the integral equation relating unsteady pressure to normalwash in nonplanar flow. The method is capable of generating approximations of arbitrary accuracy. It is based on approximating the algebraic part of the non elementary integrals in the kernel by exponential approximations and then integrating termwise. The exponent spacing in the approximation is a geometric sequence. The coefficients and exponent multiplier of the exponential approximation are computed by least squares so the method is completely automated. Exponential approximates generated in this manner are two orders of magnitude more accurate than the exponential approximation that is currently most often used for this purpose. Coefficients for 8, 12, 24, and 72 term approximations are tabulated in the report. Also, since the method is automated, it can be used to generate approximations to attain any desired trade-off between accuracy and computing cost.

  7. Fast computation of molecular random phase approximation correlation energies using resolution of the identity and imaginary frequency integration

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Eshuis, Henk; Yarkony, Julian; Furche, Filipp

    2010-06-01

    The random phase approximation (RPA) is an increasingly popular post-Kohn-Sham correlation method, but its high computational cost has limited molecular applications to systems with few atoms. Here we present an efficient implementation of RPA correlation energies based on a combination of resolution of the identity (RI) and imaginary frequency integration techniques. We show that the RI approximation to four-index electron repulsion integrals leads to a variational upper bound to the exact RPA correlation energy if the Coulomb metric is used. Auxiliary basis sets optimized for second-order Møller-Plesset (MP2) calculations are well suitable for RPA, as is demonstrated for the HEAT [A. Tajti et al., J. Chem. Phys. 121, 11599 (2004)] and MOLEKEL [F. Weigend et al., Chem. Phys. Lett. 294, 143 (1998)] benchmark sets. Using imaginary frequency integration rather than diagonalization to compute the matrix square root necessary for RPA, evaluation of the RPA correlation energy requires O(N4 log N) operations and O(N3) storage only; the price for this dramatic improvement over existing algorithms is a numerical quadrature. We propose a numerical integration scheme that is exact in the two-orbital case and converges exponentially with the number of grid points. For most systems, 30-40 grid points yield μH accuracy in triple zeta basis sets, but much larger grids are necessary for small gap systems. The lowest-order approximation to the present method is a post-Kohn-Sham frequency-domain version of opposite-spin Laplace-transform RI-MP2 [J. Jung et al., Phys. Rev. B 70, 205107 (2004)]. Timings for polyacenes with up to 30 atoms show speed-ups of two orders of magnitude over previous implementations. The present approach makes it possible to routinely compute RPA correlation energies of systems well beyond 100 atoms, as is demonstrated for the octapeptide angiotensin II.

  8. Fast computation of molecular random phase approximation correlation energies using resolution of the identity and imaginary frequency integration.

    PubMed

    Eshuis, Henk; Yarkony, Julian; Furche, Filipp

    2010-06-21

    The random phase approximation (RPA) is an increasingly popular post-Kohn-Sham correlation method, but its high computational cost has limited molecular applications to systems with few atoms. Here we present an efficient implementation of RPA correlation energies based on a combination of resolution of the identity (RI) and imaginary frequency integration techniques. We show that the RI approximation to four-index electron repulsion integrals leads to a variational upper bound to the exact RPA correlation energy if the Coulomb metric is used. Auxiliary basis sets optimized for second-order Møller-Plesset (MP2) calculations are well suitable for RPA, as is demonstrated for the HEAT [A. Tajti et al., J. Chem. Phys. 121, 11599 (2004)] and MOLEKEL [F. Weigend et al., Chem. Phys. Lett. 294, 143 (1998)] benchmark sets. Using imaginary frequency integration rather than diagonalization to compute the matrix square root necessary for RPA, evaluation of the RPA correlation energy requires O(N(4) log N) operations and O(N(3)) storage only; the price for this dramatic improvement over existing algorithms is a numerical quadrature. We propose a numerical integration scheme that is exact in the two-orbital case and converges exponentially with the number of grid points. For most systems, 30-40 grid points yield muH accuracy in triple zeta basis sets, but much larger grids are necessary for small gap systems. The lowest-order approximation to the present method is a post-Kohn-Sham frequency-domain version of opposite-spin Laplace-transform RI-MP2 [J. Jung et al., Phys. Rev. B 70, 205107 (2004)]. Timings for polyacenes with up to 30 atoms show speed-ups of two orders of magnitude over previous implementations. The present approach makes it possible to routinely compute RPA correlation energies of systems well beyond 100 atoms, as is demonstrated for the octapeptide angiotensin II.

  9. Ionizing radiation and genetic risks. XIII. Summary and synthesis of papers VI to XII and estimates of genetic risks in the year 2000.

    PubMed

    Sankaranarayanan, K; Chakraborty, R

    2000-10-16

    This paper recapitulates the advances in the field of genetic risk estimation that have occurred during the past decade and using them as a basis, presents revised estimates of genetic risks of exposure to radiation. The advances include: (i) an upward revision of the estimates of incidence for Mendelian diseases (2.4% now versus 1.25% in 1993); (ii) the introduction of a conceptual change for calculating doubling doses; (iii) the elaboration of methods to estimate the mutation component (i.e. the relative increase in disease frequency per unit relative increase in mutation rate) and the use of the estimates obtained through these methods for assessing the impact of induced mutations on the incidence of Mendelian and chronic multifactorial diseases; (iv) the introduction of an additional factor called the "potential recoverability correction factor" in the risk equation to bridge the gap between radiation-induced mutations that have been recovered in mice and the risk of radiation-inducible genetic disease in human live births and (v) the introduction of the concept that the adverse effects of radiation-induced genetic damage are likely to be manifest predominantly as multi-system developmental abnormalities in the progeny. For all classes of genetic disease (except congenital abnormalities), the estimates of risk have been obtained using a doubling dose of 1 Gy. For a population exposed to low LET, chronic/ low dose irradiation, the current estimates for the first generation progeny are the following (all estimates per million live born progeny per Gy of parental irradiation): autosomal dominant and X-linked diseases, approximately 750-1500 cases; autosomal recessive, nearly zero and chronic multifactorial diseases, approximately 250-1200 cases. For congenital abnormalities, the estimate is approximately 2000 cases and is based on mouse data on developmental abnormalities. The total risk per Gy is of the order of approximately 3000-4700 cases which represent approximately 0.4-0.6% of the baseline frequency of these diseases (738,000 per million) in the population.

  10. Interplanetary Shocks Lacking Type 2 Radio Bursts

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gopalswamy, N.; Xie, H.; Maekela, P.; Akiyama, S.; Yashiro, S.; Kaiser, M. L.; Howard, R. A.; Bougeret, J.-L.

    2010-01-01

    We report on the radio-emission characteristics of 222 interplanetary (IP) shocks detected by spacecraft at Sun-Earth L1 during solar cycle 23 (1996 to 2006, inclusive). A surprisingly large fraction of the IP shocks (approximately 34%) was radio quiet (RQ; i.e., the shocks lacked type II radio bursts). We examined the properties of coronal mass ejections (CMEs) and soft X-ray flares associated with such RQ shocks and compared them with those of the radio-loud (RL) shocks. The CMEs associated with the RQ shocks were generally slow (average speed approximately 535 km/s) and only approximately 40% of the CMEs were halos. The corresponding numbers for CMEs associated with RL shocks were 1237 km/s and 72%, respectively. Thus, the CME kinetic energy seems to be the deciding factor in the radio-emission properties of shocks. The lower kinetic energy of CMEs associated with RQ shocks is also suggested by the lower peak soft X-ray flux of the associated flares (C3.4 versus M4.7 for RL shocks). CMEs associated with RQ CMEs were generally accelerating within the coronagraph field of view (average acceleration approximately +6.8 m/s (exp 2)), while those associated with RL shocks were decelerating (average acceleration approximately 3.5 m/s (exp 2)). This suggests that many of the RQ shocks formed at large distances from the Sun, typically beyond 10 Rs, consistent with the absence of metric and decameter-hectometric (DH) type II radio bursts. A small fraction of RL shocks had type II radio emission solely in the kilometric (km) wavelength domain. Interestingly, the kinematics of the CMEs associated with the km type II bursts is similar to those of RQ shocks, except that the former are slightly more energetic. Comparison of the shock Mach numbers at 1 AU shows that the RQ shocks are mostly subcritical, suggesting that they were not efficient in accelerating electrons. The Mach number values also indicate that most of these are quasi-perpendicular shocks. The radio-quietness is predominant in the rise phase and decreases through the maximum and declining phases of solar cycle 23. About 18% of the IP shocks do not have discernible ejecta behind them. These shocks are due to CMEs moving at large angles from the Sun-Earth line and hence are not blast waves. The solar sources of the shock-driving CMEs follow the sunspot butterfly diagram, consistent with the higher-energy requirement for driving shocks.

  11. Relation Between Type II Bursts and CMEs Inferred from STEREO Observations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gopalswamy, N.; Thompson, W.; Davila, J.; Kaiser, M. L.; Yashiro, S.; Maekelae, P.; Michalek, G.; Bougeret, J.-L.; Hoawrd, R. A.

    2010-01-01

    The inner coronagraph (COR1) of the Solar Terrestrial Relations Observatory (STEREO) mission has made it possible to observe coronal mass ejections (CMEs) a in the spatial domain overlapping with that of the metric type II radio bursts. The type II bursts were associated with generally weak flares (mostly B and C class soft X-ray flares), but the CMEs were quite energetic. Using CME data for a set of type II bursts during the declining phase of solar cycle 23, we determine the CME height when the type II bursts start, thus giving an estimate of the heliocentric distance at which CME-driven shocks form. This distance has been determined to be approximately 1.5Rs (solar radii), which coincides with the distance at which the Alfv?n speed profile has a minimum value. We also use type II radio observations from STEREO/WAVES and Wind/WAVES observations to show that CMEs with moderate speed drive either weak shocks or no shock at all when they attain a height where the Alfv?n speed peaks (?3Rs ? 4Rs). Thus the shocks seem to be most efficient in accelerating electrons in the heliocentric distance range of 1.5Rs to 4Rs. By combining the radial variation of the CME speed in the inner corona (CME speed increase) and interplanetary medium (speed decrease) we were able to correctly account for the deviations from the universal drift-rate spectrum of type II bursts, thus confirming the close physical connection between type II bursts and CMEs. The average height (approximately 1.5 Rs) of STEREO CMEs at the time of type II bursts is smaller than that (2.2 Rs) obtained for SOHO (Solar and Heliospheric Observatory) CMEs. We suggest that this may indicate, at least partly, the density reduction in the corona between the maximum and declining phases, so a given plasma level occurs closer to the Sun in the latter phase. In two cases, there was a diffuse shock-like feature ahead of the main body of the CME, indicating a standoff distance of 1Rs - 2Rs by the time the CME left the LASCO field of view.

  12. Novel atomic absorption spectrometric and rapid spectrophotometric methods for the quantitation of paracetamol in saliva: application to pharmacokinetic studies.

    PubMed

    Issa, M M; Nejem, R M; El-Abadla, N S; Al-Kholy, M; Saleh, Akila A

    2008-01-01

    A novel atomic absorption spectrometric method and two highly sensitive spectrophotometric methods were developed for the determination of paracetamol. These techniques based on the oxidation of paracetamol by iron (III) (method I); oxidation of p-aminophenol after the hydrolysis of paracetamol (method II). Iron (II) then reacts with potassium ferricyanide to form Prussian blue color with a maximum absorbance at 700 nm. The atomic absorption method was accomplished by extracting the excess iron (III) in method II and aspirates the aqueous layer into air-acetylene flame to measure the absorbance of iron (II) at 302.1 nm. The reactions have been spectrometrically evaluated to attain optimum experimental conditions. Linear responses were exhibited over the ranges 1.0-10, 0.2-2.0 and 0.1-1.0 mug/ml for method I, method II and atomic absorption spectrometric method, respectively. A high sensitivity is recorded for the proposed methods I and II and atomic absorption spectrometric method value indicate: 0.05, 0.022 and 0.012 mug/ml, respectively. The limit of quantitation of paracetamol by method II and atomic absorption spectrometric method were 0.20 and 0.10 mug/ml. Method II and the atomic absorption spectrometric method were applied to demonstrate a pharmacokinetic study by means of salivary samples in normal volunteers who received 1.0 g paracetamol. Intra and inter-day precision did not exceed 6.9%.

  13. Novel Atomic Absorption Spectrometric and Rapid Spectrophotometric Methods for the Quantitation of Paracetamol in Saliva: Application to Pharmacokinetic Studies

    PubMed Central

    Issa, M. M.; Nejem, R. M.; El-Abadla, N. S.; Al-Kholy, M.; Saleh, Akila. A.

    2008-01-01

    A novel atomic absorption spectrometric method and two highly sensitive spectrophotometric methods were developed for the determination of paracetamol. These techniques based on the oxidation of paracetamol by iron (III) (method I); oxidation of p-aminophenol after the hydrolysis of paracetamol (method II). Iron (II) then reacts with potassium ferricyanide to form Prussian blue color with a maximum absorbance at 700 nm. The atomic absorption method was accomplished by extracting the excess iron (III) in method II and aspirates the aqueous layer into air-acetylene flame to measure the absorbance of iron (II) at 302.1 nm. The reactions have been spectrometrically evaluated to attain optimum experimental conditions. Linear responses were exhibited over the ranges 1.0-10, 0.2-2.0 and 0.1-1.0 μg/ml for method I, method II and atomic absorption spectrometric method, respectively. A high sensitivity is recorded for the proposed methods I and II and atomic absorption spectrometric method value indicate: 0.05, 0.022 and 0.012 μg/ml, respectively. The limit of quantitation of paracetamol by method II and atomic absorption spectrometric method were 0.20 and 0.10 μg/ml. Method II and the atomic absorption spectrometric method were applied to demonstrate a pharmacokinetic study by means of salivary samples in normal volunteers who received 1.0 g paracetamol. Intra and inter-day precision did not exceed 6.9%. PMID:20046743

  14. Elastic properties of crystalline and liquid gallium at high pressures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lyapin, A. G.; Gromnitskaya, E. L.; Yagafarov, O. F.; Stal'Gorova, O. V.; Brazhkin, V. V.

    2008-11-01

    The elastic properties of gallium, such as the bulk modulus B, the shear modulus G, and the Poisson’s ratio σ, are investigated and the relative change in the volume is determined in the stability regions of the Ga I, Ga II, and liquid phases at pressures of up to 1.7 GPa. The observed lines of the Ga I-Ga II phase transition and the melting curves of the Ga I and Ga II phases are in good agreement with the known phase diagram of gallium; in this case, the coordinates of the Ga I-Ga II-melt triple point are determined to be 1.24 ± 0.40 GPa and 277 ± 2 K. It is shown that the Ga I-Ga II phase transition is accompanied by a considerable decrease in the moduli B (by 30%) and G (by 55%) and an increase in the density by 5.7%. The Poisson’s ratio exhibits a jump from typically covalent values of approximately 0.22-0.25 to values of approximately 0.32-0.33, which are characteristic of metals. The observed behavior of the elastic characteristics is described in the framework of the model of the phase transition from a “quasi-molecular” (partially covalent) metal state to a “normal” metal state. An increase in the Poisson’s ratio in the Ga I phase from 0.22 to 0.25 with an increase in the pressure can be interpreted as a decrease in the degree of covalence, i.e., the degree of spatial anisotropy of the electron density along the bonds, whereas the large value of the pressure derivative of the bulk modulus (equal to approximately 8) observed up to the transition to the Ga II phase or the melt is associated not only with the quasicovalent nature of the Ga I phase but also with the structural features. In view of the presence of seven neighbors for each gallium atom in the Ga I phase, the gallium lattice can be treated as a structure intermediate between typical open-packed and close-packed structures. Premelting effects, such as a flattening of the isothermal dependence of the shear modulus G( p) with increasing pressure and an increase in the slope of the isobaric dependences G( T) with increasing temperature, are revealed in the vicinity of the melting curve. The bulk modulus of liquid gallium near the melting curve proves to be rather close to the corresponding values for the normal metal Ga II.

  15. Persistence and failure of mean-field approximations adapted to a class of systems of delay-coupled excitable units

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Franović, Igor; Todorović, Kristina; Vasović, Nebojša; Burić, Nikola

    2014-02-01

    We consider the approximations behind the typical mean-field model derived for a class of systems made up of type II excitable units influenced by noise and coupling delays. The formulation of the two approximations, referred to as the Gaussian and the quasi-independence approximation, as well as the fashion in which their validity is verified, are adapted to reflect the essential properties of the underlying system. It is demonstrated that the failure of the mean-field model associated with the breakdown of the quasi-independence approximation can be predicted by the noise-induced bistability in the dynamics of the mean-field system. As for the Gaussian approximation, its violation is related to the increase of noise intensity, but the actual condition for failure can be cast in qualitative, rather than quantitative terms. We also discuss how the fulfillment of the mean-field approximations affects the statistics of the first return times for the local and global variables, further exploring the link between the fulfillment of the quasi-independence approximation and certain forms of synchronization between the individual units.

  16. Improved selection criteria for H II regions, based on IRAS sources

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yan, Qing-Zeng; Xu, Ye; Walsh, A. J.; Macquart, J. P.; MacLeod, G. C.; Zhang, Bo; Hancock, P. J.; Chen, Xi; Tang, Zheng-Hong

    2018-05-01

    We present new criteria for selecting H II regions from the Infrared Astronomical Satellite (IRAS) Point Source Catalogue (PSC), based on an H II region catalogue derived manually from the all-sky Wide-field Infrared Survey Explorer (WISE). The criteria are used to augment the number of H II region candidates in the Milky Way. The criteria are defined by the linear decision boundary of two samples: IRAS point sources associated with known H II regions, which serve as the H II region sample, and IRAS point sources at high Galactic latitudes, which serve as the non-H II region sample. A machine learning classifier, specifically a support vector machine, is used to determine the decision boundary. We investigate all combinations of four IRAS bands and suggest that the optimal criterion is log(F_{60}/F_{12})≥ ( -0.19 × log(F_{100}/F_{25})+ 1.52), with detections at 60 and 100 {μ}m. This selects 3041 H II region candidates from the IRAS PSC. We find that IRAS H II region candidates show evidence of evolution on the two-colour diagram. Merging the WISE H II catalogue with IRAS H II region candidates, we estimate a lower limit of approximately 10 200 for the number of H II regions in the Milky Way.

  17. MnSOD deficiency results in elevated oxidative stress and decreased mitochondrial function but does not lead to muscle atrophy during aging.

    PubMed

    Lustgarten, Michael S; Jang, Youngmok C; Liu, Yuhong; Qi, Wenbo; Qin, Yuejuan; Dahia, Patricia L; Shi, Yun; Bhattacharya, Arunabh; Muller, Florian L; Shimizu, Takahiko; Shirasawa, Takuji; Richardson, Arlan; Van Remmen, Holly

    2011-06-01

    In a previous study, we reported that a deficiency in MnSOD activity (approximately 80% reduction) targeted to type IIB skeletal muscle fibers was sufficient to elevate oxidative stress and to reduce muscle function in young adult mice (TnIFastCreSod2(fl/fl) mice). In this study, we used TnIFastCreSod2(fl/fl) mice to examine the effect of elevated oxidative stress on mitochondrial function and to test the hypothesis that elevated oxidative stress and decreased mitochondrial function over the lifespan of the TnIFastCreSod2(fl/fl) mice would be sufficient to accelerate muscle atrophy associated with aging. We found that mitochondrial function is reduced in both young and old TnIFastCreSod2(fl/fl) mice, when compared with control mice. Complex II activity is reduced by 47% in young and by approximately 90% in old TnIFastCreSod2(fl/fl) mice, and was found to be associated with reduced levels of the catalytic subunits for complex II, SDHA and SDHB. Complex II-linked mitochondrial respiration is reduced by approximately 70% in young TnIFastCreSod2(fl/fl) mice. Complex II-linked mitochondrial Adenosine-Tri-Phosphate (ATP) production is reduced by 39% in young and was found to be almost completely absent in old TnIFastCreSod2(fl/fl) mice. Furthermore, in old TnIFastCreSod2(fl/fl) mice, aconitase activity is almost completely abolished; mitochondrial superoxide release remains > 2-fold elevated; and oxidative damage (measured as F(2) - isoprostanes) is increased by 30% relative to age-matched controls. These data show that despite elevated skeletal muscle-specific mitochondrial oxidative stress, oxidative damage, and complex II-linked mitochondrial dysfunction, age-related muscle atrophy was not accelerated in old TnIFastCreSod2(fl/fl) mice, suggesting mitochondrial oxidative stress may not be causal for age-related muscle atrophy. No claim to original US government works. Aging Cell © 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd/Anatomical Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

  18. The Last Interglacial sea level change: new evidence from the Abrolhos islands, West Australia

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Eisenhauer, A.; Zhu, Z. R.; Collins, L. B.; Wyrwoll, K. H.; Eichstätter, R.

    U-series ages measured by thermal ionisation mass spectrometry (TIMS) are reported for a Last Interglacial (LI) fossil coral core from the Turtle Bay, Houtman Abrolhos islands, western Australia. The core is 33.4m long the top of which is approximately 5ma.p.s.l. (above present sea level). From the 232Th concentrations and the reliability of the U-series ages, two sections in the core can be distinguished. Calculated U/Th ages in core sectionI (3.3ma.p.s.l to 11mb.p.s.l) vary between 124+/-1.7kaBP (3.3ma.p.s.l.) and 132.5+/-1.8ka (4mb.p.s.l., i.e. below present sea level), and those of sectionII (11-23mb.p.s.l.) between 140+/-3 and 214+/-5kaBP, respectively. The ages of core sectionI are in almost perfect chronological order, whereas for sectionII no clear age-depth relationship of the samples can be recognised. Further assessments based on the ∂234U(T) criteria reveal that none of the samples of core sectionII give reliable ages, whereas for core sectionI several samples can be considered to be moderately reliable within 2ka. The data of the Turtle Bay core complement and extend our previous work from the Houtman Abrolhos showing that the sea level reached a height of approximately 4mb.p.s.l at approximately 134kaBP and a sea level highstand of at least 3.3ma.p.s.l. at approximately 124kaBP. Sea level dropped below its present position at approximately 116kaBP. Although the new data are in general accord with the Milankovitch theory of climate change, a detailed comparison reveals considerable differences between the Holocenand LI sea level rise as monitored relative to the Houtman Abrolhos islands. These observation apparently add further evidence to the growing set of data that the LI sea level rise started earlier than recognised by SPECMAP chronology. A reconciliation of these contradictionary observations following the line of arguments presented by Crowley (1994) are discussed with respect to the Milankovitch theory.

  19. Molecular three-body Brauner-Briggs-Klar theory for ion-impact ionization of molecules

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ghanbari-Adivi, E.

    2016-12-01

    Molecular three-body Brauner-Briggs-Klar (M3BBK) theory is developed to study the single ionization of diatomic molecules by ion impact. The orientation-averaged molecular orbital (OAMO) approximation is used to reduce the required computer time without sacrificing the performance of the method. The post-collision interaction (PCI) between the scattered projectile and the ejected electron is included. The theory is applied to collision of protons with hydrogen molecules. Results are obtained for two different kinematical regimes: i) fast collisions and low emission energies, and ii) not so fast collisions and higher emission energies. For both considered regimes, experimental fully differential cross-sections as well as different theoretical calculations are available for comparison. These comparisons are carried out and discussed.

  20. Sulfonamido tripods: tuning redox potentials via ligand modifications

    PubMed Central

    Lau, Nathanael; Ziller, Joseph W.

    2014-01-01

    A series of FeII–OH2 complexes were synthesized with ligands based on the tetradentate sulfonamido tripod N,N',N"-[2,2',2"-nitrilotris(ethane-2,1-diyl)]-tris-({R-Ph}-sulfonamido). These complexes differ by the substituent on the aryl rings and were fully characterized, including their molecular structures via X-ray diffraction methods. All the complexes were five-coordinate with trigonal bipyramidal geometry. A linear correlation was observed between the electronic effects of each ligand, given by the Hammett constants of the para-substituents, and the potential of the FeII/FeIII redox couple, which were determined using cyclic voltammetry. It was found that the range of redox potentials for the complexes spanned approximately 160 mV. PMID:25419035

  1. Calculation of the Full Scattering Amplitude without Partial Wave Decomposition II: Inclusion of Exchange

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Shertzer, Janine; Temkin, A.

    2003-01-01

    As is well known, the full scattering amplitude can be expressed as an integral involving the complete scattering wave function. We have shown that the integral can be simplified and used in a practical way. Initial application to electron-hydrogen scattering without exchange was highly successful. The Schrodinger equation (SE), which can be reduced to a 2d partial differential equation (pde), was solved using the finite element method. We have now included exchange by solving the resultant SE, in the static exchange approximation, which is reducible to a pair of coupled pde's. The resultant scattering amplitudes, both singlet and triplet, calculated as a function of energy are in excellent agreement with converged partial wave results.

  2. Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. II. Algebraic analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Martin, J.; Shore, B. W.; Bergmann, K.

    1995-07-01

    We extend previous theoretical work on coherent population transfer by stimulated Raman adiabatic passage for states involving nonzero angular momentum. The pump and Stokes fields are either copropagating or counterpropagating with the corresponding linearly polarized electric-field vectors lying in a common plane with the magnetic-field direction. Zeeman splitting lifts the magnetic sublevel degeneracy. We present an algebraic analysis of dressed-state properties to explain the behavior noted in numerical studies. In particular, we discuss conditions which are likely to lead to a failure of complete population transfer. The applied strategy, based on simple methods of linear algebra, will also be successful for other types of discrete multilevel systems, provided the rotating-wave and adiabatic approximation are valid.

  3. Application of TL dosemeters for dose distribution measurements at high temperatures in nuclear reactors.

    PubMed

    Osvay, M; Deme, S

    2006-01-01

    Al2O3:Mg,Y ceramic thermoluminescence dosemeters were developed at the Institute of Isotopes for high dose applications at room temperatures. The glow curve of Al2O3:Mg,Y exhibits two peaks--one at 250 degrees C (I) and another peak at approximately 400 degrees C (II). In order to extend the application of these dosemeters to high temperatures, the effect of irradiation temperature was investigated using temperature controlled heating system during high dose irradiation at various temperatures (20-100 degrees C). The new calibration and measuring method has been successfully applied for dose mapping within the hermetic zone of the Paks Nuclear Power Plant even at high temperature parts of blocks.

  4. An Assessment of Individualized Instruction in Navy Technical Training,

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1979-11-01

    PAGE(Wh... D.i. Eni.r .d) 2O~ ’\\ ~management information systems , training of instructors and managers ,terminology , student —instructor incentives...Navy commitment to II is most visible in CMI. FY 78 data show an approximate student AOB and throughput for CMI courses of 7,000 and 65,000...respectively. There are an additional 3,000 student AOB and 59,000 student throughput for II courses which are not computer managed . CAl usage in technical

  5. Impression management or real change? Reports of depressive symptoms before and after the preoperative psychological evaluation for bariatric surgery.

    PubMed

    Fabricatore, Anthony N; Sarwer, David B; Wadden, Thomas A; Combs, Christopher J; Krasucki, Jennifer L

    2007-09-01

    Many bariatric surgery programs require that candidates undergo a preoperative mental health evaluation. Candidates may be motivated to suppress or exaggerate psychiatric symptoms (i.e., engage in impression management), if they believe doing so will enhance their chances of receiving a recommendation to proceed with surgery. 237 candidates for bariatric surgery completed the Beck Depression Inventory-II (BDI-ll) as part of their preoperative psychological evaluation (Time 1). They also completed the BDI-II approximately 2-4 weeks later, for research purposes, after they had received the mental health professional's unconditional recommendation to proceed with surgery (Time 2). There was a small but statistically significant increase in mean BDI-II scores from Time 1 to Time 2 (11.4 vs 12.7, P<.001). Clinically significant changes, defined as a change from one range of symptom severity to another, were observed in 31.2% of participants, with significant increases in symptoms occurring nearly twice as often as reductions (20.7% vs 10.5%, P<.008). Demographic variables were largely unrelated to changes in BDI-II scores from Time 1 to Time 2. Approximately one-third of bariatric surgery candidates reported a clinically significant change in depressive symptoms after receiving psychological "clearance" for surgery. Possible explanations for these findings include measurement error, impression management, and true changes in psychiatric status.

  6. Belle II silicon vertex detector

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Adamczyk, K.; Aihara, H.; Angelini, C.; Aziz, T.; Babu, V.; Bacher, S.; Bahinipati, S.; Barberio, E.; Baroncelli, Ti.; Baroncelli, To.; Basith, A. K.; Batignani, G.; Bauer, A.; Behera, P. K.; Bergauer, T.; Bettarini, S.; Bhuyan, B.; Bilka, T.; Bosi, F.; Bosisio, L.; Bozek, A.; Buchsteiner, F.; Casarosa, G.; Ceccanti, M.; Červenkov, D.; Chendvankar, S. R.; Dash, N.; Divekar, S. T.; Doležal, Z.; Dutta, D.; Enami, K.; Forti, F.; Friedl, M.; Hara, K.; Higuchi, T.; Horiguchi, T.; Irmler, C.; Ishikawa, A.; Jeon, H. B.; Joo, C. W.; Kandra, J.; Kang, K. H.; Kato, E.; Kawasaki, T.; Kodyš, P.; Kohriki, T.; Koike, S.; Kolwalkar, M. M.; Kvasnička, P.; Lanceri, L.; Lettenbicher, J.; Maki, M.; Mammini, P.; Mayekar, S. N.; Mohanty, G. B.; Mohanty, S.; Morii, T.; Nakamura, K. R.; Natkaniec, Z.; Negishi, K.; Nisar, N. K.; Onuki, Y.; Ostrowicz, W.; Paladino, A.; Paoloni, E.; Park, H.; Pilo, F.; Profeti, A.; Rashevskaya, I.; Rao, K. K.; Rizzo, G.; Rozanska, M.; Sandilya, S.; Sasaki, J.; Sato, N.; Schultschik, S.; Schwanda, C.; Seino, Y.; Shimizu, N.; Stypula, J.; Suzuki, J.; Tanaka, S.; Tanida, K.; Taylor, G. N.; Thalmeier, R.; Thomas, R.; Tsuboyama, T.; Uozumi, S.; Urquijo, P.; Vitale, L.; Volpi, M.; Watanuki, S.; Watson, I. J.; Webb, J.; Wiechczynski, J.; Williams, S.; Würkner, B.; Yamamoto, H.; Yin, H.; Yoshinobu, T.; Belle II SVD Collaboration

    2016-09-01

    The Belle II experiment at the SuperKEKB collider in Japan is designed to indirectly probe new physics using approximately 50 times the data recorded by its predecessor. An accurate determination of the decay-point position of subatomic particles such as beauty and charm hadrons as well as a precise measurement of low-momentum charged particles will play a key role in this pursuit. These will be accomplished by an inner tracking device comprising two layers of pixelated silicon detector and four layers of silicon vertex detector based on double-sided microstrip sensors. We describe herein the design, prototyping and construction efforts of the Belle-II silicon vertex detector.

  7. Traverse Focusing of Intense Charged Particle Beams with Chromatic Effects for Heavy Ion Fusion

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    James M. Mitrani, Igor D. Kaganovich, Ronald C. Davidson

    A fi nal focusing scheme designed to minimize chromatic effects is discussed. The Neutralized Drift Compression Experiment-II (NDCX-II) will apply a velocity tilt for longitudinal bunch compression, and a fi nal focusing solenoid (FFS) for transverse bunch compression. In the beam frame, neutralized drift compression causes a suffi ciently large spread in axial momentum, pz , resulting in chromatic effects to the fi nal focal spot during transverse bunch compression. Placing a weaker solenoid upstream of a stronger fi nal focusing solenoid (FFS) mitigates chromatic effects and improves transverse focusing by a factor of approximately 2-4 for appropriate NDCX-II parameters.

  8. New approximate orientation averaging of the water molecule interacting with the thermal neutron

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Markovic, M.I.; Minic, D.M.; Rakic, A.D.

    1992-02-01

    This paper reports that exactly describing the time of thermal neutron collisions with water molecules, orientation averaging is performed by an exact method (EOA{sub k}) and four approximate methods (two well known and two less known). Expressions for the microscopic scattering kernel are developed. The two well-known approximate orientation averaging methods are Krieger-Nelkin (K-N) and Koppel-Young (K-Y). The results obtained by one of the two proposed approximate orientation averaging methods agree best with the corresponding results obtained by EOA{sub k}. The largest discrepancies between the EOA{sub k} results and the results of the approximate methods are obtained using the well-knowmore » K-N approximate orientation averaging method.« less

  9. Class II glass ionomer/silver cermet restorations and their effect on interproximal growth of mutans streptococci.

    PubMed

    Berg, J H; Farrell, J E; Brown, L R

    1990-02-01

    The release of fluoride from glass ionomer materials is one of the most important features of this newly implemented material, and the remineralization effects of this phenomenon have been documented (Hicks and Silverstone 1986). This paper examines the effects of glass ionomer/silver cermet restorations on the plaque levels of interproximal mutans streptococci. Fifteen patients with Class II lesions in primary molars were selected for study. Interproximal plaque samples were obtained from each of the lesion sites and from one caries-free site approximal to a primary molar. One lesion was restored with composite resin to serve as a treated control to the glass ionomer/silver cermet (Ketac Silver, ESPE/Premier Sales Corp., Norristown, Pennsylvania) test site. A sound (unaltered) interproximal site served as the untreated control site. Plaque samples were collected before and at one week, one month, and three months post-treatment. Samples were serially diluted to enable colony counts of mutans streptococci. One week post-treatment counts showed that the glass ionomer/silver cermet restorations significantly reduced (P less than 0.05) the approximal plaque levels of mutans streptococci. Conversely, the untreated and treated control sites did not exhibit reductions in approximal plaque levels of mutans streptococci. These results indicate that glass ionomer restorations may be inhibitory to the growth of mutans streptococci in dental plaque approximal to this restorative material in the primary dentition.

  10. Mice deficient in PKCbeta and apolipoprotein E display decreased atherosclerosis.

    PubMed

    Harja, Evis; Chang, Jong Sun; Lu, Yan; Leitges, Michael; Zou, Yu Shan; Schmidt, Ann Marie; Yan, Shi-Fang

    2009-04-01

    Endothelial activation is a central initiating event in atheroma formation. Evidence from our laboratory and others has demonstrated links between activation of early growth response-1 (Egr-1) and atherosclerosis and also has demonstrated that activated protein kinase C (PKC) betaII is a critical upstream regulator of Egr-1 in response to vascular stress. We tested the role of PKCbeta in regulating key events linked to atherosclerosis and show that the aortas of apoE(-/-) mice display an age-dependent increase in PKCbetaII antigen in membranous fractions vs. C57BL/6 animals with a approximately 2-fold increase at age 6 wk and a approximately 4.5-fold increase at age 24 wk. Consistent with important roles for PKCbeta in atherosclerosis, a significant decrease in atherosclerotic lesion area was evident in PKCbeta(-/-)/apoE(-/-) vs. apoE(-/-) mice by approximately 5-fold, in parallel with significantly reduced vascular transcripts for Egr-1 and matrix metalloproteinase (MMP)-2 antigen and activity vs. apoE(-/-) mice. Significant reduction in atherosclerosis of approximately 2-fold was observed in apoE(-/-) mice fed ruboxistaurin chow (PKCbeta inhibitor) vs. vehicle. In primary murine and human aortic endothelial cells, the PKCbeta-JNK mitogen-activated protein kinase pathway importantly contributes to oxLDL-mediated induction of MMP2 expression. Blockade of PKCbeta may be beneficial in mitigating endothelial perturbation and atherosclerosis.

  11. Sensitivity analysis and approximation methods for general eigenvalue problems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Murthy, D. V.; Haftka, R. T.

    1986-01-01

    Optimization of dynamic systems involving complex non-hermitian matrices is often computationally expensive. Major contributors to the computational expense are the sensitivity analysis and reanalysis of a modified design. The present work seeks to alleviate this computational burden by identifying efficient sensitivity analysis and approximate reanalysis methods. For the algebraic eigenvalue problem involving non-hermitian matrices, algorithms for sensitivity analysis and approximate reanalysis are classified, compared and evaluated for efficiency and accuracy. Proper eigenvector normalization is discussed. An improved method for calculating derivatives of eigenvectors is proposed based on a more rational normalization condition and taking advantage of matrix sparsity. Important numerical aspects of this method are also discussed. To alleviate the problem of reanalysis, various approximation methods for eigenvalues are proposed and evaluated. Linear and quadratic approximations are based directly on the Taylor series. Several approximation methods are developed based on the generalized Rayleigh quotient for the eigenvalue problem. Approximation methods based on trace theorem give high accuracy without needing any derivatives. Operation counts for the computation of the approximations are given. General recommendations are made for the selection of appropriate approximation technique as a function of the matrix size, number of design variables, number of eigenvalues of interest and the number of design points at which approximation is sought.

  12. New method for the direct determination of dissolved Fe(III) concentration in acid mine waters

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    To, T.B.; Nordstrom, D. Kirk; Cunningham, K.M.; Ball, J.W.; McCleskey, R. Blaine

    1999-01-01

    A new method for direct determination of dissolved Fe(III) in acid mine water has been developed. In most present methods, Fe(III) is determined by computing the difference between total dissolved Fe and dissolved Fe(II). For acid mine waters, frequently Fe(II) >> Fe(III); thus, accuracy and precision are considerably improved by determining Fe(III) concentration directly. The new method utilizes two selective ligands to stabilize Fe(III) and Fe(II), thereby preventing changes in Fe reduction-oxidation distribution. Complexed Fe(II) is cleanly removed using a silica-based, reversed-phase adsorbent, yielding excellent isolation of the Fe(III) complex. Iron(III) concentration is measured colorimetrically or by graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometry (GFAAS). The method requires inexpensive commercial reagents and simple procedures that can be used in the field. Calcium(II), Ni(II), Pb(II), AI(III), Zn(II), and Cd(II) cause insignificant colorimetric interferences for most acid mine waters. Waters containing >20 mg of Cu/L could cause a colorimetric interference and should be measured by GFAAS. Cobalt(II) and Cr(III) interfere if their molar ratios to Fe(III) exceed 24 and 5, respectively. Iron(II) interferes when its concentration exceeds the capacity of the complexing ligand (14 mg/L). Because of the GFAAS elemental specificity, only Fe(II) is a potential interferent in the GFAAS technique. The method detection limit is 2 ??g/L (40 nM) using GFAAS and 20 ??g/L (0.4 ??M) by colorimetry.A new method for direct determination of dissolved Fe(III) in acid mine water has been developed. In most present methods, Fe(III) is determined by computing the difference between total dissolved Fe and dissolved Fe(II). For acid mine waters, frequently Fe(II)???Fe(III); thus, accuracy and precision are considerably improved by determining Fe(III) concentration directly. The new method utilizes two selective ligands to stabilize Fe(III) and Fe(II), thereby preventing changes in Fe reduction-oxidation distribution. Complexed Fe(II) is cleanly removed using a silica-based, reversed-phase adsorbent, yielding excellent isolation of the Fe(III) complex. Iron(III) concentration is measured colorimetrically or by graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometry (GFAAS). The method requires inexpensive commercial reagents and simple procedures that can be used in the field. Calcium(II), Ni(II), Pb(II), Al(III), Zn(II), and Cd(II) cause insignificant colorimetric interferences for most acid mine waters. Waters containing >20 mg of Cu/L could cause a colorimetric interference and should be measured by GFAAS. Cobalt(II) and Cr(III) interfere if their molar ratios to Fe(III) exceed 24 and 5, respectively. Iron(II) interferes when its concentration exceeds the capacity of the complexing ligand (14 mg/L). Because of the GFAAS elemental specificity, only Fe(II) is a potential interferent in the GFAAS technique. The method detection limit is 2/??g/L (40 nM) using GFAAS and 20 ??g/L (0.4 ??M) by colorimetry.

  13. Citrate, in collaboration with a guanidinium ion, as a generator of cubane-like complexes with a range of metal cations: synthesis, structures, and magnetic properties of [C(NH2)3]8[(M(II))4(cit)4].8H2O (M = Mg, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, and Zn; cit = Citrate).

    PubMed

    Hudson, Timothy A; Berry, Kevin J; Moubaraki, Boujemaa; Murray, Keith S; Robson, Richard

    2006-05-01

    Aqueous reaction mixtures containing citric acid, guanidinium carbonate, and a range of metal cations (Mg2+, Mn2+, Fe2+, Co2+, Ni2+, and Zn2+) at room temperature give crystalline products of composition [C(NH2)3]8[(M(II))4(cit)4].8H2O (cit = citrate). In all cases, the crystals are suitable for single-crystal X-ray diffraction studies, which reveal that the compounds are isostructural (space group P4(2)/n; a approximately 16.2 A, and c approximately 11.5 A). As was intended, cubane-like [M4(cit)4]8- complex anions are present. The individual citrate units are chiral, but each cubane unit contains two of one hand and two of the other, related around an S4 axis. The cubane units are involved in no less than 40 H-bonding interactions with guanidinium cations and lattice water molecules. Detailed susceptibility and magnetization studies show that the intracluster magnetic coupling within the Mn(II), Fe(II), Co(II), and Ni(II) cubanes is very weak in all cases with J values of -0.82, -0.43, and -0.09 cm(-1) for the Mn, Fe, and Co species, respectively. A two-J model gave the best agreement with the susceptibility and high-field magnetization data for the Ni(II) case, over the whole temperature range studied, and the sign of the parameters, J12 = -0.3 cm(-1) and J13 = +2.97 cm(-1), correlated with the two Ni-(mu3-O)-Ni angles observed in the cluster structure. All members of the 3d-block [M4(cit)4]8- family have spin ground states, ST, of zero, with the higher ST levels just a few reciprocal centimeters away in energy.

  14. Angiotensin II stimulates calcium-dependent activation of c-Jun N-terminal kinase.

    PubMed Central

    Zohn, I E; Yu, H; Li, X; Cox, A D; Earp, H S

    1995-01-01

    In GN4 rat liver epithelial cells, angiotensin II (Ang II) and other agonists which activate phospholipase C stimulate tyrosine kinase activity in a calcium-dependent, protein kinase C (PKC)-independent manner. Since Ang II also produces a proliferative response in these cells, we investigated downstream signaling elements traditionally linked to growth control by tyrosine kinases. First, Ang II, like epidermal growth factor (EGF), stimulated AP-1 binding activity in a PKC-independent manner. Because increases in AP-1 can reflect induction of c-Jun and c-Fos, we examined the activity of the mitogen-activated protein (MAP) kinase family members Erk-1 and -2 and the c-Jun N-terminal kinase (JNK), which are known to influence c-Jun and c-Fos transcription. Ang II stimulated MAP kinase (MAPK) activity but only approximately 50% as effectively as EGF; again, these effects were independent of PKC. Ang II also produced a 50- to 200-fold activation of JNK in a PKC-independent manner. Unlike its smaller effect on MAPK, Ang II was approximately four- to sixfold more potent in activating JNK than EGF was. Although others had reported a lack of calcium ionophore-stimulated JNK activity in lymphocytes and several other cell lines, we examined the role of calcium in GN4 cells. The following results suggest that JNK activation in rat liver epithelial cells is at least partially Ca(2+) dependent: (i) norepinephrine and vasopressin hormones that increase inositol 1,4,5-triphosphate stimulated JNK; (ii) both thapsigargin, a compound that produces an intracellular Ca(2+) signal, and Ca(2+) ionophores stimulated a dramatic increase in JNK activity (up to 200-fold); (iii) extracellular Ca(2+) chelation with ethylene glycol tetraacetic acid (EGTA) inhibited JNK activation by ionophore and intracellular chelation with 1,2-bis-(o-aminophenoxy)-ethane-N,N,N',N'-tetraacetic acid tetraacetoxymethyl-ester (BAPTA-AM) partially inhibited JNK activation by Ang II or thapsigargin; and (iv) JNK activation by Ang II was inhibited by pretreatment of cells with thapsigargin and EGTA, a procedure which depletes intracellular Ca(2+) stores. JNK activation following Ang II stimulation did not involve calmodulin; either W-7 nor calmidizolium, in concentrations sufficient to inhibit Ca(2+)/calmodulin-dependent kinase II, blocked JNK activation by Ang II. In contrast, genistein, in concentrations sufficient to inhibit Ca(2+)-dependent tyrosine phosphorylation, prevented Ang II and thapsigargin-induced JNK activation. In summary, in GN4 rat liver epithelial cells, Ang II stimulates JNK via a novel Ca(2+)-dependent pathway. The inhibition by genistein suggest that Ca(2+)-dependent tyrosine phosphorylation may modulate the JNK pathway in a cell type-specific manner, particularly in cells with a readily detectable Ca(2+)-regulated tyrosine kinase. PMID:7565768

  15. Focused ultrasound transducer spatial peak intensity estimation: a comparison of methods

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Civale, John; Rivens, Ian; Shaw, Adam; ter Haar, Gail

    2018-03-01

    Characterisation of the spatial peak intensity at the focus of high intensity focused ultrasound transducers is difficult because of the risk of damage to hydrophone sensors at the high focal pressures generated. Hill et al (1994 Ultrasound Med. Biol. 20 259-69) provided a simple equation for estimating spatial-peak intensity for solid spherical bowl transducers using measured acoustic power and focal beamwidth. This paper demonstrates theoretically and experimentally that this expression is only strictly valid for spherical bowl transducers without a central (imaging) aperture. A hole in the centre of the transducer results in over-estimation of the peak intensity. Improved strategies for determining focal peak intensity from a measurement of total acoustic power are proposed. Four methods are compared: (i) a solid spherical bowl approximation (after Hill et al 1994 Ultrasound Med. Biol. 20 259-69), (ii) a numerical method derived from theory, (iii) a method using measured sidelobe to focal peak pressure ratio, and (iv) a method for measuring the focal power fraction (FPF) experimentally. Spatial-peak intensities were estimated for 8 transducers at three drive powers levels: low (approximately 1 W), moderate (~10 W) and high (20-70 W). The calculated intensities were compared with those derived from focal peak pressure measurements made using a calibrated hydrophone. The FPF measurement method was found to provide focal peak intensity estimates that agreed most closely (within 15%) with the hydrophone measurements, followed by the pressure ratio method (within 20%). The numerical method was found to consistently over-estimate focal peak intensity (+40% on average), however, for transducers with a central hole it was more accurate than using the solid bowl assumption (+70% over-estimation). In conclusion, the ability to make use of an automated beam plotting system, and a hydrophone with good spatial resolution, greatly facilitates characterisation of the FPF, and consequently gives improved confidence in estimating spatial peak intensity from measurement of acoustic power.

  16. Analyzing Interactions by an IIS-Map-Based Method in Face-to-Face Collaborative Learning: An Empirical Study

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Zheng, Lanqin; Yang, Kaicheng; Huang, Ronghuai

    2012-01-01

    This study proposes a new method named the IIS-map-based method for analyzing interactions in face-to-face collaborative learning settings. This analysis method is conducted in three steps: firstly, drawing an initial IIS-map according to collaborative tasks; secondly, coding and segmenting information flows into information items of IIS; thirdly,…

  17. Removal of copper(II) from some environmental samples by sorptive-flotation using powdered marble wastes as sorbents and oleic acid as surfactant.

    PubMed

    Ghazy, S E; Samra, S E; Mahdy, A F M; El-Morsy, S M

    2004-11-01

    A simple and economic experimental sorptive -flotation procedure is presented for the removal of copper(II) species from aqueous solutions. It is based on using powdered marble wastes (PMW), which are widespread and inexpensive and may represent an environmental problem, as the effective inorganic sorbent and oleic (HOL) as the surfactant. The main parameters (i.e. initial solution pH, sorbent, surfactant and copper concentrations, stirring times, ionic strength, temperature and the presence of foreign ions) influencing the flotation of PMW and /or Cu(II) were examined. Nearly, 100% of PMW and Cu(II) were removed from aqueous solutions at pH7 after stirring for 10 min and at room temperature, (approximately 25 degrees C). The procedure was successfully applied to recover Cu(II) spiked to some natural water samples. A mechanism for sorption and flotation is suggested.

  18. The functional performance of the Argus II retinal prosthesis

    PubMed Central

    Stronks, H Christiaan; Dagnelie, Gislin

    2014-01-01

    Summary Visual prostheses are devices to treat profound vision loss by stimulating secondary nerve cells anywhere along the visual pathway, typically with electrical pulses. The Argus® II implant, developed by Second Sight Medical Products (SSMP, Sylmar, CA, USA), targets the retina and features 60 electrodes that electrically stimulate the surviving retinal neurons. Of the approximately 20 research groups that are actively developing visual prostheses, SSMP has the longest track record. The Argus II was the first visual prosthesis to become commercially available: It received the CE mark in Europe in 2011 and FDA approval was granted in early 2013 for humanitarian use in the USA. Meanwhile, the Argus II safety/benefit study has been extended for research purposes, and is ongoing. In this review we will discuss the performance of the Argus II in restoring sight to the blind, and we will shed light on its expected developments in the coming years. PMID:24308734

  19. A Serious Video Game to Increase Fruit and Vegetable Consumption Among Elementary Aged Youth (Squire's Quest! II): Rationale, Design, and Methods.

    PubMed

    Thompson, Debbe; Bhatt, Riddhi; Lazarus, Melanie; Cullen, Karen; Baranowski, Janice; Baranowski, Tom

    2012-11-21

    Youths eat fewer fruits and vegetables than recommended. Effective methods are needed to increase and maintain their fruit and vegetable consumption. Goal setting has been an effective behavior change procedure among adults, but has had limited effectiveness among youths. Implementation intentions are specific plans to facilitate goal attainment. Redefining goal setting to include implementation intentions may be an effective way to increase effectiveness. Video games offer a controlled venue for conducting behavioral research and testing hypotheses to identify mechanisms of effect. This report describes the protocol that guided the design and evaluation of Squire's Quest! II, a video game aimed to increase child fruit and vegetable consumption. Squire's Quest! II is a 10-episode videogame promoting fruit and vegetable consumption to 4th and 5th grade children (approximately 9-11 year old youths). A four group randomized design (n=400 parent/child dyads) was used to systematically test the effect of two types of implementation intentions (action, coping) on fruit and vegetable goal attainment and consumption of 4th and 5th graders. Data collection occurred at baseline, immediately post game-play, and 3 months later. Child was the unit of assignment. Three dietary recalls were collected at each data collection period by trained interviewers using the Nutrient Data System for Research (NDSR 2009). Psychosocial and process data were also collected. To our knowledge, this is the first research to explore the effect of implementation intentions on child fruit and vegetable goal attainment and consumption. This intervention will contribute valuable information regarding whether implementation intentions are effective with elementary age children. ClinicalTrials.gov NCT01004094.

  20. Scoring of Side-Chain Packings: An Analysis of Weight Factors and Molecular Dynamics Structures.

    PubMed

    Colbes, Jose; Aguila, Sergio A; Brizuela, Carlos A

    2018-02-26

    The protein side-chain packing problem (PSCPP) is a central task in computational protein design. The problem is usually modeled as a combinatorial optimization problem, which consists of searching for a set of rotamers, from a given rotamer library, that minimizes a scoring function (SF). The SF is a weighted sum of terms, that can be decomposed in physics-based and knowledge-based terms. Although there are many methods to obtain approximate solutions for this problem, all of them have similar performances and there has not been a significant improvement in recent years. Studies on protein structure prediction and protein design revealed the limitations of current SFs to achieve further improvements for these two problems. In the same line, a recent work reported a similar result for the PSCPP. In this work, we ask whether or not this negative result regarding further improvements in performance is due to (i) an incorrect weighting of the SFs terms or (ii) the constrained conformation resulting from the protein crystallization process. To analyze these questions, we (i) model the PSCPP as a bi-objective combinatorial optimization problem, optimizing, at the same time, the two most important terms of two SFs of state-of-the-art algorithms and (ii) performed a preprocessing relaxation of the crystal structure through molecular dynamics to simulate the protein in the solvent and evaluated the performance of these two state-of-the-art SFs under these conditions. Our results indicate that (i) no matter what combination of weight factors we use the current SFs will not lead to better performances and (ii) the evaluated SFs will not be able to improve performance on relaxed structures. Furthermore, the experiments revealed that the SFs and the methods are biased toward crystallized structures.

  1. An accurate method for evaluating the kernel of the integral equation relating lift to downwash in unsteady potential flow

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Desmarais, R. N.

    1982-01-01

    The method is capable of generating approximations of arbitrary accuracy. It is based on approximating the algebraic part of the nonelementary integrals in the kernel by exponential functions and then integrating termwise. The exponent spacing in the approximation is a geometric sequence. The coefficients and exponent multiplier of the exponential approximation are computed by least squares so the method is completely automated. Exponential approximates generated in this manner are two orders of magnitude more accurate than the exponential approximation that is currently most often used for this purpose. The method can be used to generate approximations to attain any desired trade-off between accuracy and computing cost.

  2. Evaluation of the effects of skeletal anchoraged Forsus FRD using miniplates inserted on mandibular symphysis: A new approach for the treatment of Class II malocclusion.

    PubMed

    Unal, Tuba; Celikoglu, Mevlut; Candirli, Celal

    2015-05-01

    To evaluate the skeletal, dentoalveolar, and soft tissue effects of the Forsus Fatigue Resistant Device (FRD) appliance with miniplate anchorage for the treatment of skeletal Class II malocclusion. The prospective clinical study group included 17 patients (11 girls and 6 boys; mean age 12.96 ± 1.23 years) with Class II malocclusion due to mandibular retrusion and treated with skeletal anchoraged Forsus FRD. After 0.019 × 0.025-inch stainless steel archwire was inserted and cinched back in the maxillary arch, two miniplates were placed bilaterally on the mandibular symphysis. Then, the Forsus FRD EZ2 appliance was adjusted to the miniplates without leveling the mandibular arch. The changes in the leveling and skeletal anchoraged Forsus FRD phases were evaluated by means of the Paired and Student's t-tests using the cephalometric lateral films. The success rate of the miniplates was found to be 91.5% (38 of 42 miniplates). The mandible significantly moved forward (P < .001) and caused a significant restraint in the sagittal position of the maxilla (P < .001). The overjet correction (-5.11 mm) was found to be mainly by skeletal changes (A-VRL, -1.16 mm and Pog-VRL, 2.62 mm; approximately 74%); the remaining changes were due to the dentoalveolar contributions. The maxillary and mandibular incisors were significantly retruded (P < .001). This new approach was an effective method for treating skeletal Class II malocclusion due to the mandibular retrusion via a combination of skeletal and dentoalveolar changes.

  3. Functionalized polyethylene fibers for the selective capture of palladium ions from aqueous solution

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pang, Li-juan; Li, Rong; Hu, Jiang-tao; Zhang, Lin-juan; Zhang, Ming-xing; Yang, Chen-guang; Wu, Guo-zhong

    2018-03-01

    An innovative ultrahigh molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) fibrous adsorbent was successfully synthesized via radiation grafting and applied to the selective capture of palladium ions from dilute aqueous solutions. The influence of the pH, initial Pd(II) concentration, and temperature on the adsorption performance was examined in a batch adsorption experiment. Pd K-edge extended X-ray absorption fine structure (EXAFS) spectra indicated that Pd(II) was immobilized on the adsorbent surface via a ligand exchange reaction that formed a stable UHMWPE-PMDA-Pd complex. Although the concentrations of coexisting ions (Cu(II), Zn(II), Cr(VI), Fe(III), and Ni(II)) in the solution were much higher than that of Pd(II), the adsorption capacity for Pd(II) of the as-prepared absorbent was significantly greater than that for other metal ions. Kinetic studies showed good correlation with the pseudo-second-order model. The maximum capacity for Pd(II) adsorption was approximately 221.8 mg·g-1 at 298 K. The adsorption behavior conformed to the Langmuir isotherm model. Thermodynamic studies revealed that the adsorption of Pd(II) was a feasible, spontaneous, and endothermic process.

  4. Electron Spin Resonance Studies of Carbonic Anhydrase: Transition Metal Ions and Spin-Labeled Sulfonamides*

    PubMed Central

    Taylor, June S.; Mushak, Paul; Coleman, Joseph E.

    1970-01-01

    Electron spin resonance (esr) spectra of Cu(II) and Co(II) carbonic anhydrase, and a spin-labeled sulfonamide complex of the Zn(II) enzyme, are reported. The coordination geometry of Cu(II) bound in the enzyme appears to have approximately axial symmetry. Esr spectra of enzyme complexes with metal-binding anions also show axial symmetry and greater covalency, in the order ethoxzolamide < SH- < N3- ≤ CN-. Well-resolved superhyperfine structure in the spectrum of the cyanide complex suggests the presence of two, and probably three, equivalent nitrogen ligands from the protein. Esr spectra of the Co(II) enzyme and its complexes show two types of Co(II) environment, one typical of the native enzyme and the 1:1 CN- complex, and one typical of a 2:1 CN- complex. Co(II) in the 2:1 complex appears to be low-spin and probably has a coordination number of 5. Binding of a spin-labeled sulfonamide to the active center immobilizes the free radical. The similarity of the esr spectra of spin-labeled Zn(II) and Co(II) carbonic anhydrases suggests that the conformation at the active center is similar in the two metal derivatives. PMID:4320976

  5. Progress in ETA-II magnetic field alignment using stretched wire and low energy electron beam techniques

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Deadrick, F.J.; Griffith, L.V.

    1990-08-17

    Flux line alignment of the solenoidal focus magnets used on the ETA-II linear induction accelerator is a key element leading to a reduction of beam corkscrew motion. Two techniques have been used on the ETA-II accelerator to measure and establish magnet alignment. A low energy electron beam has been used to directly map magnetic field lines, and recent work has utilized a pulsed stretched wire technique to measure magnet tilts and offsets with respect to a reference axis. This paper reports on the techniques used in the ETA-II accelerator alignment, and presents results from those measurements which show that acceleratormore » is magnetically aligned to within {approximately}{plus minus}200 microns. 3 refs., 8 figs.« less

  6. Digital hologram transformations for RGB color holographic display with independent image magnification and translation in 3D.

    PubMed

    Makowski, Piotr L; Zaperty, Weronika; Kozacki, Tomasz

    2018-01-01

    A new framework for in-plane transformations of digital holograms (DHs) is proposed, which provides improved control over basic geometrical features of holographic images reconstructed optically in full color. The method is based on a Fourier hologram equivalent of the adaptive affine transformation technique [Opt. Express18, 8806 (2010)OPEXFF1094-408710.1364/OE.18.008806]. The solution includes four elementary geometrical transformations that can be performed independently on a full-color 3D image reconstructed from an RGB hologram: (i) transverse magnification; (ii) axial translation with minimized distortion; (iii) transverse translation; and (iv) viewing angle rotation. The independent character of transformations (i) and (ii) constitutes the main result of the work and plays a double role: (1) it simplifies synchronization of color components of the RGB image in the presence of mismatch between capture and display parameters; (2) provides improved control over position and size of the projected image, particularly the axial position, which opens new possibilities for efficient animation of holographic content. The approximate character of the operations (i) and (ii) is examined both analytically and experimentally using an RGB circular holographic display system. Additionally, a complex animation built from a single wide-aperture RGB Fourier hologram is presented to demonstrate full capabilities of the developed toolset.

  7. Finite Element Analysis of IPS Empress II Ceramic Bridge Reinforced by Zirconia Bar

    PubMed Central

    Kermanshah, H.; Bitaraf, T.; Geramy, A.

    2012-01-01

    Objective: The aim of this study was to determine the effect of trenched zirconia bar on the von Mises stress distribution of IPS –Empress II core ceramics. Materials and Methods: The three-dimensional model including a three-unit bridge from the second premolar to the second molar was designed. The model was reinforced with zirconia bar (ZB), zirconia bar with vertical trench (VZB) and zirconia bar with horizontal trench (HZB) (cross sections of these bars were circular). The model without zirconia bar was designed as the control. The bridges were loaded by 200 N and 500 N on the occlusal surface at the middle of the pontic component and von Mises stresses were evaluated along a defined path. Results: In the connector area, von Mises stress in MPa were approximately identical in the specimens with ZB (at molar connector (MC): 4.75 and at premolar connector (PC): 6.40) and without ZB (MC: 5.50, PC: 6.68), and considerable differences were not recognized. Whereas, Von-Mises stress (MPa) in the specimens with horizontal trenched Zirconia bar (HZB) (MC: 3.91, PC: 2.44) and Vertical trenched Zirconia bar (VZB) (MC: 2.53, PC: 2.56) was decreased considerably. Conclusion: Embeded trenched zirconia bar could reinforce IPS-Empress II at the connector area which is a main failure region in all ceramic fixed partial dentures. PMID:23323181

  8. SARS-CoV replicates in primary human alveolar type II cell cultures but not in type I-like cells

    PubMed Central

    Mossel, Eric C.; Wang, Jieru; Jeffers, Scott; Edeen, Karen E.; Wang, Shuanglin; Cosgrove, Gregory P.; Funk, C. Joel; Manzer, Rizwan; Miura, Tanya A.; Pearson, Leonard D.; Holmes, Kathryn V.; Mason, Robert J.

    2008-01-01

    Severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) is a disease characterized by diffuse alveolar damage. We isolated alveolar type II cells and maintained them in a highly differentiated state. Type II cell cultures supported SARS-CoV replication as evidenced by RT-PCR detection of viral subgenomic RNA and an increase in virus titer. Virus titers were maximal by 24 hours and peaked at approximately 105 pfu/mL. Two cell types within the cultures were infected. One cell type was type II cells, which were positive for SP-A, SP-C, cytokeratin, a type II cell-specific monoclonal antibody, and Ep-CAM. The other cell type was composed of spindle-shaped cells that were positive for vimentin and collagen III and likely fibroblasts. Viral replication was not detected in type I-like cells or macrophages. Hence, differentiated adult human alveolar type II cells were infectible but alveolar type I-like cells and alveolar macrophages did not support productive infection. PMID:18022664

  9. Synthetic observations of wave propagation in a sunspot umbra

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Felipe, T.; Socas-Navarro, H.; Khomenko, E.

    2014-11-01

    Spectropolarimetric temporal series from Fe I λ6301.5 Å and Ca II infrared triplet lines are obtained by applying the Stokes synthesis code NICOLE to a numerical simulation of wave propagation in a sunspot umbra from MANCHA code. The analysis of the phase difference between Doppler velocity and intensity core oscillations of the Fe I λ6301.5 Å line reveals that variations in the intensity are produced by opacity fluctuations rather than intrinsic temperature oscillations, except for frequencies between 5 and 6.5 mHz. On the other hand, the photospheric magnetic field retrieved from the weak field approximation provides the intrinsic magnetic fieldmore » oscillations associated to wave propagation. Our results suggest that this is due to the low magnetic field gradient of our sunspot model. The Stokes parameters of the chromospheric Ca II infrared triplet lines show striking variations as shock waves travel through the formation height of the lines, including emission self-reversals in the line core and highly abnormal Stokes V profiles. Magnetic field oscillations inferred from the Ca II infrared lines using the weak field approximation appear to be related with the magnetic field strength variation between the photosphere and the chromosphere.« less

  10. Target mediated drug disposition with drug–drug interaction, Part II: competitive and uncompetitive cases

    PubMed Central

    Jusko, William J.; Schropp, Johannes

    2017-01-01

    We present competitive and uncompetitive drug–drug interaction (DDI) with target mediated drug disposition (TMDD) equations and investigate their pharmacokinetic DDI properties. For application of TMDD models, quasi-equilibrium (QE) or quasi-steady state (QSS) approximations are necessary to reduce the number of parameters. To realize those approximations of DDI TMDD models, we derive an ordinary differential equation (ODE) representation formulated in free concentration and free receptor variables. This ODE formulation can be straightforward implemented in typical PKPD software without solving any non-linear equation system arising from the QE or QSS approximation of the rapid binding assumptions. This manuscript is the second in a series to introduce and investigate DDI TMDD models and to apply the QE or QSS approximation. PMID:28074396

  11. Second Epoch VLBA Calibrator Survey Observations - VCS-II

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gordon, David; Jacobs, Christopher; Beasley, Anthony; Peck, Alison; Gaume, Ralph; Charlot, Patrick; Fey, Alan; Ma, Chopo; Titov, Oleg; Boboltz, David

    2016-01-01

    Six very successful VLBA calibrator survey campaigns were run between 1994 and 2007 to build up a large list of compact radio sources with positions precise enough for use as VLBI phase reference calibrators. We report on the results of a second epoch VLBA Calibrator Survey campaign (VCS-II) in which 2400 VCS sources were re-observed at X and S bands in order to improve the upcoming third realization of the International Celestial Reference Frame (ICRF3) as well as to improve their usefulness as VLBI phase reference calibrators. In this survey, some 2062 previously detected sources and 324 previously undetected sources were detected and revised positions are presented. Average position uncertainties for the reobserved sources were reduced from 1.14 and 1.98 mas to 0.24 and 0.41 mas in RA and Declination, respectively, or by nearly a factor of 5. Minimum detected flux values were approximately 15 and 28 mJy in X and S bands, respectively, and median total fluxes are approximately 230 and 280 mJy. The vast majority of these sources are flat-spectrum sources, with approximately 82% having spectral indices greater than -0.5.

  12. Margins Associated with Loss of Assured Safety for Systems with Multiple Time-Dependent Failure Modes.

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Helton, Jon C.; Brooks, Dusty Marie; Sallaberry, Cedric Jean-Marie.

    Representations for margins associated with loss of assured safety (LOAS) for weak link (WL)/strong link (SL) systems involving multiple time-dependent failure modes are developed. The following topics are described: (i) defining properties for WLs and SLs, (ii) background on cumulative distribution functions (CDFs) for link failure time, link property value at link failure, and time at which LOAS occurs, (iii) CDFs for failure time margins defined by (time at which SL system fails) – (time at which WL system fails), (iv) CDFs for SL system property values at LOAS, (v) CDFs for WL/SL property value margins defined by (property valuemore » at which SL system fails) – (property value at which WL system fails), and (vi) CDFs for SL property value margins defined by (property value of failing SL at time of SL system failure) – (property value of this SL at time of WL system failure). Included in this presentation is a demonstration of a verification strategy based on defining and approximating the indicated margin results with (i) procedures based on formal integral representations and associated quadrature approximations and (ii) procedures based on algorithms for sampling-based approximations.« less

  13. The [N II] Kinematics of R Aquarii

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hollis, J. M.; Vogel, S. N.; VanBuren, D.; Strong, J. P.; Lyon, R. G.; Dorband, J. E.

    1998-01-01

    We report a kinematic study of the symbiotic star system R Aqr derived from [N H]lambda 6584 emission observations with a Fabry-Perot imaging spectrometer. The [N II] spatial structure of the R Aqr jet, first observed circa 1977, and surrounding hourglass-shaped nebulosity, due to an explosion approximately 660 years ago, are derived from 41 velocity planes spaced at approximately 12 km/s intervals. Fabry-Perot imagery shows the elliptical nebulosity comprising the waist of the hourglass shell is consistent with a circular ring expanding radially at 55 km/s as seen at an inclination angle, i approximately 70 deg. Fabry-Perot imagery shows the two-sided R Aqr jet is collimated flow in opposite directions. The intensity-velocity structure of the strong NE jet component is shown in contrast to the amorphous SW jet component. We offer a idealized schematic model for the R Aqr jet motion which results in a small-scale helical structure forming around a larger-scale helical path. The implications of such a jet model are discussed. We present a movie showing a side-by-side comparison of the spatial structure of the model and the data as a function of the 41 velocity planes.

  14. DNA methylation and hydroxymethylation analyses of the active LINE-1 subfamilies in mice.

    PubMed

    Murata, Yui; Bundo, Miki; Ueda, Junko; Kubota-Sakashita, Mie; Kasai, Kiyoto; Kato, Tadafumi; Iwamoto, Kazuya

    2017-10-19

    Retrotransposon long interspersed nuclear element-1 (LINE-1) occupies a large proportion of the mammalian genome, comprising approximately 100,000 genomic copies in mice. Epigenetic status of the 5' untranslated region (5'-UTR) of LINE-1 is critical for its promoter activity. DNA methylation levels in the 5'-UTR of human active LINE-1 subfamily can be measured by well-established methods, such as a pyrosequencing-based assay. However, because of the considerable sequence and structural diversity in LINE-1 among species, methods for such assays should be adapted for the species of interest. Here we developed pyrosequencing-based assays to examine methylcytosine (mC) and hydroxymethylcytosine (hmC) levels of the three active LINE-1 subfamilies in mice (TfI, A, and GfII). Using these assays, we quantified mC and hmC levels in four brain regions and four nonbrain tissues including tail, heart, testis, and ovary. We observed tissue- and subfamily-specific mC and hmC differences. We also found that mC levels were strongly correlated among different brain regions, but mC levels of the testis showed a poor correlation with those of other tissues. Interestingly, mC levels in the A and GfII subfamilies were highly correlated, possibly reflecting their close evolutionary relationship. Our assays will be useful for exploring the epigenetic regulation of the active LINE-1 subfamilies in mice.

  15. Towards Development of Clustering Applications for Large-Scale Comparative Genotyping and Kinship Analysis Using Y-Short Tandem Repeats.

    PubMed

    Seman, Ali; Sapawi, Azizian Mohd; Salleh, Mohd Zaki

    2015-06-01

    Y-chromosome short tandem repeats (Y-STRs) are genetic markers with practical applications in human identification. However, where mass identification is required (e.g., in the aftermath of disasters with significant fatalities), the efficiency of the process could be improved with new statistical approaches. Clustering applications are relatively new tools for large-scale comparative genotyping, and the k-Approximate Modal Haplotype (k-AMH), an efficient algorithm for clustering large-scale Y-STR data, represents a promising method for developing these tools. In this study we improved the k-AMH and produced three new algorithms: the Nk-AMH I (including a new initial cluster center selection), the Nk-AMH II (including a new dominant weighting value), and the Nk-AMH III (combining I and II). The Nk-AMH III was the superior algorithm, with mean clustering accuracy that increased in four out of six datasets and remained at 100% in the other two. Additionally, the Nk-AMH III achieved a 2% higher overall mean clustering accuracy score than the k-AMH, as well as optimal accuracy for all datasets (0.84-1.00). With inclusion of the two new methods, the Nk-AMH III produced an optimal solution for clustering Y-STR data; thus, the algorithm has potential for further development towards fully automatic clustering of any large-scale genotypic data.

  16. Grid-based Molecular Footprint Comparison Method for Docking and De Novo Design: Application to HIVgp41

    PubMed Central

    Mukherjee, Sudipto; Rizzo, Robert C.

    2014-01-01

    Scoring functions are a critically important component of computer-aided screening methods for the identification of lead compounds during early stages of drug discovery. Here, we present a new multi-grid implementation of the footprint similarity (FPS) scoring function that was recently developed in our laboratory which has proven useful for identification of compounds which bind to a protein on a per-residue basis in a way that resembles a known reference. The grid-based FPS method is much faster than its Cartesian-space counterpart which makes it computationally tractable for on-the-fly docking, virtual screening, or de novo design. In this work, we establish that: (i) relatively few grids can be used to accurately approximate Cartesian space footprint similarity, (ii) the method yields improved success over the standard DOCK energy function for pose identification across a large test set of experimental co-crystal structures, for crossdocking, and for database enrichment, and (iii) grid-based FPS scoring can be used to tailor construction of new molecules to have specific properties, as demonstrated in a series of test cases targeting the viral protein HIVgp41. The method will be made available in the program DOCK6. PMID:23436713

  17. Closed-loop transfer recovery with observer-based controllers. I - Analysis. II - Design

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chen, Ben M.; Saberi, Ali; Ly, Uy-Loi

    1992-01-01

    A detailed study is presented of three fundamental issues related to the problem of closed-loop transfer (CLT) recovery. The first issues concerns what can and cannot be achieved for a given system and for an arbitrary target CLT function (TCLTF). The second issue involves developing necessary and/or sufficient conditions for a TCLTF to be recoverable either exactly or approximately. The third issue involves the necessary and/or sufficient conditions on a given system such that it has at least one recoverable TCLTF. The results of the analysis identify some fundamental limitations of the given system as a consequence of its structural properties which enables designers to appreciate at the outset different design limitations incurred in the synthesis of output-feedback controllers. Then, the actual design of full-order or reduced-order observer-based controllers is addressed which will achieve as close as possibly the desired TCLTF. Three design methods are considered: (1) the ATEA method, (2) a method that minimizes the H2-norm of a recovery matrix, and (3) a method that minimizes the respective H(infinity) norm. The relative merits of the methods are discussed.

  18. Testing Update on 20 and 25-Ah Lithium Ion Cells

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bruce, Gregg C.; Mardikian, Pamella; Edwards, Sherri; Bugga, Kumar; Chin, Keith; Smart, Marshall; Surampudi, Subbarao

    2003-01-01

    Eagle-Picher Energy Products has worked on lithium ion batteries for approximately 8 years. During that period EPEPC developed and delivered several cell sizes on a program funded by the USAF and Canadian DND. Designs are wound cylindrical cells from 7 to 40-Ah. Most cells delivered were approximately 25-Ah due to requirements of Mars missions. Several iterations of cells were manufactured and delivered for evaluation. The first design was 20-Ah, Design I, and the second was a 25-Ah, Design II.

  19. National traffic speeds survey II: 2009 : traffic tech.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2012-08-01

    Vehicle speeds are a crucial factor in traffic safety. : NHTSA estimates that speeding is involved in approximately : 31% of fatal motor vehicle crashes, costing society : over $40 billion per year. : Since speeding is such a : pervasive traffic safe...

  20. Estimating the Entropy of Binary Time Series: Methodology, Some Theory and a Simulation Study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gao, Yun; Kontoyiannis, Ioannis; Bienenstock, Elie

    2008-06-01

    Partly motivated by entropy-estimation problems in neuroscience, we present a detailed and extensive comparison between some of the most popular and effective entropy estimation methods used in practice: The plug-in method, four different estimators based on the Lempel-Ziv (LZ) family of data compression algorithms, an estimator based on the Context-Tree Weighting (CTW) method, and the renewal entropy estimator. METHODOLOGY: Three new entropy estimators are introduced; two new LZ-based estimators, and the “renewal entropy estimator,” which is tailored to data generated by a binary renewal process. For two of the four LZ-based estimators, a bootstrap procedure is described for evaluating their standard error, and a practical rule of thumb is heuristically derived for selecting the values of their parameters in practice. THEORY: We prove that, unlike their earlier versions, the two new LZ-based estimators are universally consistent, that is, they converge to the entropy rate for every finite-valued, stationary and ergodic process. An effective method is derived for the accurate approximation of the entropy rate of a finite-state hidden Markov model (HMM) with known distribution. Heuristic calculations are presented and approximate formulas are derived for evaluating the bias and the standard error of each estimator. SIMULATION: All estimators are applied to a wide range of data generated by numerous different processes with varying degrees of dependence and memory. The main conclusions drawn from these experiments include: (i) For all estimators considered, the main source of error is the bias. (ii) The CTW method is repeatedly and consistently seen to provide the most accurate results. (iii) The performance of the LZ-based estimators is often comparable to that of the plug-in method. (iv) The main drawback of the plug-in method is its computational inefficiency; with small word-lengths it fails to detect longer-range structure in the data, and with longer word-lengths the empirical distribution is severely undersampled, leading to large biases.

  1. GHRS Observations of Cool, Low-Gravity Stars. 5; The Outer Atmosphere and Wind of the Nearby K Supergiant Lambda Velorum

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Carpenter, Kenneth G.; Robinson, Richard D.; Harper, Graham M.; Bennett, Philip D.; Brown, Alexander; Mullan, Dermott J.

    1999-01-01

    UV spectra of lambda Velorum taken with the Goddard High Resolution Spectrograph (GHRS) on the Hubble Space Telescope are used to probe the structure of the outer atmospheric layers and wind and to estimate the mass-loss rate from this K5 lb-II supergiant. VLA radio observations at lambda = 3.6 cm are used to obtain an independent check on the wind velocity and mass-loss rate inferred from the UV observations, Parameters of the chromospheric structure are estimated from measurements of UV line widths, positions, and fluxes and from the UV continuum flux distribution. The ratios of optically thin C II] emission lines indicate a mean chromospheric electron density of log N(sub e) approximately equal 8.9 +/- 0.2 /cc. The profiles of these lines indicate a chromospheric turbulence (v(sub 0) approximately equal 25-36 km/s), which greatly exceeds that seen in either the photosphere or wind. The centroids of optically thin emission lines of Fe II and of the emission wings of self-reversed Fe II lines indicate that they are formed in plasma approximately at rest with respect to the photosphere of the star. This suggests that the acceleration of the wind occurs above the chromospheric regions in which these emission line photons are created. The UV continuum detected by the GHRS clearly traces the mean flux-formation temperature as it increases with height in the chromosphere from a well-defined temperature minimum of 3200 K up to about 4600 K. Emission seen in lines of C III] and Si III] provides evidence of material at higher than chromospheric temperatures in the outer atmosphere of this noncoronal star. The photon-scattering wind produces self-reversals in the strong chromospheric emission lines, which allow us to probe the velocity field of the wind. The velocities to which these self-absorptions extend increase with intrinsic line strength, and thus height in the wind, and therefore directly map the wind acceleration. The width and shape of these self-absorptions reflect a wind turbulence of approximately equal 9-21 km/s. We further characterize the wind by comparing the observations with synthetic profiles generated with the Lamers et al. Sobolev with Exact Integration (SEI) radiative transfer code, assuming simple models of the outer atmospheric structure. These comparisons indicate that the wind in 1994 can be described by a model with a wind acceleration parameter beta approximately 0.9, a terminal velocity of 29-33 km/s, and a mass-loss rate approximately 3 x 10(exp -9) solar M/yr. Modeling of the 3.6 cm radio flux observed in 1997 suggests a more slowly accelerating wind (higher beta) and/or a higher mass-loss rate than inferred from the UV line profiles. These differences may be due to temporal variations in the wind or from limitations in one or both of the models. The discrepancy is currently under investigation.

  2. Massive Star Formation of the SGR a East H (sub II) Regions Near the Galactic Center

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yusef-Zadeh, F.; Lacy, J. H.; Wardle, M.; Whitney, B.; Bushouse, H.; Roberts, D. A.; Arendt, R. G.

    2010-01-01

    A group of four compact H II regions associated with the well-known 50 km/s molecular cloud is the closest site of on-going star formation to the dynamical center of the Galaxy, at a projected distance of approximately 6 pc. We present a study of ionized gas based on the [Ne II] (12.8 micron) line, as well as multi-frequency radio continuum, Hubble Space Telescope Pa alpha, and Spitzer Infrared Array Camera observations of the most compact member of the H II group, Sgr A East H II D. The radio continuum image at 6 cm shows that this source breaks up into two equally bright ionized features, D1 and D2. The spectral energy distribution of the D source is consistent with it being due to a 25 =/- 3 solar mass star with a luminosity of 8 +/- 3 x 10(exp 4) Solar luminosity . The inferred mass, effective temperature of the UV source, and the ionization rate are compatible with a young O9-B0 star. The ionized features D1 and D2 are considered to be ionized by UV radiation collimated by an accretion disk. We consider that the central massive star photoevaporates its circumstellar disk on a timescale of 3x (exp 4) years giving a mass flux approximately 3 x 10(exp -5) Solar Mass / year and producing the ionized material in D1 and D2 expanding in an inhomogeneous medium. The ionized gas kinematics, as traced by the [Ne II] emission, is difficult to interpret, but it could be explained by the interaction of a bipolar jet with surrounding gas along with what appears to be a conical wall of lower velocity gas. The other H II regions, Sgr A East A-C, have morphologies and kinematics that more closely resemble cometary flows seen in other compact H II regions, where gas moves along a paraboloidal surface formed by the interaction of a stellar wind with a molecular cloud.

  3. Sorting signed permutations by short operations.

    PubMed

    Galvão, Gustavo Rodrigues; Lee, Orlando; Dias, Zanoni

    2015-01-01

    During evolution, global mutations may alter the order and the orientation of the genes in a genome. Such mutations are referred to as rearrangement events, or simply operations. In unichromosomal genomes, the most common operations are reversals, which are responsible for reversing the order and orientation of a sequence of genes, and transpositions, which are responsible for switching the location of two contiguous portions of a genome. The problem of computing the minimum sequence of operations that transforms one genome into another - which is equivalent to the problem of sorting a permutation into the identity permutation - is a well-studied problem that finds application in comparative genomics. There are a number of works concerning this problem in the literature, but they generally do not take into account the length of the operations (i.e. the number of genes affected by the operations). Since it has been observed that short operations are prevalent in the evolution of some species, algorithms that efficiently solve this problem in the special case of short operations are of interest. In this paper, we investigate the problem of sorting a signed permutation by short operations. More precisely, we study four flavors of this problem: (i) the problem of sorting a signed permutation by reversals of length at most 2; (ii) the problem of sorting a signed permutation by reversals of length at most 3; (iii) the problem of sorting a signed permutation by reversals and transpositions of length at most 2; and (iv) the problem of sorting a signed permutation by reversals and transpositions of length at most 3. We present polynomial-time solutions for problems (i) and (iii), a 5-approximation for problem (ii), and a 3-approximation for problem (iv). Moreover, we show that the expected approximation ratio of the 5-approximation algorithm is not greater than 3 for random signed permutations with more than 12 elements. Finally, we present experimental results that show that the approximation ratios of the approximation algorithms cannot be smaller than 3. In particular, this means that the approximation ratio of the 3-approximation algorithm is tight.

  4. Partially coherent X-ray wavefront propagation simulations including grazing-incidence focusing optics.

    PubMed

    Canestrari, Niccolo; Chubar, Oleg; Reininger, Ruben

    2014-09-01

    X-ray beamlines in modern synchrotron radiation sources make extensive use of grazing-incidence reflective optics, in particular Kirkpatrick-Baez elliptical mirror systems. These systems can focus the incoming X-rays down to nanometer-scale spot sizes while maintaining relatively large acceptance apertures and high flux in the focused radiation spots. In low-emittance storage rings and in free-electron lasers such systems are used with partially or even nearly fully coherent X-ray beams and often target diffraction-limited resolution. Therefore, their accurate simulation and modeling has to be performed within the framework of wave optics. Here the implementation and benchmarking of a wave-optics method for the simulation of grazing-incidence mirrors based on the local stationary-phase approximation or, in other words, the local propagation of the radiation electric field along geometrical rays, is described. The proposed method is CPU-efficient and fully compatible with the numerical methods of Fourier optics. It has been implemented in the Synchrotron Radiation Workshop (SRW) computer code and extensively tested against the geometrical ray-tracing code SHADOW. The test simulations have been performed for cases without and with diffraction at mirror apertures, including cases where the grazing-incidence mirrors can be hardly approximated by ideal lenses. Good agreement between the SRW and SHADOW simulation results is observed in the cases without diffraction. The differences between the simulation results obtained by the two codes in diffraction-dominated cases for illumination with fully or partially coherent radiation are analyzed and interpreted. The application of the new method for the simulation of wavefront propagation through a high-resolution X-ray microspectroscopy beamline at the National Synchrotron Light Source II (Brookhaven National Laboratory, USA) is demonstrated.

  5. Chelation of Cu(II), Zn(II), and Fe(II) by tannin constituents of selected edible nuts.

    PubMed

    Karamać, Magdalena

    2009-12-22

    The tannin fractions isolated from hazelnuts, walnuts and almonds were characterised by colorimetric assays and by an SE-HPLC technique. The complexation of Cu(II) and Zn(II) was determined by the reaction with tetramethylmurexide, whereas for Fe(II), ferrozine was employed. The walnut tannins exhibited a significantly weaker reaction with the vanillin/HCl reagent than hazelnut and almond tannins, but the protein precipitation capacity of the walnut fraction was high. The SE-HPLC chromatogram of the tannin fraction from hazelnuts revealed the presence of oligomers with higher molecular weights compared to that of almonds. Copper ions were most effectively chelated by the constituents of the tannin fractions of hazelnuts, walnuts and almonds. At a 0.2 mg/assay addition level, the walnut tannins complexed almost 100% Cu(II). The Fe(II) complexation capacities of the tannin fractions of walnuts and hazelnuts were weaker in comparison to that of the almond tannin fraction, which at a 2.5 mg/assay addition level, bound Fe(II) by approximately 90%. The capacity to chelate Zn(II) was quite varied for the different nut tannin fractions: almond tannins bound as much as 84% Zn(II), whereas the value for walnut tannins was only 8.7%; and for hazelnut tannins, no Zn(II) chelation took place at the levels tested.

  6. Dithizone-modified graphene oxide nano-sheet as a sorbent for pre-concentration and determination of cadmium and lead ions in food.

    PubMed

    Moghadam Zadeh, Hamid Reza; Ahmadvand, Parvaneh; Behbahani, Ali; Amini, Mostafa M; Sayar, Omid

    2015-01-01

    Graphene oxide nano-sheet was modified with dithizone as a novel sorbent for selective pre-concentration and determination of Cd(II) and Pb(II) in food. The sorbent was characterised by various analytical methods and the effective parameters for Cd(II) and Pb(II) adsorption were optimised during this work. The high adsorption capacity and selectivity of this sorbent makes the method capable of fast determinations of the Cd(II) and Pb(II) content in complicated matrices even at μg l(-1) levels using commonly available instrumentation. The precision of this method was < 1.9% from 10 duplicate determinations and its accuracy verified using standard reference materials. Finally, this method was applied to the determination of Cd(II) and Pb(II) ions in common food samples and satisfactory results were obtained.

  7. A comparison of transport algorithms for premixed, laminar steady state flames

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Coffee, T. P.; Heimerl, J. M.

    1980-01-01

    The effects of different methods of approximating multispecies transport phenomena in models of premixed, laminar, steady state flames were studied. Five approximation methods that span a wide range of computational complexity were developed. Identical data for individual species properties were used for each method. Each approximation method is employed in the numerical solution of a set of five H2-02-N2 flames. For each flame the computed species and temperature profiles, as well as the computed flame speeds, are found to be very nearly independent of the approximation method used. This does not indicate that transport phenomena are unimportant, but rather that the selection of the input values for the individual species transport properties is more important than the selection of the method used to approximate the multispecies transport. Based on these results, a sixth approximation method was developed that is computationally efficient and provides results extremely close to the most sophisticated and precise method used.

  8. Metal isotope and density functional study of the tetracarboxylatodicopper(II) core vibrations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Drożdżewski, Piotr; Brożyna, Anna

    2005-11-01

    Vibrational spectra of tetrakis(acetato)diaquadicopper(II) complex have been deeply examined in order to provide a detailed description of dynamics of [Cu 2O 8C 4] core being a typical structural unit of most copper(II) carboxylates. Low frequency bands related to significant motions of metal atoms were detected by metal isotope substitution. Observed spectra and isotope shifts were reproduced in DFT calculations. For clear presentation of computed normal vibrations, a D 4h symmetry approximation was successfully applied. Basing on observed isotope shifts and calculation results, all skeletal vibrations have been analyzed including normal mode with the largest Cu ⋯Cu stretching amplitude assigned to Raman band at 178 cm -1.

  9. Layered double hydroxide stability. 1. Relative stabilities of layered double hydroxides and their simple counterparts

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Boclair, J. W.; Braterman, P. S.

    1999-01-01

    Solutions containing di- and trivalent metal chlorides [M(II) = Mg2+, Zn2+, Co2+, Ni2+, Mn2+; M(III) = Al3+, Fe3+] were titrated with NaOH to yield hydrotalcite-like layered double hydroxides (LDH), [[M(II)]1-x[M(III)]x(OH)2][Cl]x yH2O, by way of M(III) hydroxide/hydrous oxide intermediates. Analysis of the resultant titration curves yields nominal solubility constants for the LDH. The corresponding LDH stabilities are in the order Mg < Mn < Co approximately Ni < Zn for M(II) and Al < Fe for M(III). The stability of LDH relative to the separate metal hydroxides/hydrous oxides is discussed.

  10. DNA-dependent RNA polymerase II from Candida species is a multiple zinc-containing metalloenzyme.

    PubMed

    Patturajan, M; Sevugan, M; Chatterji, D

    1999-08-01

    We have purified DNA-dependent RNA polymerase II from Candida albicans, a human pathogenic yeast. The enzyme consists of 9 polypeptides that are unique to C. albicans, their mobility on SDS-PAGE being different from the mobility of the corresponding subunits of RNA polymerase II from Saccharomyces cerevisiae or C. utilis. In the present study we also demonstrate that RNA pol II from C. albican and C. utilis are metalloproteins containing approximately 5 mol of zinc per mole of enzyme. Although prolonged dialysis in 10 or 20 mM EDTA failed to remove Zn(II) from the C. albicans enzyme, in the C. utilis enzyme 3 Zn(II) ions could be removed and then reconstituted in the presence of excess Zn(II). o-Phenanthroline (5 mM) removed Zn(II) from C. albicans enzyme irreversibly in a time-dependent fashion with concomitant loss of enzyme activity. Circular dichroism studies revealed structural changes on removal of zinc, thus suggesting a role for Zn in maintenance of structural stability. Further, we demonstrate that the largest subunit of the C. utilis enzyme and the 3 large subunits of the C. albicans enzyme can bind radioactive zinc.

  11. A new evaluation method of electron optical performance of high beam current probe forming systems.

    PubMed

    Fujita, Shin; Shimoyama, Hiroshi

    2005-10-01

    A new numerical simulation method is presented for the electron optical property analysis of probe forming systems with point cathode guns such as cold field emitters and the Schottky emitters. It has long been recognized that the gun aberrations are important parameters to be considered since the intrinsically high brightness of the point cathode gun is reduced due to its spherical aberration. The simulation method can evaluate the 'threshold beam current I(th)' above which the apparent brightness starts to decrease from the intrinsic value. It is found that the threshold depends on the 'electron gun focal length' as well as on the spherical aberration of the gun. Formulas are presented to estimate the brightness reduction as a function of the beam current. The gun brightness reduction must be included when the probe property (the relation between the beam current l(b) and the probe size on the sample, d) of the entire electron optical column is evaluated. Formulas that explicitly consider the gun aberrations into account are presented. It is shown that the probe property curve consists of three segments in the order of increasing beam current: (i) the constant probe size region, (ii) the brightness limited region where the probe size increases as d approximately I(b)(3/8), and (iii) the angular current intensity limited region in which the beam size increases rapidly as d approximately I(b)(3/2). Some strategies are suggested to increase the threshold beam current and to extend the effective beam current range of the point cathode gun into micro ampere regime.

  12. Holocaust II?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wolfensberger, Wolf

    1984-01-01

    The author estimates that approximately 200,000 lives of devalued disabled people (including infants and older adults) are taken or abbreviated annually through euthanasia and termination of life-supporting measures. He cites possible reasons for limited public outcry against what he compares with the holocaust. (CL)

  13. Quantifying incident-induced travel delays on freeways using traffic sensor data : phase II

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2010-12-01

    Traffic incidents cause approximately 50 percent of freeway congestion in metropolitan areas, resulting in extra travel time and fuel cost. Quantifying incident-induced delay (IID) will help people better understand the real costs of incidents, maxim...

  14. 9 CFR 2.76 - Records: Operators of auction sales and brokers.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ..., DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE ANIMAL WELFARE REGULATIONS Records § 2.76 Records: Operators of auction sales and... breed or type of animal; (ii) The sex of the animal; and (iii) The date of birth or approximate age; and...

  15. Concrete box-beam deterioration, phase II : appendices.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2009-04-13

    Side-by-side box-beam bridge constitutes approximately 17 percent of bridges built or replaced annually on public roads and there is a renewed thrust to use this bridge type for rapid construction under the Highway for LIFE program. Further, failure ...

  16. Predicting MHC-II binding affinity using multiple instance regression

    PubMed Central

    EL-Manzalawy, Yasser; Dobbs, Drena; Honavar, Vasant

    2011-01-01

    Reliably predicting the ability of antigen peptides to bind to major histocompatibility complex class II (MHC-II) molecules is an essential step in developing new vaccines. Uncovering the amino acid sequence correlates of the binding affinity of MHC-II binding peptides is important for understanding pathogenesis and immune response. The task of predicting MHC-II binding peptides is complicated by the significant variability in their length. Most existing computational methods for predicting MHC-II binding peptides focus on identifying a nine amino acids core region in each binding peptide. We formulate the problems of qualitatively and quantitatively predicting flexible length MHC-II peptides as multiple instance learning and multiple instance regression problems, respectively. Based on this formulation, we introduce MHCMIR, a novel method for predicting MHC-II binding affinity using multiple instance regression. We present results of experiments using several benchmark datasets that show that MHCMIR is competitive with the state-of-the-art methods for predicting MHC-II binding peptides. An online web server that implements the MHCMIR method for MHC-II binding affinity prediction is freely accessible at http://ailab.cs.iastate.edu/mhcmir. PMID:20855923

  17. Analytical approximate solutions for a general class of nonlinear delay differential equations.

    PubMed

    Căruntu, Bogdan; Bota, Constantin

    2014-01-01

    We use the polynomial least squares method (PLSM), which allows us to compute analytical approximate polynomial solutions for a very general class of strongly nonlinear delay differential equations. The method is tested by computing approximate solutions for several applications including the pantograph equations and a nonlinear time-delay model from biology. The accuracy of the method is illustrated by a comparison with approximate solutions previously computed using other methods.

  18. An effective and comprehensive model for optimal rehabilitation of separate sanitary sewer systems.

    PubMed

    Diogo, António Freire; Barros, Luís Tiago; Santos, Joana; Temido, Jorge Santos

    2018-01-15

    In the field of rehabilitation of separate sanitary sewer systems, a large number of technical, environmental, and economic aspects are often relevant in the decision-making process, which may be modelled as a multi-objective optimization problem. Examples are those related with the operation and assessment of networks, optimization of structural, hydraulic, sanitary, and environmental performance, rehabilitation programmes, and execution works. In particular, the cost of investment, operation and maintenance needed to reduce or eliminate Infiltration from the underground water table and Inflows of storm water surface runoff (I/I) using rehabilitation techniques or related methods can be significantly lower than the cost of transporting and treating these flows throughout the lifespan of the systems or period studied. This paper presents a comprehensive I/I cost-benefit approach for rehabilitation that explicitly considers all elements of the systems and shows how the approximation is incorporated as an objective function in a general evolutionary multi-objective optimization model. It takes into account network performance and wastewater treatment costs, average values of several input variables, and rates that can reflect the adoption of different predictable or limiting scenarios. The approach can be used as a practical and fast tool to support decision-making in sewer network rehabilitation in any phase of a project. The fundamental aspects, modelling, implementation details and preliminary results of a two-objective optimization rehabilitation model using a genetic algorithm, with a second objective function related to the structural condition of the network and the service failure risk, are presented. The basic approach is applied to three real world cases studies of sanitary sewerage systems in Coimbra and the results show the simplicity, suitability, effectiveness, and usefulness of the approximation implemented and of the objective function proposed. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  19. Blue-light reception in Phycomyces phototropism: evidence for two photosystems operating in low- and high-intensity ranges

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Galland, P.; Lipson, E.D.

    1987-01-01

    Phototropism in the fungus Phycomyces is mediated by two photosystems that are optimized for the low-intensity region (below 10(-6) W X m-2) and the high-intensity region (above 10(-6) W X m-2). These photosystems can be distinguished under special experimental conditions, in which sporangiophores grown in the dark are suddenly exposed to continuous unilateral light. With this treatment, the bending occurs in two steps. Below 10(-6) W X m-2, an early-response component (15-min latency) and a late-response component (50- to 70-min latency) are observed that are mediated by photosystem I. Above 10(-6) W X m-2, the early component is augmented bymore » an intermediate component with a 40-min delay that is mediated by photosystem II. The two photosystems are distinguished further by their wavelength sensitivities and adaptation kinetics. Photosystem I is more effective at 334, 347, and 550 nm than photosystem II, but it is less effective at 383 nm. At wavelength 450 nm, the dark-adaptation kinetics associated with photosystem I are approximately half as fast as those associated with photosystem II. However, the light-adaptation kinetics of photosystem I are approximately equal to 3 times faster than the kinetics associated with photosystem II. The existence of two photosystems clarifies several behavioral features of Phycomyces and helps explain how the sporangiophore can manage the full range of 10 decades.« less

  20. High-angular-resolution NIR astronomy with large arrays (SHARP I and SHARP II)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hofmann, Reiner; Brandl, Bernhard; Eckart, Andreas; Eisenhauer, Frank; Tacconi-Garman, Lowell E.

    1995-06-01

    SHARP I and SHARP II are near infrared cameras for high-angular-resolution imaging. Both cameras are built around a 256 X 256 pixel NICMOS 3 HgCdTe array from Rockwell which is sensitive in the 1 - 2.5 micrometers range. With a 0.05'/pixel scale, they can produce diffraction limited K-band images at 4-m-class telescopes. For a 256 X 256 array, this pixel scale results in a field of view of 12.8' X 12.8' which is well suited for the observation of galactic and extragalactic near-infrared sources. Photometric and low resolution spectroscopic capabilities are added by photometric band filters (J, H, K), narrow band filters ((lambda) /(Delta) (lambda) approximately equals 100) for selected spectral lines, and a CVF ((lambda) /(Delta) (lambda) approximately equals 70). A cold shutter permits short exposure times down to about 10 ms. The data acquisition electronics permanently accepts the maximum frame rate of 8 Hz which is defined by the detector time constants (data rate 1 Mbyte/s). SHARP I has been especially designed for speckle observations at ESO's 3.5 m New Technology Telescope and is in operation since 1991. SHARP II is used at ESO's 3.6 m telescope together with the adaptive optics system COME-ON + since 1993. A new version of SHARP II is presently under test, which incorporates exchangeable camera optics for observations with scales of 0.035, 0.05, and 0.1'/pixel. The first scale extends diffraction limited observations down to the J-band, while the last one provides a larger field of view. To demonstrate the power of the cameras, images of the galactic center obtained with SHARP I, and images of the R136 region in 30 Doradus observed with SHARP II are presented.

  1. Three-Dimensional Distribution of Ejecta in Supernova 1987A at 10,000 Days

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Larsson, J.; Fransson, C.; Spyromilio, J.; Leibundgut, B.; Challis, P.; Chevalier, R. A.; France, K.; Jerkstrand, A.; Kirshner, R. P.; Lundqvist, P.; hide

    2016-01-01

    Due to its proximity, SN 1987A offers a unique opportunity to directly observe the geometry of a stellar explosion as it unfolds. Here we present spectral and imaging observations of SN 1987A obtained approximately 10,000 days after the explosion with HST/STIS and VLT/SINFONI at optical and near-infrared wavelengths. These observations allow us to produce the most detailed 3D map of H(alpha) to date, the first 3D maps for [Ca II] lambda lambda 7292, 7324 [O I] lambda lambda 6300, 6364, and Mg II lambda lambda 9218, 9244, as well as new maps for [Si I] + [Fe II] 1.644 micrometers and He I 2.058 micrometers. A comparison with previous observations shows that the [Si I] + [Fe II] flux and morphology have not changed significantly during the past ten years, providing evidence that this line is powered by Ti-44. The time evolution of H(alpha) shows that it is predominantly powered by X-rays from the ring, in agreement with previous findings. All lines that have sufficient signal show a similar large-scale 3D structure, with a north-south asymmetry that resembles a broken dipole. This structure correlates with early observations of asymmetries, showing that there is a global asymmetry that extends from the inner core to the outer envelope. On smaller scales, the two brightest lines, Ha and [Si I]+[Fe II] 1.644 micrometers, show substructures at the level of approximately 200-1000 km s(exp -1) and clear differences in their 3D geometries. We discuss these results in the context of explosion models and the properties of dust in the ejecta.

  2. Interpretation of ES, CS, and IOS approximations within a translational-internal coupling scheme. II. Application to atom--diatom kinetic cross sections

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Coombe, D.A.; Snider, R.F.

    1980-02-15

    ES, CS, and IOS approximations to atom--diatom kinetic cross sections are derived. In doing so, reduced S-matrices in a translational-internal coupling scheme are stressed. This entails the insertion of recently obtained approximate reduced S-matrices in the translational-internal coupling scheme into previously derived general expressions for the kinetic cross sections. Of special interest is the structure (rotational j quantum number dependence) of the kinetic cross sections associated with the Senftleben Beenakker effects and of pure internal state relaxation phenomena. The viscomagnetic effect is used as an illustrative example. It is found in particular that there is a great similarity of structuremore » between the energy sudden (and IOS) approximation and the previously derived distorted wave Born results.« less

  3. Approximal sealings on lesions in neighbouring teeth requiring operative treatment: an in vitro study.

    PubMed

    Cartagena, Alvaro; Bakhshandeh, Azam; Ekstrand, Kim Rud

    2018-02-07

    With this in vitro study we aimed to assess the possibility of precise application of sealant on accessible artificial white spot lesions (WSL) on approximal surfaces next to a tooth surface under operative treatment. A secondary aim was to evaluate whether the use of magnifying glasses improved the application precision. Fifty-six extracted premolars were selected, approximal WSL lesions were created with 15% HCl gel and standardized photographs were taken. The premolars were mounted in plaster-models in contact with a neighbouring molar with Class II/I-II restoration (Sample 1) or approximal, cavitated dentin lesion (Sample 2). The restorations or the lesion were removed, and Clinpro Sealant was placed over the WSL. Magnifying glasses were used when sealing half the study material. The sealed premolar was removed from the plaster-model and photographed. Adobe Photoshop was used to measure the size of WSL and sealed area. The degree of match between the areas was determined in Photoshop. Interclass agreement for WSL, sealed, and matched areas were found as excellent (κ = 0.98-0.99). The sealant covered 48-100% of the WSL-area (median = 93%) in Sample 1 and 68-100% of the WSL-area (median = 95%) in Sample 2. No statistical differences were observed concerning uncovered proportions of the WSL-area between groups with and without using magnifying glasses (p values ≥ .19). However, overextended sealed areas were more pronounced when magnification was used (p = .01). The precision did not differ between the samples (p = .31). It was possible to seal accessible approximal lesions with high precision. Use of magnifying glasses did not improve the precision.

  4. Well-balanced compressible cut-cell simulation of atmospheric flow.

    PubMed

    Klein, R; Bates, K R; Nikiforakis, N

    2009-11-28

    Cut-cell meshes present an attractive alternative to terrain-following coordinates for the representation of topography within atmospheric flow simulations, particularly in regions of steep topographic gradients. In this paper, we present an explicit two-dimensional method for the numerical solution on such meshes of atmospheric flow equations including gravitational sources. This method is fully conservative and allows for time steps determined by the regular grid spacing, avoiding potential stability issues due to arbitrarily small boundary cells. We believe that the scheme is unique in that it is developed within a dimensionally split framework, in which each coordinate direction in the flow is solved independently at each time step. Other notable features of the scheme are: (i) its conceptual and practical simplicity, (ii) its flexibility with regard to the one-dimensional flux approximation scheme employed, and (iii) the well-balancing of the gravitational sources allowing for stable simulation of near-hydrostatic flows. The presented method is applied to a selection of test problems including buoyant bubble rise interacting with geometry and lee-wave generation due to topography.

  5. An apparatus for sequentially combining microvolumes of reagents by infrasonic mixing.

    PubMed

    Camien, M N; Warner, R C

    1984-05-01

    A method employing high-speed infrasonic mixing for obtaining timed samples for following the progress of a moderately rapid chemical reaction is described. Drops of 10 to 50 microliter each of two reagents are mixed to initiate the reaction, followed, after a measured time interval, by mixing with a drop of a third reagent to quench the reaction. The method was developed for measuring the rate of denaturation of covalently closed, circular DNA in NaOH at several temperatures. For this purpose the timed samples were analyzed by analytical ultracentrifugation. The apparatus was tested by determination of the rate of hydrolysis of 2,4-dinitrophenyl acetate in an alkaline buffer. The important characteristics of the method are (i) it requires very small volumes of sample and reagents; (ii) the components of the reaction mixture are pre-equilibrated and mixed with no transfer outside the prescribed constant temperature environment; (iii) the mixing is very rapid; and (iv) satisfactorily precise measurements of relatively short time intervals (approximately 2 sec minimum) between sequential mixings of the components are readily obtainable.

  6. Life span prediction from the rate of age-related DNA demethylation in normal and cancer cell lines.

    PubMed

    Mazin, A L

    1995-01-01

    A method has been proposed for the Hayflick Limit prediction by the analysis of the 5-methylcytosine content in DNA at earlier and later cell passages. The following facts were used as the basis of the method: (i) the rate of m5C loss from DNA remains approximately constant during cell divisions and it does not depend on the cell donor age; (ii) this rate is inversely proportional to the Hayflick Limit as well as to the life span of cell donor species; (iii) the period corresponded to loss of all m5C residues from the genome coincides with or somewhat exceeds the Hayflick Limit of normal cells. The prognosis of the Hayflick Limit has usually been found in good agreement with the experimental evidences for various human, hamster, and mouse cell lines. The method proposed may be used for early detection of precrisis and cancer cells. The age-related m5C loss may result from accumulation of the m5C-->T+C transitions occurring with DNA methylation in every cell division.

  7. 26 CFR 1.985-3 - United States dollar approximate separate transactions method.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... transactions method. 1.985-3 Section 1.985-3 Internal Revenue INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE, DEPARTMENT OF THE... dollar approximate separate transactions method. (a) Scope and effective date—(1) Scope. This section describes the United States dollar (dollar) approximate separate transactions method of accounting (DASTM...

  8. Anoxic nitrate reduction coupled with iron oxidation and attenuation of dissolved arsenic and phosphate in a sand and gravel aquifer

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Smith, Richard L.; Kent, Douglas B.; Repert, Deborah A.; Böhlke, J.K.

    2017-01-01

    Nitrate has become an increasingly abundant potential electron acceptor for Fe(II) oxidation in groundwater, but this redox couple has not been well characterized within aquifer settings. To investigate this reaction and some of its implications for redox-sensitive groundwater contaminants, we conducted an in situ field study in a wastewater-contaminated aquifer on Cape Cod. Long-term (15 year) geochemical monitoring within the contaminant plume indicated interacting zones with variable nitrate-, Fe(II)-, phosphate-, As(V)-, and As(III)-containing groundwater. Nitrate and phosphate were derived predominantly from wastewater disposal, whereas Fe(II), As(III), and As(V) were mobilized from the aquifer sediments. Multiple natural gradient, anoxic tracer tests were conducted in which nitrate and bromide were injected into nitrate-free, Fe(II)-containing groundwater. Prior to injection, aqueous Fe(II) concentrations were approximately 175 μM, but sorbed Fe(II) accounted for greater than 90% of the total reactive Fe(II) in the aquifer. Nitrate reduction was stimulated within 1 m of transport for 100 μM and 1000 μM nitrate additions, initially producing stoichiometric quantities of nitrous oxide (>300 μM N). In subsequent injections at the same site, nitrate was reduced even more rapidly and produced less nitrous oxide, especially over longer transport distances. Fe(II) and nitrate concentrations decreased together and were accompanied by Fe(III) oxyhydroxide precipitation and decreases in dissolved phosphate, As(III), and As(V) concentrations. Nitrate N and O isotope fractionation effects during nitrate reduction were approximately equal (ε15N/ε18O = 1.11) and were similar to those reported for laboratory studies of biological nitrate reduction, including denitrification, but unlike some reported effects on nitrate by denitrification in aquifers. All constituents affected by the in situ tracer experiments returned to pre-injection levels after several weeks. Additionally, Fe(II)-oxidizing, nitrate-reducing microbial enrichment cultures were obtained from aquifer sediments. Growth experiments with the cultures sequentially produced nitrite and nitrous oxide from nitrate while simultaneously oxidizing Fe(II). Field and culture results suggest that nitrogen oxide reduction and Fe(II) oxidation in the aquifer are a complex interaction of coupled biotic and abiotic reactions. Overall, the results of this study demonstrate that anoxic nitrate-dependent iron oxidation can occur in groundwater; that it could control iron speciation; and that the process can impact the mobility of other chemical species (e.g., phosphate and arsenic) not directly involved in the oxidation–reduction reaction.

  9. Anoxic nitrate reduction coupled with iron oxidation and attenuation of dissolved arsenic and phosphate in a sand and gravel aquifer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Smith, Richard L.; Kent, Douglas B.; Repert, Deborah A.; Böhlke, J. K.

    2017-01-01

    Nitrate has become an increasingly abundant potential electron acceptor for Fe(II) oxidation in groundwater, but this redox couple has not been well characterized within aquifer settings. To investigate this reaction and some of its implications for redox-sensitive groundwater contaminants, we conducted an in situ field study in a wastewater-contaminated aquifer on Cape Cod. Long-term (15 year) geochemical monitoring within the contaminant plume indicated interacting zones with variable nitrate-, Fe(II)-, phosphate-, As(V)-, and As(III)-containing groundwater. Nitrate and phosphate were derived predominantly from wastewater disposal, whereas Fe(II), As(III), and As(V) were mobilized from the aquifer sediments. Multiple natural gradient, anoxic tracer tests were conducted in which nitrate and bromide were injected into nitrate-free, Fe(II)-containing groundwater. Prior to injection, aqueous Fe(II) concentrations were approximately 175 μM, but sorbed Fe(II) accounted for greater than 90% of the total reactive Fe(II) in the aquifer. Nitrate reduction was stimulated within 1 m of transport for 100 μM and 1000 μM nitrate additions, initially producing stoichiometric quantities of nitrous oxide (>300 μM N). In subsequent injections at the same site, nitrate was reduced even more rapidly and produced less nitrous oxide, especially over longer transport distances. Fe(II) and nitrate concentrations decreased together and were accompanied by Fe(III) oxyhydroxide precipitation and decreases in dissolved phosphate, As(III), and As(V) concentrations. Nitrate N and O isotope fractionation effects during nitrate reduction were approximately equal (ε15N/ε18O = 1.11) and were similar to those reported for laboratory studies of biological nitrate reduction, including denitrification, but unlike some reported effects on nitrate by denitrification in aquifers. All constituents affected by the in situ tracer experiments returned to pre-injection levels after several weeks. Additionally, Fe(II)-oxidizing, nitrate-reducing microbial enrichment cultures were obtained from aquifer sediments. Growth experiments with the cultures sequentially produced nitrite and nitrous oxide from nitrate while simultaneously oxidizing Fe(II). Field and culture results suggest that nitrogen oxide reduction and Fe(II) oxidation in the aquifer are a complex interaction of coupled biotic and abiotic reactions. Overall, the results of this study demonstrate that anoxic nitrate-dependent iron oxidation can occur in groundwater; that it could control iron speciation; and that the process can impact the mobility of other chemical species (e.g., phosphate and arsenic) not directly involved in the oxidation-reduction reaction.

  10. Regulation and distribution of squirrel monkey chorionic gonadotropin and secretogranin II in the pituitary.

    PubMed

    Vasauskas, Audrey A; Hubler, Tina R; Mahanic, Christina; Gibson, Susan; Kahn, Andrea G; Scammell, Jonathan G

    2011-02-01

    Secretogranin II (SgII) is a member of the granin family of proteins found in neuroendocrine and endocrine cells. The expression and storage of SgII in the pituitary gland of Old World primates and rodents have been linked with those of luteinizing hormone (LH). However, New World primates including squirrel monkeys do not express LH in the pituitary gland, but rather CG is expressed. If CG takes on the luteotropic role of LH in New World primates, SgII may be associated with the expression and storage of CG in the pituitary gland. The goal of this study was to evaluate the regulation and distribution of CG and SgII in the squirrel monkey. A DNA fragment containing approximately 750 bp of squirrel monkey SgII promoter was isolated from genomic DNA and found to contain a cyclic-AMP response element that is also present in the human SgII promoter and important for GnRH responsiveness. The squirrel monkey and human SgII promoters were similarly activated by GnRH in luciferase reporter gene assays in LβT2 cells. Double immunofluorescence microscopy demonstrated close association of SgII and CG in gonadotrophs of squirrel monkey pituitary gland. These results suggest that CG and SgII have a similar intercellular distribution and are coregulated in squirrel monkey pituitary gland. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  11. Regulation and distribution of squirrel monkey chorionic gonadotropin and secretogranin II in the pituitary

    PubMed Central

    Vasauskas, Audrey A.; Hubler, Tina R.; Mahanic, Christina; Gibson, Susan; Kahn, Andrea G.; Scammell, Jonathan G.

    2011-01-01

    Secretogranin II (SgII) is a member of the granin family of proteins found in neuroendocrine and endocrine cells. The expression and storage of SgII in the pituitary gland of Old World primates and rodents have been linked with those of luteinizing hormone (LH). However, New World primates including squirrel monkeys do not express LH in the pituitary gland, but rather CG is expressed. If CG takes on the luteotropic role of LH in New World primates, SgII may be associated with the expression and storage of CG in the pituitary gland. The goal of this study was to evaluate the regulation and distribution of CG and SgII in the squirrel monkey. A DNA fragment containing approximately 750 bp of squirrel monkey SgII promoter was isolated from genomic DNA and found to contain a cyclic AMP response element that is also present in the human SgII promoter and important for GnRH responsiveness. The squirrel monkey and human SgII promoters were similarly activated by GnRH in luciferase reporter gene assays in LβT2 cells. Double immunofluorescence microscopy demonstrated close association of SgII and CG in gonadotrophs of squirrel monkey pituitary gland. These results suggest that CG and SgII have a similar intercellular distribution and are coregulated in squirrel monkey pituitary gland. PMID:21095191

  12. Large-scale Instability during Gravitational Collapse with Neutrino Transport and a Core-Collapse Supernova

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Aksenov, A. G.; Chechetkin, V. M.

    2018-04-01

    Most of the energy released in the gravitational collapse of the cores of massive stars is carried away by neutrinos. Neutrinos play a pivotal role in explaining core-collape supernovae. Currently, mathematical models of the gravitational collapse are based on multi-dimensional gas dynamics and thermonuclear reactions, while neutrino transport is considered in a simplified way. Multidimensional gas dynamics is used with neutrino transport in the flux-limited diffusion approximation to study the role of multi-dimensional effects. The possibility of large-scale convection is discussed, which is interesting both for explaining SN II and for setting up observations to register possible high-energy (≳10MeV) neutrinos from the supernova. A new multi-dimensional, multi-temperature gas dynamics method with neutrino transport is presented.

  13. Properties of the Io plasma torus inferred from Voyager EUV data

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Strobel, D. F.; Davis, J.

    1980-01-01

    A physical model for the Io plasma torus is constructed to explain the EUV radiative emission observed by the Voyager UV spectrometer. Electron impact excitation rate coefficients for electronic transitions of S III, S IV, O II and O III are calculated by the method of distorted waves (Davis, Kepple, and Blaha, 1976); these coefficients account for the asymmetric shape of the 686 A feature. It is concluded that the electron gas must have a distribution function with a non-Maxwellian tail. An approximate representation of the distribution function as two temperature components requires a cold component of 3.5-4 eV and density of 2000 per cu cm and a hot component of about 100 eV and density of 50-100 per cu cm to satisfy observational constraints.

  14. Narrow-bandwidth tunable picosecond pulses in the visible produced by noncollinear optical parametric amplification with a chirped blue pump.

    PubMed

    Co, Dick T; Lockard, Jenny V; McCamant, David W; Wasielewski, Michael R

    2010-04-01

    Narrow-bandwidth (approximately 27 cm(-1)) tunable picosecond pulses from 480 nm-780 nm were generated from the output of a 1 kHz femtosecond titanium:sapphire laser system using a type I noncollinear optical parametric amplifier (NOPA) with chirped second-harmonic generation (SHG) pumping. Unlike a femtosecond NOPA, this system utilizes a broadband pump beam, the chirped 400 nm SHG of the Ti:sapphire fundamental, to amplify a monochromatic signal beam (spectrally-filtered output of a type II collinear OPA). Optimum geometric conditions for simultaneous phase- and group-velocity matching were calculated in the visible spectrum. This design is an efficient and simple method for generating tunable visible picosecond pulses that are synchronized to the femtosecond pulses.

  15. Enhanced superconducting transition temperature in electroplated rhenium

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pappas, D. P.; David, D. E.; Lake, R. E.; Bal, M.; Goldfarb, R. B.; Hite, D. A.; Kim, E.; Ku, H.-S.; Long, J. L.; McRae, C. R. H.; Pappas, L. D.; Roshko, A.; Wen, J. G.; Plourde, B. L. T.; Arslan, I.; Wu, X.

    2018-04-01

    We show that electroplated Re films in multilayers with noble metals such as Cu, Au, and Pd have an enhanced superconducting critical temperature relative to previous methods of preparing Re. The dc resistance and magnetic susceptibility indicate a critical temperature of approximately 6 K. The magnetic response as a function of field at 1.8 K demonstrates type-II superconductivity, with an upper critical field on the order of 2.5 T. Critical current densities greater than 107 A/m2 were measured above liquid-helium temperature. Low-loss at radio frequency was obtained below the critical temperature for multilayers deposited onto resonators made with Cu traces on commercial circuit boards. These electroplated superconducting films can be integrated into a wide range of standard components for low-temperature electronics.

  16. A hybrid Pade-Galerkin technique for differential equations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Geer, James F.; Andersen, Carl M.

    1993-01-01

    A three-step hybrid analysis technique, which successively uses the regular perturbation expansion method, the Pade expansion method, and then a Galerkin approximation, is presented and applied to some model boundary value problems. In the first step of the method, the regular perturbation method is used to construct an approximation to the solution in the form of a finite power series in a small parameter epsilon associated with the problem. In the second step of the method, the series approximation obtained in step one is used to construct a Pade approximation in the form of a rational function in the parameter epsilon. In the third step, the various powers of epsilon which appear in the Pade approximation are replaced by new (unknown) parameters (delta(sub j)). These new parameters are determined by requiring that the residual formed by substituting the new approximation into the governing differential equation is orthogonal to each of the perturbation coordinate functions used in step one. The technique is applied to model problems involving ordinary or partial differential equations. In general, the technique appears to provide good approximations to the solution even when the perturbation and Pade approximations fail to do so. The method is discussed and topics for future investigations are indicated.

  17. Mean-field approximation for spacing distribution functions in classical systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    González, Diego Luis; Pimpinelli, Alberto; Einstein, T. L.

    2012-01-01

    We propose a mean-field method to calculate approximately the spacing distribution functions p(n)(s) in one-dimensional classical many-particle systems. We compare our method with two other commonly used methods, the independent interval approximation and the extended Wigner surmise. In our mean-field approach, p(n)(s) is calculated from a set of Langevin equations, which are decoupled by using a mean-field approximation. We find that in spite of its simplicity, the mean-field approximation provides good results in several systems. We offer many examples illustrating that the three previously mentioned methods give a reasonable description of the statistical behavior of the system. The physical interpretation of each method is also discussed.

  18. Multilayer adsorption of Cu(II) and Cd(II) over Brazilian Orchid Tree (Pata-de-vaca) and its adsorptive properties

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jorgetto, Alexandre de O.; da Silva, Adrielli C. P.; Wondracek, Marcos H. P.; Silva, Rafael I. V.; Velini, Edivaldo D.; Saeki, Margarida J.; Pedrosa, Valber A.; Castro, Gustavo R.

    2015-08-01

    Through very simple and inexpensive processes, pata-de-vaca leaves were turned into a powder and applied as an adsorbent for the uptake of Cu(II) and Cd(II) from water. The material was characterized through SEM, EDX, FTIR and surface area measurement. The material had its point of zero charge determined (5.24), and its adsorption capacity was evaluated as a function of time, pH and metal concentration. The material presented fast adsorption kinetics, reaching adsorption equilibrium in less than 5 min and it had a good correlation with the pseudo-second order kinetic model. Optimum pH for the adsorption of Cu(II) and Cd(II) were found to be in the range from 4 to 5, approximately. In the experiment as a function of the analyte concentration, analogously to gas adsorption, the material presented a type II isotherm, indicating the formation of multilayers for both species. Such behavior was explained with basis in the alternation between cations and anions over the material's surface, and the maximum adsorption capacity, considering the formation of the multilayers were found to be 0.238 mmol L-1 for Cu(II) and 0.113 mmol L-1 for Cd(II).

  19. The Origins of [C ii] Emission in Local Star-forming Galaxies

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Croxall, K. V.; Smith, J. D.; Pellegrini, E.

    The [C ii] 158 μ m fine-structure line is the brightest emission line observed in local star-forming galaxies. As a major coolant of the gas-phase interstellar medium, [C ii] balances the heating, including that due to far-ultraviolet photons, which heat the gas via the photoelectric effect. However, the origin of [C ii] emission remains unclear because C{sup +} can be found in multiple phases of the interstellar medium. Here we measure the fractions of [C ii] emission originating in the ionized and neutral gas phases of a sample of nearby galaxies. We use the [N ii] 205 μ m fine-structuremore » line to trace the ionized medium, thereby eliminating the strong density dependence that exists in the ratio of [C ii]/[N ii] 122 μ m. Using the FIR [C ii] and [N ii] emission detected by the KINGFISH (Key Insights on Nearby Galaxies: a Far- Infrared Survey with Herschel ) and Beyond the Peak Herschel programs, we show that 60%–80% of [C ii] emission originates from neutral gas. We find that the fraction of [C ii] originating in the neutral medium has a weak dependence on dust temperature and the surface density of star formation, and has a stronger dependence on the gas-phase metallicity. In metal-rich environments, the relatively cooler ionized gas makes substantially larger contributions to total [C ii] emission than at low abundance, contrary to prior expectations. Approximate calibrations of this metallicity trend are provided.« less

  20. The onset of Wolf-Rayet wind outflow and the nature of the hot component in the symbiotic nova PU Vulpecula

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sion, Edward M.; Shore, Steven N.; Ready, Christian J.; Scheible, Maureen P.

    1993-01-01

    We have analyzed temporal variations in the far ultraviolet He II (1640), Si IV (1393, 1402), and C IV (1548, 1550) line profiles in eight high dispersion, International Ultraviolet Explorer Short Wavelength Prime spectra of the symbiotic nova PU Vul by comparatively examining these profiles on a common velocity scale. We see clear evidence of the onset of a Wolf-Rayet-like wind outflow from the bloated, contracting white dwarf hot component with terminal velocity of approximately equals -550 to -600 km/s. We have quantitatively analyzed the complicated He II (1640) emission region for the first time and show that the discrete absorption features seen in the He II region occur at precisely the same velocites in each spectrum, thus demonstrating that the absorbing source is steady and not affected by any orbital motion. We demonstrate that there is an underlying He II wind emission feature whose true shape is hidden by superposed absorption due to the foreground red giant wind flowing in front of the white dwarf and abscuring the white dwarf's wind outflow. We present synthetic spectra of He II emission behind an absorbing slab with u = 20 km/s, T = 5000 K, and column densities in the range N = 1 x 10(exp 22) and 1 x 10(exp 23)/sq cm which explain these absorptions. Our analysis of the Si IV and C IV resonance doublets, in velocity space, reveal temporal variations in the profile between 1987 and 1991 with the emergence of clear P Cygni profiles in Si IV by 1990. A nebular emission feature in C III 1909 also appears in the most recent spectra (e.g., SW42538H) while it was absent or extremely weak in the earliest spectra (e.g., SW36332H), thus strengthening evidence that the nebular emission, as seen in permitted and semiforbidden lines, intensities in step with the onset of the hot, fast, wind outflow. We also report the first detection of narrow interstellar (circumbinary shell?) absorption lines near -1 km/s, most strongly in Al III (1854, 1862) and Si IV (1392, 1402). We have carried out a rough quantitative analysis of the He II wind emission by using the theoretical He II Wolf-Rayet profiles of Hamann & Schmutz (1987). We obtain a lower limit to the He II net emission equivalent width of approximately 1 A, a hot component temperature in the range 25,000 to 35,000 K, a hot component radius in the range 5 solar radius to 30 solar radius, a maximum wind velocity of approximately equals -600 km/s and a rough upper limit to the mass-loss rate of less than 1 x 10(exp -5) solar mass/yr. To our knowledge, this is the first quantitative wind analysis, albeit crude, to be carried out for the hot component of a symbiotic nova or symbiotic variable.

  1. Locomotor activity and tissue levels following acute administration of lambda- and gamma-cyhalothrin in rats

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Moser, Virginia C., E-mail: Moser.ginger@epa.gov

    Pyrethroids produce neurotoxicity that depends, in part, on the chemical structure. Common behavioral effects include locomotor activity changes and specific toxic syndromes (types I and II). In general these neurobehavioral effects correlate well with peak internal dose metrics. Products of cyhalothrin, a type II pyrethroid, include mixtures of isomers (e.g., λ-cyhalothrin) as well as enriched active isomers (e.g., γ-cyhalothrin). We measured acute changes in locomotor activity in adult male rats and directly correlated these changes to peak brain and plasma concentrations of λ- and γ-cyhalothrin using a within-subject design. One-hour locomotor activity studies were conducted 1.5 h after oral gavagemore » dosing, and immediately thereafter plasma and brains were collected for analyzing tissue levels using LC/MS/MS methods. Both isomers produced dose-related decreases in activity counts, and the effective dose range for γ-cyhalothrin was lower than for λ-cyhalothrin. Doses calculated to decrease activity by 50% were 2-fold lower for the γ-isomer (1.29 mg/kg) compared to λ-cyhalothrin (2.65 mg/kg). Salivation, typical of type II pyrethroids, was also observed at lower doses of γ-cyhalothrin. Administered dose correlated well with brain and plasma concentrations, which furthermore showed good correlations with activity changes. Brain and plasma levels were tightly correlated across doses. While γ-cyhalothrin was 2-fold more potent based on administered dose, the differences based on internal concentrations were less, with γ-cyhalothrin being 1.3- to 1.6-fold more potent than λ-cyhalothrin. These potency differences are consistent with the purity of the λ-isomer (approximately 43%) compared to the enriched isomer γ-cyhalothrin (approximately 98%). Thus, administered dose as well as differences in cyhalothrin isomers is a good predictor of behavioral effects. - Highlights: • Acute changes in locomotor activity were produced by λ- and γ-cyhalothrin. • γ-Cyhalothrin was about 2-fold more potent than λ-cyhalothrin. • Brain and plasma levels were tightly correlated across doses. • Activity changes correlated well with brain and plasma concentrations.« less

  2. Bluish-green BMes2-functionalized Pt(II) complexes for high efficiency PhOLEDs: impact of the BMes2 location on emission color.

    PubMed

    Rao, Ying-Li; Schoenmakers, Dylan; Chang, Yi-Lu; Lu, Jia-Sheng; Lu, Zheng-Hong; Kang, Youngjin; Wang, Suning

    2012-09-03

    New phosphorescent Pt(II) compounds based on dimesitylboron (BMes(2))-functionalized 2-phenylpyridyl (ppy) N,C-chelate ligands and an acetylacetonato ancillary ligand have been achieved. We have found that BMes(2) substitution at the 4'-position of the phenyl ring can blue-shift the phosphorescent emission energy of the Pt(II) compound by approximately 50 nm, compared to the 5'-BMes(2) substituted analogue, without substantial loss of luminescent quantum efficiencies. The emission color of the 4'-BMes(2) substituted Pt(II) compound, Pt(Bppy)(acac) (1) can be further tuned by the introduction of a substituent group at the 3'-position of the phenyl ring. A methyl substituent red-shifts the emission energy of 1 by approximately 10 nm whereas a fluoro substituent blue-shifts the emission energy by about 6 nm. Using this strategy, three bright blue-green phosphorescent Pt(II) compounds 1, 2 and 3 with emission energy at 481, 492, and 475 nm and Φ(PL)=0.43, 0.26 and 0.25, respectively, have been achieved. In addition, we have examined the impact of BMes(2) substitution on 3,5-dipyridylbenzene (dpb) N,C,N-chelate Pt(II) compounds by synthesizing compound 4, Pt(Bdpb)Cl, which has a BMes(2) group at the 4'-position of the benzene ring. Compound 4 has a phosphorescent emission band at 485 nm and Φ(PL)=0.70. Highly efficient blue-green electroluminescent (EL) devices with a double-layer structure and compounds 1, 3 or 4 as the phosphorescent dopant have been fabricated. At 100 cd m(-2) luminance, EL devices based on 1, 3 and 4 with an external quantum efficiency of 4.7, 6.5 and 13.4%, respectively, have been achieved. Copyright © 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  3. Engineering data characterizing the fleet of U.S. railway rolling stock. Volume II, Methodology and data.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    1980-04-01

    This report contains engineering parameter descriptions of major and distinctive freight vehicle configurations covering approximately 96% of the U.S. freight vehicle fleet. This data has been developed primarily for use in analytical simulation mode...

  4. An Analysis of a Finite Element Method for Convection-Diffusion Problems. Part II. A Posteriori Error Estimates and Adaptivity.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1983-03-01

    AN ANALYSIS OF A FINITE ELEMENT METHOD FOR CONVECTION- DIFFUSION PROBLEMS PART II: A POSTERIORI ERROR ESTIMATES AND ADAPTIVITY by W. G. Szymczak Y 6a...PERIOD COVERED AN ANALYSIS OF A FINITE ELEMENT METHOD FOR final life of the contract CONVECTION- DIFFUSION PROBLEM S. Part II: A POSTERIORI ERROR ...Element Method for Convection- Diffusion Problems. Part II: A Posteriori Error Estimates and Adaptivity W. G. Szvmczak and I. Babu~ka# Laboratory for

  5. Using RSAT oligo-analysis and dyad-analysis tools to discover regulatory signals in nucleic sequences.

    PubMed

    Defrance, Matthieu; Janky, Rekin's; Sand, Olivier; van Helden, Jacques

    2008-01-01

    This protocol explains how to discover functional signals in genomic sequences by detecting over- or under-represented oligonucleotides (words) or spaced pairs thereof (dyads) with the Regulatory Sequence Analysis Tools (http://rsat.ulb.ac.be/rsat/). Two typical applications are presented: (i) predicting transcription factor-binding motifs in promoters of coregulated genes and (ii) discovering phylogenetic footprints in promoters of orthologous genes. The steps of this protocol include purging genomic sequences to discard redundant fragments, discovering over-represented patterns and assembling them to obtain degenerate motifs, scanning sequences and drawing feature maps. The main strength of the method is its statistical ground: the binomial significance provides an efficient control on the rate of false positives. In contrast with optimization-based pattern discovery algorithms, the method supports the detection of under- as well as over-represented motifs. Computation times vary from seconds (gene clusters) to minutes (whole genomes). The execution of the whole protocol should take approximately 1 h.

  6. Universality of electronic friction. II. Equivalence of the quantum-classical Liouville equation approach with von Oppen's nonequilibrium Green's function methods out of equilibrium

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dou, Wenjie; Subotnik, Joseph E.

    2018-02-01

    In a recent publication [W. Dou et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 119, 046001 (2017), 10.1103/PhysRevLett.119.046001], using the quantum-classical Liouville equation (QCLE), we derived a very general form for the electronic friction felt by a molecule moving near one or many metal surfaces. Moreover, we have already proved the equivalence of the QCLE electronic friction with the Head-Gordon-Tully model as well as a generalized version of von Oppen's nonequilibrium Green's function (NEGF) method at equilibrium [W. Dou and J. E. Subotnik, Phys. Rev. B 96, 104305 (2017), 10.1103/PhysRevB.96.104305]. In the present paper, we now further prove the equivalence between the QCLE friction and the NEGF friction for the case of multiple metal surfaces and an out-of-equilibrium electronic current without electron-electron interactions. The present results reinforce our recent claim that there is only one universal electronic friction tensor arising from the Born-Oppenheimer approximation.

  7. Diffuse interface modeling of three-phase contact line dynamics on curved boundaries: A lattice Boltzmann model for large density and viscosity ratios

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fakhari, Abbas; Bolster, Diogo

    2017-04-01

    We introduce a simple and efficient lattice Boltzmann method for immiscible multiphase flows, capable of handling large density and viscosity contrasts. The model is based on a diffuse-interface phase-field approach. Within this context we propose a new algorithm for specifying the three-phase contact angle on curved boundaries within the framework of structured Cartesian grids. The proposed method has superior computational accuracy compared with the common approach of approximating curved boundaries with stair cases. We test the model by applying it to four benchmark problems: (i) wetting and dewetting of a droplet on a flat surface and (ii) on a cylindrical surface, (iii) multiphase flow past a circular cylinder at an intermediate Reynolds number, and (iv) a droplet falling on hydrophilic and superhydrophobic circular cylinders under differing conditions. Where available, our results show good agreement with analytical solutions and/or existing experimental data, highlighting strengths of this new approach.

  8. Causality Analysis: Identifying the Leading Element in a Coupled Dynamical System

    PubMed Central

    BozorgMagham, Amir E.; Motesharrei, Safa; Penny, Stephen G.; Kalnay, Eugenia

    2015-01-01

    Physical systems with time-varying internal couplings are abundant in nature. While the full governing equations of these systems are typically unknown due to insufficient understanding of their internal mechanisms, there is often interest in determining the leading element. Here, the leading element is defined as the sub-system with the largest coupling coefficient averaged over a selected time span. Previously, the Convergent Cross Mapping (CCM) method has been employed to determine causality and dominant component in weakly coupled systems with constant coupling coefficients. In this study, CCM is applied to a pair of coupled Lorenz systems with time-varying coupling coefficients, exhibiting switching between dominant sub-systems in different periods. Four sets of numerical experiments are carried out. The first three cases consist of different coupling coefficient schemes: I) Periodic–constant, II) Normal, and III) Mixed Normal/Non-normal. In case IV, numerical experiment of cases II and III are repeated with imposed temporal uncertainties as well as additive normal noise. Our results show that, through detecting directional interactions, CCM identifies the leading sub-system in all cases except when the average coupling coefficients are approximately equal, i.e., when the dominant sub-system is not well defined. PMID:26125157

  9. Detection of volatile organic compounds through a sensing film of TiO II doped with organic dyes deposited on an optical fiber

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Muñoz A., S.; Ramos M., J.; Martínez H., C.; Castillo M., J.; Beltrán P., G.; Palomino M., R.

    2007-03-01

    The necessity of detection and recognition of different types of gases, such as volatile organic compounds, which are frequently found in food and beverage industries among others, requires the development of different types of sensors. In this work, an application of optical fiber for the detection of volatile organic compounds, particularly ethanol is presented. The sensor was constructed removing a portion of the cladding and depositing instead a sensing titanium dioxide (TiO II) film doped with an organic dye (rhodamine 6G) by the sol-gel method. The sensor response was measured in a Teflon chamber where the sample to be measured was injected. A He-Ne laser beam was coupled to the fiber and the variation in the output power was measured which indicates the gas presence. The difference between the output power with and without gas gives a measure of the concentration that exists in the chamber. The experimental results showed that for an ethanol concentration range from 0 to 10500 ppm, the response of the sensor was approximately linear with a correlation coefficient of 0.9924.

  10. Level 1 environmental assessment performance evaluation. Final report jun 77-oct 78

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Estes, E.D.; Smith, F.; Wagoner, D.E.

    1979-02-01

    The report gives results of a two-phased evaluation of Level 1 environmental assessment procedures. Results from Phase I, a field evaluation of the Source Assessment Sampling System (SASS), showed that the SASS train performed well within the desired factor of 3 Level 1 accuracy limit. Three sample runs were made with two SASS trains sampling simultaneously and from approximately the same sampling point in a horizontal duct. A Method-5 train was used to estimate the 'true' particulate loading. The sampling systems were upstream of the control devices to ensure collection of sufficient material for comparison of total particulate, particle sizemore » distribution, organic classes, and trace elements. Phase II consisted of providing each of three organizations with three types of control samples to challenge the spectrum of Level 1 analytical procedures: an artificial sample in methylene chloride, an artificial sample on a flyash matrix, and a real sample composed of the combined XAD-2 resin extracts from all Phase I runs. Phase II results showed that when the Level 1 analytical procedures are carefully applied, data of acceptable accuracy is obtained. Estimates of intralaboratory and interlaboratory precision are made.« less

  11. Green synthesis of cobalt (II, III) oxide nanoparticles using Moringa Oleifera natural extract as high electrochemical electrode for supercapacitors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Matinise, N.; Mayedwa, N.; Fuku, X. G.; Mongwaketsi, N.; Maaza, M.

    2018-05-01

    The research work involved the development of a better, inexpensive, reliable, easily and accurate way for the fabrication of Cobalt (II, III) oxide (Co3O4) nanoparticles through a green synthetic method using Moringa Oleifera extract. The electrochemical activity, crystalline structure, morphology, isothermal behaviour and optical properties of Co3O4 nanoparticles were studied using various characterization techniques. The X-ray diffraction (XRD) and Energy Dispersive X-ray Spectroscopy (EDS) analysis confirmed the formation of Co3O4 nanoparticles. The pseudo-capacitor behaviour of spinel Co3O4 nanoparticles on Nickel foam electrode was investigated by cyclic voltammetry (CV), galvanostatic charge-discharge (GCD) and electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) in 3M KOH solution. The CV curve revealed a pairs of redox peaks, indicating the pseudo-capacitive characteristics of the Ni/Co3O4 electrode. EIS results showed a small semicircle and Warburg impedance, indicating that the electrochemical process on the surface electrode is kinetically and diffusion controlled. The charge-discharge results indicating that the specific capacitance Ni/Co3O4 electrode is approximately 1060 F/g at a discharge current density of at 2 A/g.

  12. Quantum noise spectra for periodically driven cavity optomechanics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Aranas, E. B.; Akram, M. Javed; Malz, Daniel; Monteiro, T. S.

    2017-12-01

    A growing number of experimental setups in cavity optomechanics exploit periodically driven fields. However, such setups are not amenable to analysis by using simple, yet powerful, closed-form expressions of linearized optomechanics, which have provided so much of our present understanding of experimental optomechanics. In the present paper, we formulate a method to calculate quantum noise spectra in modulated optomechanical systems, which we analyze, compare, and discuss with two other recently proposed solutions: we term these (i) frequency-shifted operators, (ii) Floquet [Phys. Rev. A 94, 023803 (2016), 10.1103/PhysRevA.94.023803], and (iii) iterative analysis [New J. Phys. 18, 113021 (2016), 10.1088/1367-2630/18/11/113021]. We prove that (i) and (ii) yield equivalent noise spectra and find that (iii) is an analytical approximation to (i) for weak modulations. We calculate the noise spectra of a doubly modulated system describing experiments of levitated particles in hybrid electro-optical traps. We show excellent agreement with Langevin stochastic simulations in the thermal regime and predict squeezing in the quantum regime. Finally, we reveal how otherwise-inaccessible spectral components of a modulated system can be measured in heterodyne detection through an appropriate choice of modulation frequencies.

  13. Parallel Higher-order Finite Element Method for Accurate Field Computations in Wakefield and PIC Simulations

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Candel, A.; Kabel, A.; Lee, L.

    Over the past years, SLAC's Advanced Computations Department (ACD), under SciDAC sponsorship, has developed a suite of 3D (2D) parallel higher-order finite element (FE) codes, T3P (T2P) and Pic3P (Pic2P), aimed at accurate, large-scale simulation of wakefields and particle-field interactions in radio-frequency (RF) cavities of complex shape. The codes are built on the FE infrastructure that supports SLAC's frequency domain codes, Omega3P and S3P, to utilize conformal tetrahedral (triangular)meshes, higher-order basis functions and quadratic geometry approximation. For time integration, they adopt an unconditionally stable implicit scheme. Pic3P (Pic2P) extends T3P (T2P) to treat charged-particle dynamics self-consistently using the PIC (particle-in-cell)more » approach, the first such implementation on a conformal, unstructured grid using Whitney basis functions. Examples from applications to the International Linear Collider (ILC), Positron Electron Project-II (PEP-II), Linac Coherent Light Source (LCLS) and other accelerators will be presented to compare the accuracy and computational efficiency of these codes versus their counterparts using structured grids.« less

  14. Influence of peat on Fenton oxidation.

    PubMed

    Huling, S G; Arnold, R G; Sierka, R A; Miller, M R

    2001-05-01

    A diagnostic probe was used to estimate the activity of Fenton-derived hydroxyl radicals (.OH), reaction kinetics, and oxidation efficiency in batch suspensions comprised of silica sand, crushed goethite (alpha-FeOOH) ore, peat, and H2O2 (0.13 mM). A simple method of kinetic analysis is presented and used to estimate the rate of .OH production (POH) and scavenging term (ks), which were used to establish the influence of organic matter (Pahokee peat) in Fenton systems. POH was greater in the peat-amended systems than in the unamended control, and ks was approximately the same. Any increase in scavenging of .OH that resulted from the addition of peat was insignificant in comparison to radical scavenging by reaction with H2O2. Also, treatment efficiency, defined as the ratio of probe conversion to H2O2 consumption over the same period was greater in the peat-amended system. Results suggest that .OH production is enhanced in the presence of peat by one or more peat-dependent mechanisms. Fe concentration and availability in the peat, reduction of Fe(III) to Fe(II) by the organic matter, and reduction of organic-complexed Fe(III) to Fe(II) are discussed in the context of the Fenton mechanism.

  15. Comparison with CLPX II airborne data using DMRT model

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Xu, X.; Liang, D.; Andreadis, K.M.; Tsang, L.; Josberger, E.G.

    2009-01-01

    In this paper, we considered a physical-based model which use numerical solution of Maxwell Equations in three-dimensional simulations and apply into Dense Media Radiative Theory (DMRT). The model is validated in two specific dataset from the second Cold Land Processes Experiment (CLPX II) at Alaska and Colorado. The data were all obtain by the Ku-band (13.95GHz) observations using airborne imaging polarimetric scatterometer (POLSCAT). Snow is a densely packed media. To take into account the collective scattering and incoherent scattering, analytical Quasi-Crystalline Approximation (QCA) and Numerical Maxwell Equation Method of 3-D simulation (NMM3D) are used to calculate the extinction coefficient and phase matrix. DMRT equations were solved by iterative solution up to 2nd order for the case of small optical thickness and full multiple scattering solution by decomposing the diffuse intensities into Fourier series was used when optical thickness exceed unity. It was shown that the model predictions agree with the field experiment not only co-polarization but also cross-polarization. For Alaska region, the input snow structure data was obtain by the in situ ground observations, while for Colorado region, we combined the VIC model to get the snow profile. ??2009 IEEE.

  16. A seismological overview of the induced earthquakes in the Duvernay play near Fox Creek, Alberta

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schultz, Ryan; Wang, Ruijia; Gu, Yu Jeffrey; Haug, Kristine; Atkinson, Gail

    2017-01-01

    This paper summarizes the current state of understanding regarding the induced seismicity in connection with hydraulic fracturing operations targeting the Duvernay Formation in central Alberta, near the town of Fox Creek. We demonstrate that earthquakes in this region cluster into distinct sequences in time, space, and focal mechanism using (i) cross-correlation detection methods to delineate transient temporal relationships, (ii) double-difference relocations to confirm spatial clustering, and (iii) moment tensor solutions to assess fault motion consistency. The spatiotemporal clustering of the earthquake sequences is strongly related to the nearby hydraulic fracturing operations. In addition, we identify a preference for strike-slip motions on subvertical faults with an approximate 45° P axis orientation, consistent with expectation from the ambient stress field. The hypocentral geometries for two of the largest-magnitude (M 4) sequences that are robustly constrained by local array data provide compelling evidence for planar features starting at Duvernay Formation depths and extending into the shallow Precambrian basement. We interpret these lineaments as subvertical faults orientated approximately north-south, consistent with the regional moment tensor solutions. Finally, we conclude that the sequences were triggered by pore pressure increases in response to hydraulic fracturing stimulations along previously existing faults.

  17. Flux-corrected transport algorithms for continuous Galerkin methods based on high order Bernstein finite elements

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lohmann, Christoph; Kuzmin, Dmitri; Shadid, John N.; Mabuza, Sibusiso

    2017-09-01

    This work extends the flux-corrected transport (FCT) methodology to arbitrary order continuous finite element discretizations of scalar conservation laws on simplex meshes. Using Bernstein polynomials as local basis functions, we constrain the total variation of the numerical solution by imposing local discrete maximum principles on the Bézier net. The design of accuracy-preserving FCT schemes for high order Bernstein-Bézier finite elements requires the development of new algorithms and/or generalization of limiting techniques tailored for linear and multilinear Lagrange elements. In this paper, we propose (i) a new discrete upwinding strategy leading to local extremum bounded low order approximations with compact stencils, (ii) high order variational stabilization based on the difference between two gradient approximations, and (iii) new localized limiting techniques for antidiffusive element contributions. The optional use of a smoothness indicator, based on a second derivative test, makes it possible to potentially avoid unnecessary limiting at smooth extrema and achieve optimal convergence rates for problems with smooth solutions. The accuracy of the proposed schemes is assessed in numerical studies for the linear transport equation in 1D and 2D.

  18. Reciprocating air flow for Li-ion battery thermal management to improve temperature uniformity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mahamud, Rajib; Park, Chanwoo

    The thermal management of traction battery systems for electrical-drive vehicles directly affects vehicle dynamic performance, long-term durability and cost of the battery systems. In this paper, a new battery thermal management method using a reciprocating air flow for cylindrical Li-ion (LiMn 2O 4/C) cells was numerically analyzed using (i) a two-dimensional computational fluid dynamics (CFD) model and (ii) a lumped-capacitance thermal model for battery cells and a flow network model. The battery heat generation was approximated by uniform volumetric joule and reversible (entropic) losses. The results of the CFD model were validated with the experimental results of in-line tube-bank systems which approximates the battery cell arrangement considered for this study. The numerical results showed that the reciprocating flow can reduce the cell temperature difference of the battery system by about 4 °C (72% reduction) and the maximum cell temperature by 1.5 °C for a reciprocation period of τ = 120 s as compared with the uni-directional flow case (τ = ∞). Such temperature improvement attributes to the heat redistribution and disturbance of the boundary layers on the formed on the cells due to the periodic flow reversal.

  19. Radiative recombination data for tungsten ions: II. W{sup 47+}–W{sup 71+}

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Trzhaskovskaya, M.B., E-mail: Trzhask@MT5605.spb.edu; Nikulin, V.K.

    2014-07-15

    New radiative recombination and photoionization cross sections, radiative recombination rate coefficients, and radiated power loss rate coefficients are presented for 23 tungsten impurity ions in plasmas. We consider ions from W{sup 47+} to W{sup 71+} that are of importance to fusion studies for ITER and for experiments using electron beam ion traps. The calculations are fully relativistic and all significant multipoles of the radiative field are taken into account. The Dirac–Fock method is used to compute the electron wavefunctions. Radiative recombination rates and radiated power loss rates are found using the relativistic Maxwell–Jüttner distribution of the continuum electron velocity. Themore » total radiative recombination cross sections are given in the electron energy range from 1 eV to ∼80keV. Partial cross sections for ground and excited states are approximated by an analytical expression involving five fit parameters. Radiative recombination rates and radiated power loss rates are calculated in the temperature range from 10{sup 4}K to 10{sup 9}K. The total radiative recombination rates are approximated by another analytical expression with four fit parameters.« less

  20. Measurement of delta13C and delta18O Isotopic Ratios of CaCO3 by a Thermoquest Finnigan GasBench II Delta Plus XL Continous Flow Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometer with Application to Devils Hole Core DH-11 Calcite

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Revesz, Kinga M.; Landwehr, Jurate Maciunas; Keybl, Jaroslav Edward

    2001-01-01

    A new method was developed to analyze the stable carbon and oxygen isotope ratios of small samples (400?20 ?g) of calcium carbonate. This new method streamlines the classical phosphoric acid - calcium carbonate (H3PO4 - CaCO3) reaction method by making use of a Thermoquest-Finnigan GasBench II preparation device and a Delta Plus XL continuous flow isotope ratio mass spectrometer. To obtain reproducible and accurate results, optimal conditions for the H3PO4 - CaCO3 reaction had to be determined. At the acid-carbonate reaction temperature suggested by the equipment manufacturer, the oxygen isotope ratio results were unsatisfactory (standard deviation () greater than 1.5 per mill), probably because of a secondary reaction. When the acid-carbonate reaction temperature was lowered to 26?C and the reaction time was increased to 24 hours, the precision of the carbon and oxygen isotope ratios for duplicate analyses improved to 0.1 and 0.2 per mill, respectively. The method was tested by analyzing calcite from Devils Hole, Nevada, which was formed by precipitation from ground water onto the walls of a sub-aqueous cavern during the last 500,000 years. Isotope-ratio values previously had been obtained by the classical method for Devils Hole core DH-11. The DH-11 core had been recently re-sampled, and isotope-ratio values were obtained using this new method. The results were comparable to those obtained by the classical method. The consistency of the isotopic results is such that an alignment offset could be identified in the re-sampled core material, a cutting error that was then independently confirmed. The reproducibility of the isotopic values is demonstrated by a correlation of approximately 0.96 for both isotopes, after correcting for an alignment offset. This result indicates that the new method is a viable alternative to the classical method. In particular, the new method requires less sample material permitting finer resolution and allows automation of some processes resulting in considerable timesavings.

  1. Cerebral blood flow during paroxysmal EEG activation induced by sleep in patients with complex partial seizures

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Gozukirmizi, E.; Meyer, J.S.; Okabe, T.

    1982-01-01

    Cerebral blood flow (CBF) measurements were combined with sleep polysomnography in nine patients with complex partial seizures. Two methods were used: the 133Xe method for measuring regional (rCBF) and the stable xenon CT method for local (LCBF). Compared to nonepileptic subjects, who show diffuse CBF decreases during stages I-II, non-REM sleep onset, patients with complex partial seizures show statistically significant increases in CBF which are maximal in regions where the EEG focus is localized and are predominantly seen in one temporal region but are also propagated to other cerebral areas. Both CBF methods gave comparable results, but greater statistical significancemore » was achieved by stable xenon CT methodology. CBF increases are more diffuse than predicted by EEG paroxysmal activity recorded from scalp electrodes. An advantage of the 133Xe inhalation method was achievement of reliable data despite movement of the head. This was attributed to the use of a helmet which maintained the probes approximated to the scalp. Disadvantages were poor resolution (7 cm3) and two-dimensional information. The advantage of stable xenon CT method is excellent resolution (80 mm3) in three dimensions, but a disadvantage is that movement of the head in patients with seizure disorders may limit satisfactory measurements.« less

  2. Manganese(II), iron(II), cobalt(II), and copper(II) complexes of an extended inherently chiral tris-bipyridyl cage.

    PubMed

    Perkins, David F; Lindoy, Leonard F; McAuley, Alexander; Meehan, George V; Turner, Peter

    2006-01-17

    Manganese(II), iron(II), cobalt(II), and copper(II) derivatives of two inherently chiral, Tris(bipyridyl) cages (L and L') of type [ML]-(PF(6))(2)(solvent)(n) and [FeL'](ClO(4))(2) are reported, where L is the hexa-tertiary butyl-substituted derivative of L'. These products were obtained by using the free cage and metal template procedures; the latter involved the reductive amination of the respective Tris-dialdehyde precursor complexes of iron(II), cobalt(II), or nickel(II). Electrochemical, EPR, and NMR studies have been used to probe the nature of the individual complexes. X-ray structures of the manganese(II), iron(II), and copper(II) complexes of L and the iron(II) complex of L' are presented; these are compared with the previously reported structures of the corresponding nickel(II) complex and metal-free cage (L). In each complex the metal cation occupies the cage's central cavity and is coordinated to six nitrogens from the three bipyridyl groups. The cations [MnL](2+) and [FeL](2+) are isostructural but both exhibit a different arrangement of the bound cage to that observed in the corresponding nickel(II) and copper(II) complexes. The latter have an exo-exo arrangement of the bridgehead nitrogen lone pairs, with the metal inducing a triple helical twist that extends approximately 22 A along the axial length of each complex. In contrast, [MnL](2+) and [FeL](2+) have their terminal nitrogen lone pairs directed endo, causing a significant change in the configuration of the bound ligand. In [FeL'](2+), the cage has both bridgehead nitrogen lone pairs orientated exo. Semiempirical calculations indicate that the observed endo-endo and exo-exo arrangements are of comparable energy.

  3. LCLS-II Cryomodules Production at Fermilab

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Arkan, Tug; Grimm, Chuck; Kaluzny, Joshua

    2017-05-01

    LCLS-II is an upgrade project for the linear coherent light source (LCLS) at SLAC. The LCLS-II linac will consist of thirty-five 1.3 GHz and two 3.9 GHz superconducting RF continuous wave (CW) cryomodules that Fermilab and Jefferson Lab (JLab) will assemble in collaboration with SLAC. The LCLS-II 1.3 GHz cryomodule design is based on the European XFEL pulsed-mode cryomodule design with modifications needed for CW operation. Fermilab and JLab will each assemble and test a prototype 1.3 GHz cryomodule to assess the results of the CW modifications, in advance of 16 and 17 production 1.3 GHz cryomodules, respectively. Fermilab ismore » solely responsible for the 3.9 GHz cryomodules. After the prototype cryomodule tests are complete and lessons learned incorporated, both laboratories will increase their cryomodule production rates to meet the challenging LCLS-II project requirement of approximately one cryomodule per month per laboratory. This paper presents the Fermilab Cryomodule Assembly Facility (CAF) infrastructure for LCLS-II cryomodule production, the Fermilab prototype 1.3 GHz CW cryomodule (pCM) assembly and readiness for production assembly.« less

  4. Mesospheric ozone measurements by SAGE II

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chu, D. A.; Cunnold, D. M.

    1994-01-01

    SAGE II observations of ozone at sunrise and sunset (solar zenith angle = 90 deg) at approximately the same tropical latitude and on the same day exhibit larger concentrations at sunrise than at sunset between 55 and 65 km. Because of the rapid conversion between atomic oxygen and ozone, the onion-peeling scheme used in SAGE II retrievals, which is based on an assumption of constant ozone, is invalid. A one-dimensional photochemical model is used to simulate the diurnal variation of ozone particularly within the solar zenith angle of 80 deg - 100 deg. This model indicates that the retrieved SAGE II sunrise and sunset ozone values are both overestimated. The Chapman reactions produce an adequate simulation of the ozone sunrise/sunset ratio only below 60 km, while above 60 km this ratio is highly affected by the odd oxygen loss due to odd hydrogen reactions, particularly OH. The SAGE II ozone measurements are in excellent agreement with model results to which an onion peeling procedure is applied. The SAGE II ozone observations provide information on the mesospheric chemistry not only through the ozone profile averages but also from the sunrise/sunset ratio.

  5. The polarization and ultraviolet spectrum of Markarian 231

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Smith, Paul S.; Schmidt, Gary D.; Allen, Richard G.; Angel, J. R. P.

    1995-01-01

    Ultraviolet spectropolarimetry acquired with the Hubble Space Telescope (HST) of the peculiar Seyfert galaxy Mrk 231 is combined with new high-quality ground-based measurements to provide the first, nearly complete, record of its linear polarization from 1575 to 7900 A. The accompanying ultraviolet spectrum portrays the heavily extinguished emission-line spectrum of the active nucleus plus the emergence of a blue continuum shortward of approximately 2400 A. In addition, absorption features due to He I lambda 3188, Mg I lambda 2853, Mg II lambda 2798, and especially several resonance multiplets of Fe II are identified with a well-known optical absorption system blueshifted approximately 4600 km/s with respect to emission lines. The continuum is attributed to approximately 10(exp 5) hot, young stars surrounding the nucleus. This component dilutes the polarized nuclear light, implying that the intrinsic polarization of the active galactic nucleus (AGN) spectrum approaches 20% at 2800 A. The rapid decline in degree of polarization toward longer wavelengths is best explained by the strongly frequency-dependent scattering cross section of dust grains coupled with modest starlight dilution. Peculiar S-shaped inflections in both the degree and position angle of polarization through H alpha and other major emission lines are interpreted as effects of scattering from two regions offset in velocity by several hundred km/s. A third source of (weakly) polarized flux is required to explain a nearly 40 deg rotation in position angle between 3200 and 1800 A. The displaced absorption features, polarimetry, and optical/infrared properties of Mrk 231 all point to its classification as a low-ionization, or Mg II broad absorption line quasar, in which most, if not all, lines of sight to the active nucleus are heavily obscured by dust and low-ionization gas clouds.

  6. The range of attraction for light traps catching Culicoides biting midges (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae)

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Background Culicoides are vectors of e.g. bluetongue virus and Schmallenberg virus in northern Europe. Light trapping is an important tool for detecting the presence and quantifying the abundance of vectors in the field. Until now, few studies have investigated the range of attraction of light traps. Methods Here we test a previously described mathematical model (Model I) and two novel models for the attraction of vectors to light traps (Model II and III). In Model I, Culicoides fly to the nearest trap from within a fixed range of attraction. In Model II Culicoides fly towards areas with greater light intensity, and in Model III Culicoides evaluate light sources in the field of view and fly towards the strongest. Model II and III incorporated the directionally dependent light field created around light traps with fluorescent light tubes. All three models were fitted to light trap collections obtained from two novel experimental setups in the field where traps were placed in different configurations. Results Results showed that overlapping ranges of attraction of neighboring traps extended the shared range of attraction. Model I did not fit data from any of the experimental setups. Model II could only fit data from one of the setups, while Model III fitted data from both experimental setups. Conclusions The model with the best fit, Model III, indicates that Culicoides continuously evaluate the light source direction and intensity. The maximum range of attraction of a single 4W CDC light trap was estimated to be approximately 15.25 meters. The attraction towards light traps is different from the attraction to host animals and thus light trap catches may not represent the vector species and numbers attracted to hosts. PMID:23497628

  7. Modeling of "Stripe" Wave Phenomena Seen by the CHARM II and ACES Sounding Rockets

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dombrowski, M. P.; Labelle, J. W.

    2010-12-01

    Two recent sounding-rocket missions—CHARM II and ACES—have been launched from Poker Flat Research Range, carrying the Dartmouth High-Frequency Experiment (HFE) among their primary instruments. The HFE is a receiver system which effectively yields continuous (100% duty cycle) E-field waveform measurements up to 5 MHz. The CHARM II sounding rocket was launched 9:49 UT on 15 February 2010 into a substorm, while the ACES mission consisted of two rockets, launched into quiet aurora at 9:49 and 9:50 UT on 29 January 2009. At approximately 350 km on CHARM II and the ACES High-Flyer, the HFE detected short (~2s) bursts of broadband (200-500 kHz) noise with a 'stripe' pattern of nulls imposed on it. These nulls have 10 to 20 kHz width and spacing, and many show a regular, non-linear frequency-time relation. These events are different from the 'stripes' discussed by Samara and LaBelle [2006] and Colpitts et al. [2010], because of the density of the stripes, the non-linearity, and the appearance of being an absorptive rather than emissive phenomenon. These events are similar to 'stripe' features reported by Brittain et al. [1983] in the VLF range, explained as an interference pattern between a downward-traveling whistler-mode wave and its reflection off the bottom of the ionosphere. Following their analysis method, we modeled our stripes as higher-frequency interfering whistlers reflecting off of a density gradient. This model predicts the near-hyperbolic frequency-time curves and high density of the nulls, and therefore shows promise at explaining the new observations.

  8. Using Quality of Life Measures in a Phase I Clinical Trial of Noni in Patients with Advanced Cancer to Select a Phase II Dose

    PubMed Central

    Issell, Brian F.; Gotay, Carolyn C.; Pagano, Ian; Franke, A. Adrian

    2015-01-01

    Purpose We conducted a Phase I study of noni in patients with advanced cancer. Quality of life measures were examined as an alternate way to select a Phase II dose of this popular dietary supplement. Patients and Methods Starting at two capsules twice daily (2 grams), the dose suggested for marketed products, dose levels were escalated by 2 grams daily in cohorts of at least five patients until a maximum tolerated dose was found. Patients completed QLQ-C30 Quality of Life, and the Brief Fatigue Inventory (BFI), questionnaires at baseline and at four week intervals. Scopoletin was measured in blood and urine collected at baseline and at approximately four week intervals. Results Fifty-one patients were enrolled at seven dose levels. Seven capsules four times daily (14 grams) was the maximum tolerated dose. No dose limiting toxicity was found but four of eight patients at this level withdrew from the study due to the challenges of ingesting so many capsules. There was a dose response for self reported physical functioning and the control of pain and fatigue. Patients taking four capsules four times daily experienced less fatigue than patients taking lower or higher doses. A relationship between noni dose and blood and urinary scopoletin concentrations was found. Conclusion Measuring quality of life to determine a dose for subsequent Phase II testing is feasible. A noni dose of four capsules four times daily (8 grams) is recommended for Phase II testing where controlling fatigue and maintaining physical function is the efficacy of interest. Scopoletin is a measurable noni ingredient for pharmacokinetic studies in patients with cancer. PMID:22435516

  9. DNA fingerprinting of isolates of Streptococcus mutans by pulsed-field gel electrophoresis.

    PubMed

    Mineyama, R; Yoshino, S; Maeda, N

    2007-01-01

    Forty isolates and five standard laboratory strains, representing serotypes c, e and f of Streptococcus mutans were analyzed by pulsed-field gel electrophoresis (PFGE) after digestion of the genomic DNA with BssH II. The digestion patterns of standard laboratory strains were characteristic of serotypes c, e and f. Serotypes c and f generated diagnostic DNA fragments of approximately 145 kbp and of approximately 130-175 kbp in length, respectively. Serotype e generated a ladder of at least 14 fragments of 15-155 kbp in length. The digestion patterns of isolates were essentially similar to those of the standard laboratory strains. The patterns of almost all isolates obtained from a single individual were identical, but patterns of a few different types were also observed among isolates obtained from two individuals. Digestion with BssH II revealed differences among isolates obtained from different individuals. We used differences in banding patterns among isolates to construct a dendrogram. The dendrogram included two major clusters, one that consisted of isolates of serotypes c and f, and an other that consisted of isolates of serotype e. Our results indicate that BssH II is a useful enzyme for distinguishing among isolates of S. mutans and that digestion patterns obtained by PFGE can be used for chromosomal DNA fingerprinting.

  10. 20 CFR 404.527 - Additional methods for recovery of title II benefit overpayments.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... 20 Employees' Benefits 2 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Additional methods for recovery of title II... or Recovery of Overpayments, and Liability of a Certifying Officer § 404.527 Additional methods for recovery of title II benefit overpayments. (a) General. In addition to the methods specified in §§ 404.502...

  11. 20 CFR 404.527 - Additional methods for recovery of title II benefit overpayments.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... 20 Employees' Benefits 2 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Additional methods for recovery of title II... or Recovery of Overpayments, and Liability of a Certifying Officer § 404.527 Additional methods for recovery of title II benefit overpayments. (a) General. In addition to the methods specified in §§ 404.502...

  12. 20 CFR 404.527 - Additional methods for recovery of title II benefit overpayments.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... 20 Employees' Benefits 2 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false Additional methods for recovery of title II... or Recovery of Overpayments, and Liability of a Certifying Officer § 404.527 Additional methods for recovery of title II benefit overpayments. (a) General. In addition to the methods specified in §§ 404.502...

  13. 20 CFR 404.527 - Additional methods for recovery of title II benefit overpayments.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... 20 Employees' Benefits 2 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Additional methods for recovery of title II... or Recovery of Overpayments, and Liability of a Certifying Officer § 404.527 Additional methods for recovery of title II benefit overpayments. (a) General. In addition to the methods specified in §§ 404.502...

  14. 20 CFR 404.527 - Additional methods for recovery of title II benefit overpayments.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... 20 Employees' Benefits 2 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false Additional methods for recovery of title II... or Recovery of Overpayments, and Liability of a Certifying Officer § 404.527 Additional methods for recovery of title II benefit overpayments. (a) General. In addition to the methods specified in §§ 404.502...

  15. Electric propulsion options for 10 kW class earth space missions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Patterson, M. J.; Curran, Francis M.

    1989-01-01

    Five and 10 kW ion and arcjet propulsion system options for a near-term space demonstration experiment have been evaluated. Analyses were conducted to determine first-order propulsion system performance and system component mass estimates. Overall mission performance of the electric propulsion systems was quantified in terms of the maximum thrusting time, total impulse, and velocity increment capability available when integrated onto a generic spacecraft under fixed mission model assumptions. Maximum available thrusting times for the ion-propelled spacecraft options, launched on a DELTA II 6920 vehicle, range from approximately 8,600 hours for a 4-engine 10 kW system to more than 29,600 hours for a single-engine 5 kW system. Maximum total impulse values and maximum delta-v's range from 1.2x10(7) to 2.1x10(7) N-s, and 3550 to 6200 m/s, respectively. Maximum available thrusting times for the arcjet propelled spacecraft launched on the DELTA II 6920 vehicle range from approximately 528 hours for the 6-engine 10 kW hydrazine system to 2328 hours for the single-engine 5 kW system. Maximum total impulse values and maximum delta-v's range from 2.2x10(6) to 3.6x10(6) N-s, and approximately 662 to 1072 m/s, respectively.

  16. Santa Ana River Design Memorandum Number 1. Phase 2. GDM on the Santa Ana River Mainstem, Including Santiago Creek. Volume 6. Santiago Creek

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1988-08-01

    requirements of ASTM C 150. 8-10 The Kaiser Cement Company plant in the Lucerne Valley , located approximately 100 miles from the project, produces Type II...land classification of the greater Los Angeles area; Part III Classification of sand and gravel resource areas, Orange County-Temescal Valley Production...Memorandum No. i 4. TITLE (eod Subtitle) 5. TYPE OF REPORT a P ERIOD COVERED Phase II GDM on the Santa Ana River MainstemIncluding Santiago Creek Final

  17. Theoretical and Experimental Investigations of (I) Reaction Kinetics. (II) Theory of Liquids, and (III) Optical Rotation

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1975-02-14

    The "region of indifference" to a phase change with pressure in camphor has been found to decrease markedly with purification. Mini (continued on...for High Pressure Transitions in d- Camphor (TI-III) and Phosphorus (I-II)", by A. F. Gabrysh, A. Vanhook and H. Eyring, J. Phys. Chem. Solids, 25, 129...on the transformation in d- camphor and phosphorus. The so-called "region of ind;ffer’e,-e" rennrted as approximately .38 kilobars in phosphorus, was

  18. Basic Psychiatric Literature: II. Articles and Article Sources*†

    PubMed Central

    Woods, Joan B.; Pieper, Sam; Frazier, Shervert H.

    1968-01-01

    Widely varying reading lists for general psychiatry residents were obtained from 140 three-year approved training programs. The material recommended for reading was listed on index cards, and the number of programs recommending each item was posted on the cards. Approximately 4,000 articles, 2,800 books, and 200 serials were recommended. A statistical evaluation of the book list appeared in a previous paper (3).* Part II is a similar evaluation of the article list and the limited editions and serials in which the articles appear. PMID:4883158

  19. Finite Element-Galerkin Approximation of the Eigenvalues of Eigenvectors of Selfadjoint Problems

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1988-07-01

    l’ "k, + 1. Combining (3.20), (3.22), and the fact that I-Eh(Ak ) and Ph are orthogonal projections we have I(I-Eh(Xk,)) PhUB 5 Si (I-Eh(xk)) PhT(Ph-I...Its adjoint are equal. (3.23) implies Hf(I-Eh(1kI )Ph)u{1B - P(IPh)UIBI 5 I(I-Eh(Ak )) PhuB -< d i ii ( Ph- I )T II H B_--H,3 1(P h- I ) u liB , and

  20. A method for estimating vertical distibution of the SAGE II opaque cloud frequency

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wang, Pi-Huan; Mccormick, M. Patrick; Minnis, Patrick; Kent, Geoffrey S.; Yue, Glenn K.; Skeens, Kristi M.

    1995-01-01

    A method is developed to infer the vertical distribution of the occurrence frequency of clouds that are opaque to the Stratospheric Aerosol and Gas Experiment (SAGE) II instrument. An application of the method to the 1986 SAGE II observations is included in this paper. The 1986 SAGE II results are compared with the 1952-1981 cloud climatology of Warren et al. (1986, 1988)

Top